Northern Funds

NORTHERN FUNDS

(THE “TRUST”)

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

July 29, 2022

 

EQUITY FUNDS

GLOBAL TACTICAL ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

Shares Class (BBALX)

INCOME EQUITY FUND

Shares Class (NOIEX)

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

Shares Class (NOIGX)

LARGE CAP CORE FUND

Shares Class (NOLCX)

LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

Shares Class (NOLVX)

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

Shares Class (NOSGX)

SMALL CAP CORE FUND

Class I (NSGRX)

Class K (NSCKX)

U.S. QUALITY ESG FUND

Class I (NUEIX)

Class K (NUESX)

EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NOEMX)

GLOBAL REAL ESTATE INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NGREX)

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NOINX)

MID CAP INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NOMIX)

SMALL CAP INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NSIDX)

STOCK INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NOSIX)

GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND

Class I (NSRIX)

Class K (NSRKX)

FIXED INCOME FUNDS

BOND INDEX FUND

Shares Class (NOBOX)

CORE BOND FUND

Shares Class (NOCBX)

FIXED INCOME FUND

Shares Class (NOFIX)

HIGH YIELD FIXED INCOME FUND

Shares Class (NHFIX)

SHORT BOND FUND

Shares Class (BSBAX)

LIMITED TERM U.S. GOVERNMENT FUND (formerly known as Short-Intermediate U.S. Government Fund)

Shares Class (NSIUX)

TAX-ADVANTAGED ULTRA-SHORT FIXED INCOME FUND

Shares Class (NTAUX)

ULTRA-SHORT FIXED INCOME FUND

Shares Class (NUSFX)

U.S. GOVERNMENT FUND

Shares Class (NOUGX)

U.S. TREASURY INDEX FUND

Shares Class (BTIAX)

TAX-EXEMPT FIXED INCOME FUNDS

ARIZONA TAX-EXEMPT FUND

Shares Class (NOAZX)

CALIFORNIA INTERMEDIATE TAX-EXEMPT FUND

Shares Class (NCITX)

CALIFORNIA TAX-EXEMPT FUND

Shares Class (NCATX)

HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL FUND

Shares Class (NHYMX)

INTERMEDIATE TAX-EXEMPT FUND

Shares Class (NOITX)

LIMITED TERM TAX-EXEMPT FUND (formerly known as Short-Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund)

Shares Class (NSITX)

TAX-EXEMPT FUND

Shares Class (NOTEX)

ACTIVE M/MULTI-MANAGER FUNDS

ACTIVE M EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND

Shares Class (NMMEX)

ACTIVE M INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

Shares Class (NMIEX)

MULTI-MANAGER EMERGING MARKETS DEBT OPPORTUNITY FUND

Shares Class (NMEDX)

MULTI-MANAGER GLOBAL LISTED INFRASTRUCTURE FUND

Shares Class (NMFIX)

MULTI-MANAGER GLOBAL REAL ESTATE FUND

Shares Class (NMMGX)

MULTI-MANAGER HIGH YIELD OPPORTUNITY FUND

Shares Class (NMHYX)

NORTHERN ENGAGE360TM FUND

Shares Class (NENGX)


This Statement of Additional Information dated July 29, 2022 (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus. This SAI should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated July 29, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”), for the series of the Trust referenced above (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). Copies of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge from the Trust’s transfer agent, The Northern Trust Company (in such capacity, the “Transfer Agent”) by writing to the Northern Funds Center, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986 or by calling 800-595-9111. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus.

The audited financial statements for the Funds and related reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the annual reports to the Funds’ shareholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, are incorporated herein by reference in the section entitled “Financial Statements.” No other parts of the annual reports are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling 800-595-9111 (toll-free).

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS SAI OR IN THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THE PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE TRUST OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THE PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE TRUST OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), any other government agency or The Northern Trust Company (“TNTC”), its affiliates, subsidiaries or any other bank. An investment in a Fund involves investment risks, including possible loss of principal.

 

2


 

INDEX

 

     Page  

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION

     5  

Classification and History

     5  

Investment Objectives and Strategies

     5  

Special Risk Factors and Considerations Relating to California Municipal Instruments and Arizona Municipal Instruments

     60  

California Municipal Instruments

     61  

Arizona Municipal Instruments

     67  

Other Information on California and Arizona Municipal Instruments

     69  

Disclaimers

     69  

Investment Restrictions

     70  

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

     76  

ADDITIONAL TRUST INFORMATION

     78  

Trustees and Officers

     78  

Leadership Structure

     85  

Risk Oversight

     85  

Trustee Experience

     86  

Standing Board Committees

     88  

Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

     89  

Trustee and Officer Compensation

     90  

Code of Ethics

     92  

Investment Adviser, Sub-Advisers, Transfer Agent and Custodian

     92  

Brokerage Transactions

     107  

Portfolio Managers

     117  

Proxy Voting

     132  

Proxy Voting—Global Sustainability Index Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund

  

Distributor

     133  

Service Organizations

     133  

Counsel and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     135  

In-Kind Purchases and Redemptions

     136  

Redemption Fees and Requirements

     136  

Automatic Investing Plan

     136  

Directed Reinvestments

     136  

Redemptions and Exchanges

     137  

Retirement Plans

     137  

Expenses

     137  

NET ASSET VALUE

     140  

TAXES

     142  

Federal—General Information

     142  

Federal—Tax-Exempt Information

     145  

State and Local Taxes

     146  

Special State Tax Considerations Pertaining to the California Funds

     146  

Special State Tax Considerations Pertaining to the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     148  

Foreign Taxes

     148  

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Fund Shares

     149  

Backup Withholding

     149  

Taxation of Income from Certain Financial Instruments and PFICs

     150  

Investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts

     150  

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

     151  

 

3


 

     Page  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     153  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     162  

OTHER INFORMATION

     163  

APPENDIX A

     A-1  

APPENDIX B

     B-1  

APPENDIX C

     C-1  

APPENDIX D

     D-1  

 

4


ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION

CLASSIFICATION AND HISTORY

The Trust is an open-end management investment company. Each Fund is classified as diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), except the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, which is classified as non-diversified under the 1940 Act.

Each Fund is a series of the Trust that was formed as a Delaware statutory trust on February 7, 2000 under an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”). The Trust also offers money market funds, which are not described in this SAI.

As of July 31, 2020, the Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund offer two classes of shares: Class K Shares and Class I Shares. As of December 5, 2021, the Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund offered two classes of shares: Shares and Siebert Williams Shank Shares. The Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund Siebert Williams Shank Shares are described in a separate SAI. Each other Fund offers one share class (Shares).

Prior to February 1, 2022, the Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund was known as the Short-Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund and the Limited Term U.S. Government Fund was known as the Short-Intermediate U.S. Government Fund.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES

The following supplements the investment objectives, strategies and risks of the Funds as set forth in the Prospectus. The investment objective of each Fund may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. Except as expressly noted below, each Fund’s investment strategies may be changed without shareholder approval. In addition to the instruments discussed below and in the Prospectus, each Fund may purchase other types of financial instruments, however designated, whose investment and credit quality characteristics are determined by Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (“NTI” or the “Investment Adviser,” and collectively with TNTC, “Northern Trust”) or any of the Sub-Advisers (as defined below), to be substantially similar to those of any other investment otherwise permitted by a Fund’s investment strategies. Because certain Funds invest in underlying mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), including mutual funds and ETFs for which NTI or an affiliate acts as investment adviser (collectively, “Underlying Funds”), the strategies and risks described below for a Fund are also in reference to the Underlying Funds in which it invests.

EQUITY FUNDS—Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund, Income Equity Fund, International Equity Fund, Large Cap Core Fund, Large Cap Value Fund, Small Cap Core Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Equity Funds” and each an “Equity Fund.”

EQUITY INDEX FUNDS—Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund, Global Real Estate Index Fund, International Equity Index Fund, Mid Cap Index Fund, Small Cap Index Fund, Stock Index Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Equity Index Funds” and each an “Equity Index Fund.”

FIXED INCOME FUNDS—Bond Index Fund, Core Bond Fund, Fixed Income Fund, High Yield Fixed Income Fund, Short Bond Fund, Limited Term U.S. Government Fund, Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, and U.S. Government Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Fixed Income Funds” and each a “Fixed Income Fund.”

 

5


TAX-EXEMPT FIXED INCOME FUNDS—Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund and Tax-Exempt Fund are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds” and each a “Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Fund.”

ACTIVE M/MULTI-MANAGER FUNDS AND MULTI-MANAGER STRUCTURE—Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Active M International Equity Fund, Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund, Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund, Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund, Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund and Northern Engage360 Fund are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Active M/Multi-Manager Funds” and each an “Active M/Multi-Manager Fund.”

The Active M/Multi-Manager Funds are managed by the Investment Adviser and one or more asset managers who are unaffiliated with the Investment Adviser (each a “Sub-Adviser” and together, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to review by the Board, the Investment Adviser provides investment advisory services to the Trust and is also responsible for, among other things, managing the business and affairs of each Fund. Among other things, the Investment Adviser is responsible for selecting the Funds’ investment strategies and for allocating and reallocating assets among the Sub-Advisers consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and strategies. The Investment Adviser is also responsible for recommending to the Board whether an agreement with a Sub-Adviser should be approved, renewed, modified or terminated and for compensating, monitoring and evaluating the Sub-Advisers. The Investment Adviser is also responsible for implementing procedures to ensure that each Sub-Adviser complies with the Fund’s investment objective, strategies and restrictions.

NAMES RULE POLICIES. Each Fund (other than Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund) has adopted a policy as stated in its respective prospectus to invest at least 80% of its net assets in the particular type of investment suggested by its name. To the extent required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, shareholders of each Fund with such a policy (other than the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds) will be provided with sixty days’ notice in the manner prescribed by the SEC before any change in such policy. With respect to the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds, each Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets in tax-exempt investments as described in its prospectus is a fundamental policy that may not be changed without shareholder approval. For purposes of the names rule fundamental policy for the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds, the term “Municipal Fund” shall be deemed to refer to the High Yield Municipal Fund, and “Tax-Exempt Funds” shall be deemed to refer to Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund and Tax-Exempt Fund. For these purposes, “net assets” include the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes and the amount of “net assets” is measured at the time of purchase.

ASSET-BACKED (INCLUDING MORTGAGE-BACKED) SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase asset-backed securities, which are securities backed by mortgages, installment contracts, credit card receivables, municipal securities or other financial assets. The investment characteristics of asset-backed securities differ from those of traditional fixed-income securities. Asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of assets in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made periodically, thus in effect “passing through” such payments made by the individual borrowers on the assets that underlie the securities, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities. The average life of asset-backed securities varies with the maturities of the underlying instruments, and the average life of a mortgage-backed instrument, in particular, is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities as a result of mortgage prepayments. For this and other reasons, an asset-backed security normally is subject to both call risk and extension risk, and an asset-backed security’s stated maturity may be shortened. In addition, the security’s total return may be difficult to predict precisely. These differences can result in significantly greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional fixed-income securities.

 

6


If an asset-backed security is purchased at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if an asset-backed security is purchased at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will decrease, yield to maturity. In calculating a Fund’s average weighted maturity, the maturity of asset-backed securities will be based on estimates of average life. Prepayments on asset-backed securities generally increase with falling interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates; furthermore, prepayment rates are influenced by a variety of economic and social factors. In general, the collateral supporting non-mortgage asset-backed securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments.

Asset-backed securities acquired by certain Funds may include collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs provide the holder with a specified interest in the cash flow of a pool of underlying mortgages or other mortgage-backed securities. Issuers of CMOs ordinarily elect to be taxed as pass-through entities known as real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). CMOs are issued in multiple classes, each with a specified fixed or floating interest rate and a final distribution date. The relative payment rights of the various CMO classes may be structured in a variety of ways, and normally are considered derivative securities. In some cases, CMOs may be highly leveraged and very speculative. While the Funds will not purchase “residual” CMO interests, which normally exhibit greater price volatility, unaffiliated Underlying Funds held by the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund may purchase “residual” CMO interests.

There are a number of important differences among the agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-related securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) include Ginnie Mae Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, which means that the U.S. government guarantees that the interest and principal will be paid when due. Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae certificates also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

Mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, which are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States, except as described below, but are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. Fannie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered under an Act of the U.S. Congress. Fannie Mae certificates are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress. Freddie Mac certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Mac certificates entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal after default.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating federal sponsorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress with regard to such sponsorship or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities and the Funds’ liquidity and value.

 

7


There is risk that the U.S. government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

The volatility and disruption that impacted the capital and credit markets during late 2008 and into 2009 have led to increased market concerns about Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s ability to withstand future credit losses associated with securities held in their investment portfolios, and on which they provide guarantees, without the direct support of the federal government. On September 7, 2008, both Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae were placed under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”).

Under the plan of conservatorship, the FHFA has assumed control of, and generally has the power to direct, the operations of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and is empowered to exercise all powers collectively held by their respective shareholders, directors and officers. Under the conservatorship, the management of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae was replaced. In addition, in connection with the actions taken by the FHFA, the U.S. Treasury Department (the “Treasury”) entered into certain preferred stock purchase agreements with each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which established the Treasury as the holder of a new class of senior preferred stock in each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which stock was issued in connection with financial contributions from the Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

The future status and role of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could be impacted by (among other things): the actions taken and restrictions placed on Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the FHFA in its role as conservator; the restrictions placed on Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the Treasury; market responses to developments at Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, including any such mortgage-backed securities held by the Funds.

Under the FHFA’s “Single Security Initiative,” Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities (“UMBS”), which would generally align the characteristics of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac participation certificates. In June 2019 Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac began issuing UMBS in place of their current offerings of “to be announced”-eligible mortgage-backed securities. The effect of the issuance of UMBS on the market for mortgage-backed securities is uncertain.

Mortgage- and asset-backed securities are also subject to the risk of default on the underlying mortgage or asset, particularly during periods of economic downturn. Any economic downturn could increase the risk that such assets underlying asset-backed securities purchased by the Funds will also suffer greater levels of default than were historically experienced.

In addition, privately issued mortgage-backed securities (as well as other types of asset-backed securities) do not have the backing of any U.S. government agency, instrumentality or sponsored enterprise. The seller or servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations generally will make representations and warranties to certificate-holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate-holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer generally will be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate-holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the

 

8


seller or servicer. To provide additional investor protection, some mortgage-backed securities may have various types of credit enhancements, reserve funds, subordination provisions or other features.

Non-mortgage asset-backed securities involve certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral. Credit card receivables generally are unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which have given debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities.

Asset-backed securities acquired by the Funds may also include collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). CDOs include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.

A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) that is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed-income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Investments in CLOs organized outside of the United States may not be deemed to be foreign securities if a CLO is collateralized by a pool of loans, a substantial portion of which are U.S. loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid investments. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed-income securities and asset-backed securities generally discussed elsewhere in this SAI, CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a Fund may invest in

 

9


tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly or default.

BANK LOANS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in loans. The primary risk in an investment in loans is that borrowers may be unable to meet their interest and/or principal payment obligations. Loans in which a Fund invests may be made to finance highly leveraged borrowers, which may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Loans in which a Fund may invest may be either collateralized or uncollateralized and senior or subordinate. Investments in uncollateralized and/or subordinate loans entail a greater risk of nonpayment than do investments in loans that hold a more senior position in the borrower’s capital structure and/or are secured with collateral. If they do provide collateral, the value of the collateral may not completely cover the borrower’s obligations at the time of a default. If a borrower files for protection from its creditors under the U.S. bankruptcy laws, these laws may limit a Fund’s rights to its collateral. In addition, the value of collateral may erode during a bankruptcy case. In the event of a bankruptcy, the holder of a loan may not recover its principal, may experience a long delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay. In addition, loans are generally subject to liquidity risk. The Funds may acquire interests in loans by purchasing participations in and/or assignments of portions of loans from third parties or by investing in pools of loans, such as collateralized debt obligations (see “Asset-Backed (including Mortgage-Backed) Securities”). The secondary market for bank loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. As a result, the proceeds from the sale of a loan may not be available to make additional investments or to meet a Fund’s redemption obligations. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of its investments in loans, and the market for such instruments may lack sufficient liquidity. In addition, loans held by a Fund might not be considered securities for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the “1933 Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and, therefore, a risk exists that purchasers, such as a Fund, may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud provisions of the 1933 Act or the Exchange Act.

Although loan investments are generally subject to certain restrictive covenants in favor of the investor, certain of the loans in which a Fund may invest may be issued or offered as “covenant lite” loans, which have few or no financial maintenance covenants. “Financial maintenance covenants” are those that require a borrower to maintain certain financial metrics during the life of the loan, such as maintaining certain levels of cash flow or limiting leverage. In the event of financial deterioration on the part of the borrower, these covenants are included to permit the lenders to renegotiate the terms of the loan, such as increasing borrowing costs to the borrower, or to take other actions which would improve the position of the lender. Accordingly, a Fund may experience relatively greater difficulty or delays in enforcing its rights on its holdings of covenant lite loans than its holdings of loans or securities with financial maintenance covenants, which may result in losses to the Fund, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle. Although covenant lite loans contain few or no financial maintenance covenants, information necessary to monitor a borrower’s financial performance may be available without covenants to lenders and the public alike, and can be used to detect such early warning signs as deterioration of a borrower’s financial condition or results. When such information is available, the Investment Adviser will seek to take appropriate action without the help of covenants in the loans.

BORROWINGS. The Funds may engage in borrowing transactions as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests, for other temporary or emergency purposes or, to the extent permitted by their investment policies, to raise additional cash to be invested in other securities or instruments in an effort to increase the Funds’ investment returns. Reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be a type of borrowing.

When the Funds invest borrowing proceeds in other securities, the Funds will be at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of the securities in which the proceeds are invested. Like other leveraging risks, this makes the value of an investment in the Funds more volatile and increases the Funds’ overall investment exposure. In addition, if a Fund’s return on its investment of the borrowing proceeds does not equal or exceed the interest that the Fund is obligated to pay under the terms of a borrowing, engaging in these transactions will lower the Fund’s return.

 

10


The Funds may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to their borrowing obligations. This could adversely affect a Fund’s strategy and result in lower returns. Interest on any borrowings will be a Fund expense and will reduce the value of the Funds’ shares. The Funds may borrow on a secured or on an unsecured basis. If a Fund enters into a secured borrowing arrangement, a portion of the Fund’s assets will be used as collateral. During the term of the borrowing, the Funds will remain at risk for any fluctuations in the market value of these assets in addition to any securities purchased with the proceeds of the loan. In addition, the Funds may be unable to sell the collateral at a time when it would be advantageous to do so, which could adversely affect the Funds’ strategy and result in lower returns. The Funds would also be subject to the risk that the lender may file for bankruptcy, become insolvent, or otherwise default on its obligations to return the collateral to the Funds. In the event of a default by the lender, there may be delays, costs and risks of loss involved in a Fund’s exercising its rights with respect to the collateral or those rights may be limited by other contractual agreements or obligations or by applicable law.

BRADY BONDS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in certain debt obligations, customarily referred to as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds are created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to foreign entities for new obligations in connection with a debt restructuring. Brady Bonds have only been issued since 1989, and are issued by governments that may have previously defaulted on the loans being restructured by the Brady Bonds and thus are subject to the risk of default by the issuer. Brady Bonds may be fully or partially collateralized or uncollateralized and issued in various currencies (although most are U.S. dollar-denominated), and they are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market.

U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in-full as to principal due at maturity by U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations, which have the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Certain interest payments on these Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is typically equal to between 12 and 18 months of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is typically equal to between 12 and 18 months rolling interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter with the balance of interest accruals in each case being uncollateralized. Payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal on Brady Bonds with no or limited collateral depends on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment. In the event of a default on collateralized Brady Bonds for which obligations are accelerated, the collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments that would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course.

Restructured Investments. Included among the issuers of emerging country debt securities are entities organized and operated solely for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of various securities. These entities are often organized by investment banking firms, which receive fees in connection with establishing each entity and arranging for the placement of its securities. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments, such as Brady Bonds, and the issuance by the entity of one or more classes of securities (“Restructured Investments”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued Restructured Investments to create securities with different investment characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities or investment rate provisions. Because Restructured Investments of the type in which a Fund may invest typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk will generally be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments.

Based upon current market conditions, a Fund would not intend to purchase Brady Bonds that, at the time of investment, are in default as to payment. However, in light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries

 

11


issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds are to be viewed as speculative. A substantial portion of the Brady Bonds and other sovereign debt securities in which a Fund invests are likely to be acquired at a discount, which involves certain additional considerations.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions.

These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in a Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect a Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, a Fund is permitted to invest in a class of Restructured Investments that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated Restructured Investments typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated Restructured Investments. Although a Fund’s purchases of subordinated Restructured Investments would have a similar economic effect to that of borrowing against the underlying securities, such purchases will not be deemed to be borrowing for purposes of the limitations placed on the extent of a Fund’s assets that may be used for borrowing.

Certain issuers of Restructured Investments may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the Act. As a result, the a Fund’s investments in these Restructured Investments may be limited by the restrictions contained in the Act. Restructured Investments are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for most Restructured Investments.

CALCULATION OF PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATE. The portfolio turnover rate for a Fund is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio investments for the reporting period by the monthly average value of the portfolio investments owned during the reporting period. The calculation excludes all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition are one year or less. Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year as well as within a particular year, and may be affected by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements that enable the Funds to receive favorable tax treatment.

The portfolio turnover rate for the Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund was significantly lower for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 than for the prior year. The decrease in the portfolio turnover rate was primarily due to Fund flows during the periods.

The portfolio turnover rate for the Global Sustainability Index Fund was significantly lower for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 than for the prior year. The decrease in the portfolio turnover rate was primarily due to Fund flows during the periods.

The portfolio turnover rate for the Northern Engage360TM Fund was significantly higher for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 than for the prior year. The increase in the portfolio turnover rate was primarily due to the sub-adviser changes during the period.

 

12


The Funds are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolios from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate. Please see the Financial Highlights tables in the Funds’ Prospectuses for the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022. The portfolio turnover rate for the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds is likely to be higher than those of funds with a single investment manager.

COMMERCIAL PAPER, BANKERS ACCEPTANCES, CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT, TIME DEPOSITS AND BANK NOTES. To the extent consistent with their respective investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in commercial paper. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party. Bank notes generally rank junior to deposit liabilities of banks and pari passu with other senior, unsecured obligations of the bank. Bank notes are classified as “other borrowings” on a bank’s balance sheet, while deposit notes and certificates of deposit are classified as deposits. Bank notes are not insured by the FDIC or any other insurer. Deposit notes are insured by the FDIC only to the extent of $250,000 per depositor per bank.

Each Fund (and with respect to the Core Bond Fund, to the extent such obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated) may invest a portion of its assets in the obligations of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. Such obligations include Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit (“ECDs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by offices of foreign and domestic banks located outside the United States; Eurodollar Time Deposits (“ETDs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated deposits in a foreign branch of a U.S. bank or a foreign bank; Canadian Time Deposits (“CTDs”), which are essentially the same as ETDs except they are issued by Canadian offices of major Canadian banks; Schedule Bs, which are obligations issued by Canadian branches of foreign or domestic banks; Yankee Certificates of Deposit (“Yankee CDs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank and held in the United States; and Yankee Bankers’ Acceptances (“Yankee BAs”), which are U.S. dollar-denominated bankers’ acceptances issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank and held in the United States.

Commercial paper is generally unsecured and usually discounted from its value at maturity. The value of commercial paper may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities and will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. Investments in commercial paper are subject to the risk that the issuer cannot issue enough new commercial paper to satisfy its obligations with respect to its outstanding commercial paper, also known as rollover risk. Commercial paper is also susceptible to changes in the issuer’s financial condition or credit quality. In addition, under certain circumstances commercial paper may become illiquid or may suffer from reduced liquidity. Commercial paper purchased by certain Funds may include asset-backed commercial paper. Asset-backed commercial paper is issued by a SPE that is organized to issue the commercial paper and to purchase trade receivables or other financial assets. The credit quality of asset-backed commercial paper depends primarily on the quality of these assets and the level of any additional credit support. The repayment of asset-backed commercial paper depends primarily on the cash collections received from such an issuer’s underlying asset portfolio and the issuer’s ability to issue new asset-backed commercial paper.

Since certain Funds may hold investments in non-U.S. bank obligations, an investment in the Funds involves certain additional risks associated with foreign investments, as further described under “Foreign Investments—General.”

 

13


COMMODITY-LINKED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may seek to provide exposure to the investment returns of real assets that trade in the commodity markets through investments in commodity-linked derivative instruments, which are designed to provide this exposure without direct investment in physical commodities. Real assets are assets such as oil, gas, industrial and precious metals, livestock, and agricultural or meat products, or other items that have tangible properties, as compared to stocks or bonds, which are financial instruments. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, overall market movements and other factors affecting the value of particular industries or commodities, such as weather, disease (including pandemic), tariffs, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism, or political and regulatory developments.

The commodities that underlie commodity futures contracts and commodity swaps may be subject to additional economic and non-economic variables, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. Unlike the financial futures markets, in the commodity futures markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity futures contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while a Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may change proportionately.

In the commodity futures markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at delivery tomorrow. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer generally must sell the futures contract at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the futures market are purchasing futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only sell the other side of the futures contract at a higher futures price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing nature of the hedgers and speculators in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for the Fund. If the nature of hedgers and speculators in futures markets has shifted when it is time for the Fund to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new futures contract, the Fund might reinvest at higher or lower futures prices, or choose to pursue other investments.

The prices of commodity-linked derivative instruments may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities when the value of those traditional securities is declining due to adverse economic conditions. As an example, during periods of rising inflation, debt securities have historically tended to decline in value due to the general increase in prevailing interest rates. Conversely, during those same periods of rising inflation, the prices of certain commodities, such as oil and metals, have historically tended to increase. There cannot be any guarantee that these investments will perform in that manner in the future, and at certain times the price movements of commodity-linked instruments have been parallel to those of debt and equity securities. Commodities have historically tended to increase and decrease in value during different parts of the business cycle than financial assets. Nevertheless, at various times, commodities prices may move in tandem with the prices of financial assets and thus may not provide overall portfolio diversification benefits.

COMMODITY-RELATED SECURITIES RISK is the risk that investing in commodity-related securities investments may subject a Fund to greater volatility than investments in other kinds of securities. In addition to overall market movements, commodity-related securities may be adversely impacted by commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as weather, disease (including pandemic), tariffs, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism, or political and regulatory developments.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest a portion of their assets in commodity-related securities. Commodity-related industries throughout the world are subject to greater political, environmental, and other governmental regulation than many other industries. Changes in

 

14


government policies and the need for regulatory approvals may adversely affect the products and services of companies in the commodities industries. The effect of future regulations affecting commodity-related industries cannot be predicted. The value of a Fund’s investments in commodity-related securities may decline and fluctuate in a rapid and unpredictable manner.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible securities mature or are redeemed, converted or exchanged. Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to ordinary debt securities in that they normally provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stock of the same or similar issuers. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier non-convertible securities but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed-income security.

In selecting convertible securities, the Investment Adviser, and for the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds, Sub-Advisers, may consider, among other factors: an evaluation of the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities; the interest or dividend income generated by the securities; the potential for capital appreciation of the securities and the underlying common stocks; the prices of the securities relative to other comparable securities and to the underlying common stocks; whether the securities are entitled to the benefits of sinking funds or other protective conditions; diversification of portfolio securities as to issuers; and whether the securities are rated by a rating agency and, if so, the ratings assigned.

The value of convertible securities is a function of their investment value (determined by yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and their conversion value (their worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of convertible securities is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline, and by the credit standing of the issuer and other factors. The conversion value of convertible securities is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock, and may vary in price in response to changes in the price of the underlying common stock, with greater volatility. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible securities is governed principally by their investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible securities will be increasingly influenced by their conversion value. In addition, convertible securities generally sell at a premium over their conversion value determined by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding fixed-income securities.

In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to (i) permit the issuer to redeem the security, (ii) convert it into the underlying common stock or (iii) sell it to a third party. Any of the actions could have an adverse effect on a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

In general, investments in lower quality convertible securities are subject to a significant risk of a change in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entity. Investments in convertible securities of medium or lower quality also are likely to be subject to greater market fluctuation and to greater risk of loss of income and principal due to default than investments of higher quality fixed-income securities. Such lower quality securities generally tend to reflect short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than higher quality securities, which react more to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. A Fund that invests in convertible securities generally will seek to reduce risk to the investor by diversification, credit analysis and

 

15


attention to current developments in trends of both the economy and financial markets. However, while diversification reduces the effect on a Fund of any single investment, it does not reduce the overall risk of investing in lower quality securities.

CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in corporate debt securities (corporate bonds, debentures, notes and similar corporate debt instruments). The Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund may also invest in hybrid corporate debt, including Tier I and Tier II bank capital securities and bank trust preferred securities.

Corporate debt securities are taxable debt obligations issued by corporations and may pay fixed or variable rates of interest or interest at a rate contingent upon some other factor, such as the price of some commodity. Corporate debt securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to factors such as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity. The market value of a debt security generally reacts inversely to interest rate changes. When prevailing interest rates decline, the price of the debt obligation usually rises, and when prevailing interest rates rise, the price usually declines.

CURRENCY SWAPS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into currency swap transactions for hedging purposes and/or to gain exposure to certain countries or currencies. These instruments are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products. A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way these instruments are structured. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the rights of the Fund and another party to make or receive payments in specific currencies.

Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

A Fund will not enter into a currency swap unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated either A or A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s® Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated by such rating organization, is determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers. If there is a default by the other party to such transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The use of currency swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers are incorrect in their forecasts of currency exchange rates the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. For a description of Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulations affecting swap transactions and certain other derivatives, see “Futures Contracts and Related Options.”

CUSTODIAL RECEIPTS FOR TREASURY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may acquire U.S. government obligations and their unmatured interest coupons that have been separated (“stripped”) by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Having separated the interest coupons from the underlying principal of the U.S. government obligations, the holder will resell the stripped securities in custodial receipt programs with a number of different names, such as TIGRs (Treasury Income Growth Receipts) and CATS (Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities). The stripped coupons are sold separately from the underlying principal, which usually is sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. The underlying U.S. Treasury bonds and notes themselves are held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities, which are ostensibly owned by the bearer or holder), in trust on behalf of the owners.

 

16


Counsel to the underwriters of these certificates or other evidences of ownership of U.S. Treasury securities have stated that, in their opinion, purchasers of the stripped securities most likely will be deemed the beneficial holders of the underlying U.S. government obligations for federal tax purposes. The Trust is unaware of any binding legislative, judicial or administrative authority on this issue. Custodial receipts may not be considered obligations of the U.S. government or other issuer of the security held by the custodian for the purposes of the securities laws. If for tax purposes a Fund is not considered to be the owner of the securities held in the underlying trust or custodial account, the Fund may suffer adverse tax consequences. As a holder of custodial receipts, a Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees or expenses charged to the custodial account.

CYBERSECURITY RISK. With the increased use of technologies such as mobile devices and Web-based or “cloud” applications, and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to conduct business, the Funds are susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cybersecurity incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events (arising from external or internal sources) that may cause the Funds to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, physical damage to a computer or network system or lose operational capacity. Cybersecurity attacks include, but are not limited to, infection by malicious software, such as malware or computer viruses or gaining unauthorized access to digital systems, networks or devices that are used to service the Funds’ operations (e.g., through “hacking,” “phishing” or malicious software coding) or other means for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cybersecurity attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the Funds’ websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). In addition, authorized persons could inadvertently or intentionally release confidential or proprietary information stored on the Funds’ systems. Geopolitical tensions may, from time to time, increase the scale and sophistication of deliberate cyberattacks.

Cybersecurity incidents affecting the Investment Adviser, other service providers (including, but not limited to, the sub-administrator, custodian, sub-custodians, transfer agent and financial intermediaries) or the Funds’ shareholders have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses to both the Funds and their shareholders, interference with the Funds’ ability to calculate their net asset values (“NAV”), impediments to trading, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business and the Funds to process transactions (including fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions), violations of applicable privacy and other laws (including the release of private shareholder information) and attendant breach notification and credit monitoring costs, regulatory fines, penalties, litigation costs, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, forensic investigation and remediation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Similar adverse consequences could result from cybersecurity incidents affecting issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, counterparties with which the Funds engage in transactions, governmental and other regulatory authorities, exchange and other financial market operators, banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions (including financial intermediaries and other service providers) and other parties. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to safeguard against and reduce the risk of any cybersecurity incidents in the future. In addition to administrative, technological and procedural safeguards, the Investment Adviser has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent or reduce the impact of, such cybersecurity incidents. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified, as well as the rapid development of new threats. Furthermore, the Funds, their Investment Adviser, and for the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds, the Sub-Adviser(s) have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cybersecurity incidents affecting third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Funds or their investment adviser, and the Funds cannot control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by its service providers or any other third parties whose operations may affect the Funds or their shareholders. The Funds and their shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

DEMAND FEATURES AND GUARANTEES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in securities that have demand features, guarantees or similar credit and

 

17


liquidity enhancements. A demand feature permits the holder of the security to sell the security within a specified period of time at a stated exercise price and entitles the holder of the security to receive an amount equal to the approximate amortized cost of the security plus accrued interest. A guarantee permits the holder of the security to receive, upon presentment to the guarantor, the principal amount of the underlying security plus accrued interest when due or upon default. A guarantee is the unconditional obligation of an entity other than the issuer of the security. Demand features and guarantees can effectively:

 

   

shorten the maturity of a variable or floating rate security;

   

enhance the security’s credit quality; and

   

enhance the ability to sell the security.

The aggregate price for a security subject to a demand feature or a guarantee may be higher than the price that would otherwise be paid for the security without the guarantee or the demand feature. When a Fund purchases securities subject to guarantees or demand features, there is an increase in the cost of the underlying security and a corresponding reduction in its yield. Securities with demand features may involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the security to pay for the underlying securities at the time the demand is exercised, non-marketability of the security and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the demand security. Because each Fund invests in securities backed by banks and other financial institutions, changes in the credit quality of these institutions could cause losses to the Fund.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. Depositary receipts demonstrate ownership of shares of a foreign issuer and are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign security. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored and include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and non-voting depositary receipts (“NVDRs”). To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and/or NVDRs.

ADRs in registered form are typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, traded in U.S. dollars, and are designed for use in the domestic market. GDRs, EDRs, NVDRs and other similar instruments may be issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. entity and may be traded in other currencies. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets.

Depositary receipts in general are subject to many of the risks associated with foreign investing (e.g., increased market, illiquidity, currency, political, information and other risks), and even where traded in U.S. dollars are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is traded in a foreign currency. Unsponsored depositary receipts are issued without the participation of the issuer of the underlying foreign security and there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored depositary receipts. Even if there is information available, there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

EQUITY-LINKED NOTES. An equity-linked note (“ELN”) is a debt instrument whose value is based on the value of a single equity security, basket of equity securities or an index of equity securities (each, an “Underlying Equity”). An ELN typically provides interest income, thereby offering a yield advantage over investing directly in an Underlying Equity. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except for the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, may purchase ELNs that trade on a securities exchange or those that trade on the over-the-counter markets, including Rule 144A securities. A Fund may also purchase ELNs in a privately negotiated transaction with the issuer of the ELNs (or its broker-dealer affiliate). A Fund may or may not hold an ELN until its maturity.

Equity-linked securities also include issues such as Structured Yield Product Exchangeable for Stock (“STRYPES”), Trust Automatic Common Exchange Securities (“TRACES”), Trust Issued Mandatory Exchange Securities (“TIMES”) and Trust Enhanced Dividend Securities (“TRENDS”). The issuers of these equity-linked

 

18


securities generally purchase and hold a portion of stripped U.S. Treasury securities maturing on a quarterly basis through the conversion date, and a forward purchase contract with an existing shareholder of the company relating to the common stock. Quarterly distributions on such equity-linked securities generally consist of the cash received from the U.S. Treasury securities and such equity-linked securities generally are not entitled to any dividends that may be declared on the common stock.

ELNs also include participation notes issued by a bank or broker-dealer that entitles a Fund to a return measured by the change in value of an Underlying Equity. Participation notes are typically used when a direct investment in the Underlying Equity is restricted due to country-specific regulations. Investment in a participation note is the same as investment in the constituent shares of the company (or other issuer type) to which the Underlying Equity is economically tied. A participation note represents only an obligation of the company or other issuer type to provide a Fund the economic performance equivalent to holding shares of the Underlying Equity. A participation note does not provide any beneficial or equitable entitlement or interest in the relevant Underlying Equity. In other words, shares of the Underlying Equity are not in any way owned by the Fund.

EQUITY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in equity securities. “Equity securities” include common stocks, preferred stocks, investment companies including ETFs, interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), convertible securities, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies and similar enterprises, warrants, stock purchase rights and synthetic and derivative instruments that have economic characteristics similar to equity securities.

Investing in equity securities involves market risk. Market risk is the risk that the value of a Fund’s investments may increase or decrease in response to expected, real or perceived economic, political or financial events in the U.S. or global markets. The frequency and magnitude of such changes in value cannot be predicted. Certain securities and other investments held by a Fund may experience increased volatility, illiquidity, or other potentially adverse effects in response to changing market conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond or equity markets, volatility in the equity markets, market disruptions caused by local or regional events such as war, acts of terrorism, the spread of infectious illness (including epidemics and pandemics) or other public health issues, recessions or other events or adverse investor sentiment or other political, regulatory, economic and social developments, and developments that impact specific economic sectors, industries or segments of the market. These risks may be magnified if certain events or developments adversely interrupt the global supply chain; in these and other circumstances, such risks might affect companies worldwide due to increasingly interconnected global economies and financial markets. Market risk includes the risk that a particular style of investing, such as growth or value, may underperform the market generally.

Over the past several years, stock markets have experienced substantial price volatility. Growth stocks are generally more sensitive to market movements than other types of stocks and their stock prices may therefore be more volatile and present a higher degree of risk of loss. Value stocks, on the other hand, may fall out of favor with investors and underperform growth stocks during any given period. Stock prices may fluctuate from time to time in response to the activities of individual companies and in response to general market and economic conditions. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry trends and developments, and the stock prices of such companies may decline in response.

The U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, have taken extraordinary actions to support local and global economies and the financial markets in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including lowering interest rates. These events and the possible resulting market volatility from the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic or any interest rate increases may have an adverse effect on the Funds.

 

19


EQUITY SWAPS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except the Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund, may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may be used by the Funds to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies for hedging purposes, to seek to increase total return, or for liquidity management purposes. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay a Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, a Fund may agree to pay to the counterparty the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in the stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on any equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and a Fund may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

A Fund will enter into equity swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any.

The Funds will not enter into any swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party is rated either A, or A-1 or better by S&P or Fitch; or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s, or has received a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as a NRSRO. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. For a description of CFTC regulations affecting swap transactions and certain other derivatives, see “Futures Contracts and Related Options.”

EXCHANGE RATE-RELATED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objective and strategies, the Funds may invest in exchange rate-related securities. Exchange rate-related securities represent certain foreign debt obligations whose principal values are linked to a foreign currency but which are repaid in U.S. dollars. The principal payable on an exchange rate-related security is subject to currency risk. In addition, the potential illiquidity and high volatility of the foreign exchange market may make exchange rate-related securities difficult to sell prior to maturity at an appropriate price.

EXCHANGE-TRADED NOTES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”). ETNs are a type of debt security that trades on exchanges and promises a return linked to a market index or other benchmark. ETNs are unsecured debt obligations of the issuer—typically a bank or another financial institution. They differ from traditional bonds in certain ways. For example, unlike traditional bonds, ETNs typically do not pay any interest payments to investors. Instead, the issuer promises to pay the holder of the ETN an amount determined by the performance of the underlying index or benchmark on the ETN’s maturity date (typically 10, 30 or in some cases even 40 years

 

20


from issuance), minus any specified fees. The performance of an ETN over long periods can differ significantly from the performance of the underlying index or benchmark. Some ETNs are callable at the issuer’s discretion. In addition, unlike traditional bonds, ETNs trade on exchanges throughout the day at prices determined by the market, similar to stocks or exchange-traded funds. But unlike index-based exchange-traded funds, ETNs do not buy or hold assets to replicate or approximate the performance of the underlying index. The secondary market price of an ETN may differ significantly from its indicative value as calculated by the issuer.

The issuer of an ETN may engage in trading activity that is at odds with the interests of investors who hold the ETNs.

ETNs carry various risks, including default risk, credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. The absence of an active secondary market for ETNs could make it difficult to dispose of the ETNs.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against a possible loss on investments resulting from a decline or appreciation in the value of a particular foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or another foreign currency or for other reasons, the Funds are authorized to enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts. These contracts involve an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the values of portfolio securities but rather allow a Fund to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time.

When entering into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security, a Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency exchange contract for the amount of the purchase or sale price to protect against variations, between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received, in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar or other foreign currency.

When the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser anticipates that a particular foreign currency may decline relative to the U.S. dollar or other leading currencies, in order to reduce risk, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s securities denominated in such foreign currency. Similarly, when the securities held by a Fund create a short position in a foreign currency, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to buy, for a fixed amount, an amount of foreign currency approximating the short position. With respect to any forward foreign currency exchange contract, it generally will not be possible to match precisely the amount covered by that contract and the value of the securities involved due to the changes in the values of such securities resulting from market movements between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. In addition, while forward contracts may offer protection from losses resulting from declines or appreciation in the value of a particular foreign currency, they also limit potential gains, which might result from changes in the value of such currency. A Fund also may incur costs in connection with forward foreign currency exchange contracts and conversions of foreign currencies and U.S. dollars.

In addition, to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase or sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts to seek to increase total return or for cross-hedging purposes and may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the investment management team believes that there is a pattern of correlation between the two currencies. Additionally, to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may also purchase or sell forward foreign currency exchange contracts to gain exposure to certain currencies.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS—GENERAL. To the extent consistent with its investment objectives and strategies, each Fund may invest in foreign securities, including bonds and other fixed income securities of foreign issuers. Foreign bonds and fixed-income securities purchased by the Core Bond Fund, Tax-Advantaged

 

21


Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund must be U.S. dollar-denominated. Foreign fixed-income securities may include eurodollar convertible securities, which are fixed-income securities that are issued in U.S. dollars outside the United States and are convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities of the same or a different issuer.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds also may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued or guaranteed by one or more foreign governments or any of their political subdivisions, agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, as well as other foreign issuers. These obligations may be issued by supranational entities, including international organizations (such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (also known as the World Bank)) designed or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies.

Investment in foreign securities involves special risks. These include market risk, interest rate risk, market trading risk and currency risk. Market risk involves the possibility that security prices will decline over short or even extended periods. The markets tend to be cyclical, with periods of generally rising prices and periods of generally declining prices. These cycles will affect the value of a Fund to the extent that it invests in foreign securities. The holdings of a Fund, to the extent that it invests in fixed-income securities, will be sensitive to changes in interest rates and the interest rate environment. Generally, the prices of bonds and debt securities fluctuate inversely with interest rate changes. In addition, the performance of investments in securities denominated in a foreign currency will depend on the strength of the foreign currency against the U.S. dollar and the interest rate environment in the country issuing the currency. Absent other events that could otherwise affect the value of a foreign security (such as a change in the political climate or an issuer’s credit quality), appreciation in the value of the foreign currency generally can be expected to increase the value of a foreign currency-denominated security in terms of U.S. dollars. A rise in foreign interest rates or decline in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar generally can be expected to depress the value of a foreign currency-denominated security. Generally, the prices of bonds and debt securities fluctuate inversely with interest rate changes.

There are other risks and costs involved in investing in foreign securities, which are in addition to the usual risks inherent in domestic investments. Investment in foreign securities involves higher costs than investment in U.S. securities, including higher transaction and custody costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. Foreign investments also involve risks associated with the level of currency exchange rates, less complete financial information about the issuers, less market liquidity, more market volatility and political instability. Future political, financial, social and economic developments in foreign countries (including, for example, military confrontations, war and terrorism), the possible imposition of withholding taxes on dividend income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or freezes on the convertibility of currency, trade restrictions (including tariffs) or the adoption of other governmental restrictions might adversely affect an investment in foreign securities. Additionally, foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks are subject to less stringent reserve requirements, and to different accounting, auditing and recordkeeping requirements. Also, the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States. Additionally, many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. For example, the decline in the U.S. subprime mortgage market quickly spread throughout global credit markets, triggering a liquidity crisis that affected fixed-income and equity markets around the world.

The energy, materials and agriculture sectors may account for a large portion of a foreign country’s exports. Any changes in these sectors or fluctuations in the commodity markets could have an adverse impact on a country’s economy. Commodity prices may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors, including where applicable, high volatility, changes in supply and demand relationships, weather, agriculture, trade, pestilence, changes in interest rates and monetary and other governmental policies, action and inaction. Securities

 

22


of companies held by a Fund that are dependent on a single commodity, or are concentrated in a single commodity sector, may typically exhibit even higher volatility attributable to commodity prices.

European countries can be affected by the significant fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes for membership. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.

In June of 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” which sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound and heightened risk of continued worldwide economic volatility. Pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon, the UK gave notice in March 2017 of its withdrawal from the EU and commenced negotiations on the terms of withdrawal. Following years of negotiation and multiple deadline extensions, the UK withdrew from the EU on January 31, 2020. On May 1, 2021 the UK and EU entered into the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which governs certain aspects of their relationship.

The effects of this withdrawal will depend, in part, on trade and finance agreements the UK negotiates to retain access to EU markets. The UK’s exit from the EU may cause significant market volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, deterioration in economic activity, legal uncertainty, a decrease in business confidence, and increased likelihood of a recession in the UK. This may increase redemptions from Funds that hold impacted securities or cause the value of a Fund’s securities that are economically tied to the UK or EU to decline. Market factors, such as the demand for particular portfolio securities, may cause the price of certain portfolio securities to fall while the price of other securities rise or remain unchanged. There is significant uncertainty regarding Brexit’s ramifications and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic and market outcomes are difficult to predict. Securities issued by companies domiciled in the UK could be subject to changing regulatory and tax regimes. Banking and financial services companies that operate in the UK or EU could be disproportionately impacted by those actions. Other countries may seek to withdraw from the EU and/or abandon the euro, the common currency of the EU, which could exacerbate market and currency volatility and negatively impact a Fund’s investments in securities issued by companies located in EU countries. Other economic challenges facing Europe include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations, mass migrations from the Middle East and Africa and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European governments have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crises and to boost growth in the region, which has increased the risk that regulatory uncertainty could negatively affect a Fund’s investments. In addition, Ukraine has experienced an ongoing military conflict, most recently in February 2022 when Russia invaded Ukraine; this conflict may expand and military attacks could occur throughout Europe. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching.

Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and without Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences.

 

23


Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in foreign debt, including the securities of foreign governments, in both developed and emerging markets. Several risks exist concerning such investments, including the risk that foreign governments may default on their obligations, may not respect the integrity of such debt, may attempt to renegotiate the debt at a lower rate, and may not honor investments by U.S. entities or citizens.

Although each Fund (other than the Core Bond Fund, Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund) may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, its portfolio securities and other assets are valued in U.S. dollars. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time causing, together with other factors, a Fund’s NAV to fluctuate as well. Currency exchange rates can be affected unpredictably by the intervention or the failure to intervene by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent that a Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect a Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, are denominated in the currencies of foreign countries, a Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

Dividends and interest payable on a Fund’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. To the extent such taxes are not offset by credits or deductions allowed to investors under U.S. federal income tax law, they may reduce the net return to the shareholders. See “Taxes.”

A Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which they invest, and treaties between the United States and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates. See “Taxes.”

A Fund also is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on the convertibility of currency. In addition, through the use of forward currency exchange contracts with other instruments, the respective net currency positions of a Fund may expose the Fund to risks independent of its securities positions. Although the net long and short foreign currency exposure of the Funds will not exceed their respective total asset values, to the extent that a Fund is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater risk than it would have if it did not maintain the currency positions.

Investors should understand that the expense ratios of the Funds that invest primarily in foreign securities can be expected to be higher than those funds investing primarily in domestic securities. The costs attributable to investing abroad usually are higher for several reasons, such as the higher cost of investment research, higher costs of custody of foreign securities, higher commissions paid on comparable transactions on foreign markets and additional costs arising from delays in settlements of transactions involving foreign securities.

Foreign securities are generally held outside the United States in the primary market for the securities in the custody of certain eligible foreign banks and trust companies appointed by a Fund’s custodian, as permitted under the 1940 Act (“foreign sub-custodians”). Settlement practices for foreign securities may differ from those in the United States. Some foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. Some countries have limited governmental oversight and regulation of industry practices, stock exchanges, depositories, registrars, brokers and listed companies, which increases the risk of corruption and fraud and the possibility of losses to the Funds. Further, the laws of certain countries may place limitations on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign sub-custodian enters bankruptcy. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to even greater custody risks than investments in more developed markets. Custody services in emerging market countries are very often undeveloped and may be considerably less well-regulated than in more developed countries, and thus may not afford the same level of investor protection as would apply in developed countries.

 

24


Under certain circumstances, foreign securities may settle on a delayed delivery basis, meaning that the Funds may be required to make payment for securities before the Funds have actually received delivery of the securities or deliver securities prior to the receipt of payment. Typically, in these cases, the Funds will receive evidence of ownership in accordance with the generally accepted settlement practices in the local market entitling the Funds to deliver payment at a future date, but there is a risk that the security will not be delivered to the Funds or that payment will not be received, although the Funds and their foreign sub-custodians take reasonable precautions to mitigate this risk.

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a Fund remain uninvested and no return is earned on such assets. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases or sales due to settlement problems could result in missed attractive investment opportunities, losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, possible liability to the purchaser. Losses can also result from lost, stolen or counterfeit securities; defaults by brokers and banks; failures or defects of the settlement system; or poor and improper record keeping by registrars and issuers.

Share blocking refers to a practice in certain foreign markets under which an issuer’s securities are blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level for a specified number of days before and, in certain instances, after a shareholder meeting where a vote of shareholders takes place. The blocking period can last up to several weeks. Share blocking may prevent the Funds from buying or selling securities during this period, because during the time shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. It may be difficult or impossible to lift blocking restrictions, with the particular requirements varying widely by country.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS—EMERGING AND FRONTIER MARKETS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in issuers based in or economically tied to emerging and frontier markets countries. Emerging and frontier market countries are generally located in the Asia and Pacific regions, the Middle East, Eastern Europe, Central America, South America and Africa. Political and economic structures in many of these countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristics of more developed countries.

In general, the securities markets of emerging and frontier countries are less liquid, subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the United States. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging and frontier country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging and frontier country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

Emerging and frontier country securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. The markets for securities in certain emerging and frontier countries are in the earliest stages of their development. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging and frontier countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control

 

25


large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging and frontier country securities may also affect a Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Certain emerging and frontier market countries may have antiquated legal systems, which may adversely impact the Funds. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging and frontier market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging and frontier market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations. In addition, the systems of corporate governance to which issuers in certain emerging and frontier countries are subject may be less advanced than the systems to which issuers located in more developed countries are subject, and therefore, shareholders of such issuers may not receive many of the protections available to shareholders of issuers located in more developed countries.

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging and frontier countries may be higher than in developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging and frontier countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

Certain emerging and frontier countries may restrict or control foreign investments in their securities markets. These restrictions may limit a Fund’s investment in those countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging and frontier countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities, which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from emerging and frontier countries may be subject to restrictions that require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of the Fund.

Emerging and frontier countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than more developed countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) social unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which a Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of the Fund’s assets. A Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

The economies of emerging and frontier countries may suffer from unfavorable growth of gross domestic product, rates of inflation and hyperinflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging and frontier countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging and frontier countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging and frontier countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging and frontier countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports.

 

26


Risks related to currencies and corporate actions are also greater in emerging and frontier countries than in developed countries. For example, some emerging and frontier countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Certain emerging and frontier countries may experience sudden and large adjustments in their currency, which can have a disruptive and adverse effect on foreign investors. Some emerging and frontier countries have a higher risk of currency devaluations, and some of these countries may experience sustained periods of high inflation or rapid changes in inflation rates, which can have negative effects on a country’s economy and securities markets. There may be no significant foreign exchange market for certain currencies making it difficult for the Funds to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the Funds’ investments denominated in such currencies. Some emerging and frontier countries may impose restrictions on the free conversion of their currencies into foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar. Corporate action procedures in emerging and frontier countries may be less reliable and have limited or no involvement by the depositories and central banks. Lack of standard practices and payment systems can lead to significant delays in payment.

Many emerging and frontier countries are highly dependent on foreign loans for their operations. There have been moratoria on, and refinancing of, repayments with respect to these loans. Some of the refinancings have imposed restrictions and conditions on the economies of such nations that have adversely affected their economic growth.

Frontier countries generally have smaller economies or less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier countries.

Investment exposure to China subjects a Fund to risks specific to China. China may be subject to considerable degrees of economic, political and social instability. China is a developing market and demonstrates significantly higher volatility from time to time in comparison to developed markets. The Chinese government has undertaken reform of economic and market practices and expansion of the sphere for private ownership of property in China. However, Chinese markets generally continue to experience inefficiency, volatility and pricing anomalies resulting from governmental influence, a lack of publicly available information and/or political and social instability. Internal social unrest or confrontations with other neighboring countries, including military conflicts in response to such events, may also disrupt economic development in China and result in a greater risk of currency fluctuations, currency convertibility, interest rate fluctuations and higher rates of inflation. The Chinese economy is export-driven and highly reliant on trade. Adverse changes to the economic conditions of its primary trading partners, such as the United States, Japan and South Korea, would adversely impact the Chinese economy. Reduction in spending on Chinese products and services or the institution of tariffs or other trade barriers by China’s key trading partners may also have an adverse impact on the Chinese economy. Recently, the U.S. has instituted trade tariffs on certain goods from China to which China has initiated retaliatory tariffs on certain goods from the U.S. Further escalation of a trade war between the U.S. and China may have an adverse effect on both the U.S. and Chinese economies.

The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program (both programs collectively referred to as the Connect Program) are securities trading and clearing programs through which the Funds can trade eligible listed China A-shares. The Connect Program is subject to quota limitations and an investor cannot purchase and sell the same security on the same trading day, which may restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in China A-shares through the Connect Program and to enter into or exit trades on a timely basis. The Shanghai and Shenzhen markets may be open at a time when the Connect Program is not trading, with the result that prices of China A-shares may fluctuate at times when the Fund is unable to add to or exit its position. Only certain China A-shares are eligible to be accessed through the Connect Program. Such securities may lose their eligibility at any time, in which case they could be sold but could no longer be purchased through the Connect Program. Because the Connect Program is in its early stages, the actual effect on the market for trading China A-shares with the introduction of large numbers of foreign investors is currently unknown. The Connect Program is subject to regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities for the Shanghai

 

27


Stock Exchange, the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange, and further regulations or restrictions, such as limitations on redemptions or suspension of trading, may adversely impact the Connect Program, if the authorities believe it necessary to assure orderly markets or for other reasons. There is no guarantee that all three exchanges will continue to support the Connect Program in the future.

Investments in China A-shares may not be covered by the securities investor protection programs of the exchanges and, without the protection of such programs, will be subject to the risk of default by the broker. In the event that the depository of the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange defaulted, a Fund may not be able to recover fully its losses from the depository or may be delayed in receiving proceeds as part of any recovery process. In addition, because all trades on the Connect Program in respect of eligible China A-shares must be settled in Renminbi (“RMB”), the Chinese currency, the Funds investing through the Connect Program must have timely access to a reliable supply of offshore RMB, which cannot be guaranteed. The existence of a liquid trading market for China A-shares may depend on whether there is supply of, and demand for, such China A-shares. Market volatility and settlement difficulties in the China A-shares markets may also result in significant fluctuations in the prices of the securities traded on such markets. China A-shares purchased through the Connect Program are held in nominee name and not the Fund’s name as the beneficial owner. It is possible, therefore, that a Fund’s ability to exercise its rights as a shareholder and to pursue claims against the issuer of China A-shares may be limited because the nominee structure has not been tested in Chinese courts. In addition, a Fund may not be able to participate incorporate actions affecting China A-shares held through the Connect Program due to time constraints or for other operational reasons. Trades on the Connect Program are subject to certain requirements prior to trading. If these requirements are not completed prior to the market opening, a Fund cannot sell the shares on that trading day. In addition, these requirements may limit the number of brokers that a Fund may use to execute trades. If an investor holds 5% or more of the total shares issued by a China A-share issuer, whether or not such shares were acquired through the Stock Connect Program, the investor must return any profits obtained from the purchase and sale of those shares if both transactions occur within a six-month period. If a Fund holds 5% or more of the total shares of a China A-share issuer through its Connect Program investments, its profits may be subject to these limitations. All accounts managed by the Adviser and/or its affiliates will be aggregated for purposes of this 5% limitation, which makes it more likely that a Fund’s profits may be subject to these limitations.

Certain Funds may invest in China onshore bonds traded on the China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) through the China – Hong Kong Bond Connect Program (“Bond Connect”). In China, the Central Moneymarkets Unit holds Bond Connect securities on behalf of ultimate investors (such as the Funds) in accounts maintained with a China-based custodian (either the China Central Depository & Clearing Co. or the Shanghai Clearing House). This recordkeeping system subjects a Fund to various risks, including the risks of settlement delays and counterparty default of the China custodian and Hong Kong custody agent. In addition, the Fund may have a limited ability to enforce rights as a bondholder because enforcing the ownership rights of a beneficial holder of Bond Connect securities is untested and courts in China have limited experience in applying the concept of beneficial ownership. Bond Connect uses the trading infrastructure of both Hong Kong and China and is not available on trading holidays in Hong Kong. As a result, prices of securities purchased through Bond Connect may fluctuate at times when the Fund is unable to add to or exit its position. Securities offered through Bond Connect may lose their eligibility for trading through Bond Connect at any time. If Bond Connect securities lose their eligibility for trading through Bond Connect, they may be sold but can no longer be purchased through Bond Connect. Because Bond Connect trades are settled in RMB, the Funds investing through Bond Connect must have timely access to a reliable supply of offshore RMB, which cannot be guaranteed. Market volatility and potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain bonds on the CIBM may result in prices of such bonds fluctuating significantly, exposing a Fund to liquidity and volatility risks. The bid-ask spreads of the prices of such securities may be large, and a Fund may therefore incur significant costs and may suffer losses when selling such investments. Bonds traded on the CIBM may be difficult or impossible to sell, which may impact a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of such securities at their expected prices. Bond Connect is relatively new and its effects on the Chinese interbank bond market are uncertain. Trading through Bond Connect is performed through newly developed trading platforms and operational systems, and in the event of systems malfunctions or

 

28


extreme market conditions, trading via Bond Connect could be disrupted. There can be no assurance as to Bond Connect’s continued existence or whether future developments regarding Bond Connect (including further interpretation and guidance provided by regulators in Hong Kong and China) may restrict or adversely affect the Fund’s investments or returns. Finally, uncertainties in China tax rules governing taxation of income and gains from investments via Bond Connect could result in unexpected tax liabilities for a Fund.

A Fund’s investments in emerging markets may also include investments in US- or Hong Kong-listed issuers that have entered into contractual relationships with a China-based business and/or individuals/entities affiliated with the China-based business through a structure known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”). Instead of directly owning the equity interests in the Chinese company, the listed company has contractual arrangements with the Chinese company, which are expected to provide the listed company with exposure to the China-based company. These arrangements are often used because of Chinese governmental restrictions on non-Chinese ownership of companies in certain industries in China. By entering into contracts with the listed company that sells shares to US investors, the China-based companies and/or related individuals/entities indirectly raise capital from US investors without distributing ownership of the China-based companies to US investors. Although VIEs are a longstanding industry practice, to the Investment Adviser’s knowledge, the Chinese government has never approved VIE structures. Recently, the government of China provided new guidance to and placed restrictions on China-based companies raising capital offshore, including through VIE structures. It is uncertain whether any new laws, rules, or regulations relating to VIE structures will be adopted or, if adopted, what impact they would have on the interests of foreign shareholders.

Even though the listed company does not own any equity in the China-based company, the listed company expects to exercise power over and obtain economic rights from the China-based company based on the contractual arrangements. All or most of the value of an investment in these companies depends on the enforceability of the contracts between the listed company and the China-based VIE. Risks associated with such investments include the risk that the Chinese government could determine at any time and without notice that the underlying contractual arrangements on which control of the VIE is based violate Chinese law, which may result in a significant loss in the value of an investment in a listed company that uses a VIE structure; that a breach of the contractual agreements between the listed company and the China-based VIE (or its officers, directors, or Chinese equity owners) will likely be subject to Chinese law and jurisdiction, which raises questions about whether and how the listed company or its investors could seek recourse in the event of an adverse ruling as to its contractual rights; and that investments in the listed company may be affected by conflicts of interest and duties between the legal owners of the China-based VIE and the stockholders of the listed company, which may adversely impact the value of investments of the listed company.

The contractual arrangements permit the listed issuer to include the financial results of the China-based VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. The listed company often is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States or China (e.g., the Cayman Islands), which likely will not have the same disclosure, reporting, and governance requirements as the United States. As with other Chinese companies with securities listed on US exchanges, US-listed VIEs and ADRs may be delisted if they do not meet US accounting standards and auditor oversight requirements. Delisting would significantly decrease the liquidity and value of the securities, decrease the ability of the Funds to transact in such securities and may increase the cost of the Funds if required to seek other markets in which to transact in such securities.

Russia’s large-scale invasion of Ukraine on February 24, 2022 has led to various countries, including the US, imposing economic sanctions on certain Russian individuals and Russian corporate and banking entities. A number of jurisdictions have also instituted broader sanctions on Russia, including banning Russia from global payments systems that facilitate cross-border payments. In response, the government of Russia has imposed capital controls to restrict movements of capital entering and exiting the country. As a result, the value and liquidity of Russian securities and the Russian currency have experienced significant declines. From February 28, 2022 to March 24, 2022, the Russian securities markets were effectively not open for trading, and were not open to non-Russian investors until April 1, 2022. However, the sanctions imposed by the US and other countries and

 

29


international organizations continue to prohibit trading in certain Russian securities. The extent and duration of military action, sanctions and resulting market disruptions are impossible to predict, but could be substantial and prolonged.

Russia’s military incursion and resulting sanctions (and other consequences related to the invasion, such as boycotts or changes in consumer or purchaser preferences or cyberattacks on governments, companies or individuals) have had, and may continue to have, an adverse effect on the region’s economies and more globally, including significant negative impacts on the financial markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas, and thus could affect the value of a Fund’s investments. Eastern European markets are particularly sensitive to social, political, economic, and currency events in Russia and may suffer heavy losses as a result of their trading and investment links to the Russian economy and currency. Changes in regulations on trade, decreasing imports or exports, changes in the exchange rate of the euro, a significant influx of refugees, and recessions among European countries may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other European countries including those of Eastern Europe.

Also, for Funds that track an Index (“Index Funds”), if a Russian security is included in an Index Fund’s Index, the Index Fund may, where practicable, seek to eliminate its holdings of the affected security by employing or augmenting its representative sampling strategy to seek to track the investment results of its Index. The use of (or increased use of) a representative sampling strategy may increase an Index Fund’s tracking error risk. If the affected securities constitute a significant percentage of the Index, an Index Fund may not be able to effectively implement a representative sampling strategy, which may result in significant tracking error between an Index Fund’s performance and the performance of its Index.

These sanctions have also recently led to changes in certain Index Funds’ Indexes, as index providers have removed Russian securities from Indexes or have implemented caps on Russian securities. As index providers make changes to the securities included in the Indexes, it is expected that an Index Fund will, where practicable, rebalance its portfolio to bring it in line with the Index as a result of any such changes, which may result in transaction costs and increased tracking error. The risk of tracking difference may further increase if index providers remove Russian securities from Indexes, but the Russian securities remain in an Index Fund’s portfolio due to an inability to transact in those securities. These sanctions, the volatility that may result in the trading markets for Russian securities and Russia’s imposition of investment or currency controls on non-Russian investors may cause an Index Fund to invest in, or increase an Index Fund’s investments in, depositary receipts that represent the securities of its Index where available. These investments may result in increased transaction costs and increased tracking error.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS—LIQUIDITY AND TRADING VOLUME RISKS. A Fund that invests a significant percentage of its assets in foreign securities may be subject to the liquidity and trading volume risks associated with international investing. Due to market conditions, including uncertainty regarding the price of a security, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy or sell foreign portfolio securities at a desirable time or price, which could result in investment losses. This risk of portfolio illiquidity is heightened with respect to small- and mid-capitalization securities, generally, and foreign small- and mid-capitalization securities in particular. A Fund may have to lower the selling price, liquidate other investments, or forego another, more appealing investment opportunity as a result of illiquidity in the markets. The Investment Adviser will fair value in good faith any securities it deems to be illiquid under consistently applied procedures established by the Board. Market conditions are always changing and vary by country and industry sector, and investing in international markets involves unique risks. Although it is difficult to accurately assess trends in trading volumes in foreign markets, because some amount of activity has migrated to alternative trading venues, a reduction in trading volumes may pose challenges to a Fund. This is particularly so for Funds that invest in small- and mid-capitalization companies, which usually have lower trading volumes and take sizeable positions in portfolio companies. As a result of lower trading volumes, it may take longer to buy or sell the securities of such companies, which can exacerbate a Fund’s exposure to volatile markets. A Fund may also be limited in its ability to execute favorable trades in foreign portfolio securities in response to changes in company prices and fundamentals. If a Fund is

 

30


forced to sell securities to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, or in the case of an event affecting liquidity in a particular market or markets, it may be forced to dispose of those securities under disadvantageous circumstances and at a loss. As a Fund grows in size, these considerations take on increasing significance and may adversely impact performance.

FORWARD COMMITMENTS, WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment (sometimes called delayed-delivery) basis. These transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions normally are negotiated directly with the other party. In addition, new rule amendments of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) anticipated to be effective in October 2022 will include mandatory margin requirements that require a Fund to post collateral in connection with its To Be Announced (“TBA”) transactions. There is no similar requirement applicable to a Fund’s TBA counterparties. The required collateralization of TBA trades could increase the cost of TBA transactions to a Fund and impose added operational complexity.

A Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. A Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. A Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in futures contracts and may purchase and sell call and put options on futures contracts for hedging purposes, to seek to increase total return or for liquidity management purposes, to invest cash balances or dividends or to minimize trading costs; or to gain exposure to certain countries and currencies.

The Investment Adviser, with respect to each Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the Commodity Exchange Act, and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under that Act with respect to the Funds. The Funds will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirement of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for maintaining their qualifications as regulated investment companies for federal income tax purposes. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, is required to affirm each Fund’s CPO exclusion annually within 60 days of the start of the calendar year.

With respect to investments in swap transactions, commodity futures, commodity options or certain other derivatives used for purposes other than bona fide hedging purposes, an investment company must meet one of the following tests under the amended regulations in order to claim an exemption from being considered a “commodity pool” or a CPO. First, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish an investment company’s positions in such investments may not exceed five percent (5%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments). Alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time of the most recent position established, may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the liquidation value of the investment company’s portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the investment company may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the commodity futures, commodity options or swaps and derivatives markets. In the event that the Investment Adviser was required to register as a CPO, the disclosure and operations of the Funds would need to comply with all applicable CFTC regulations.

 

31


Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements would increase operational expenses. Other potentially adverse regulatory initiatives could also develop. A related CFTC proposal to harmonize applicable CFTC and SEC regulations could, if adopted, mitigate certain disclosure and operational burdens if CPO registration were required.

When used as a hedge, a Fund may sell a futures contract in order to offset a decrease in the market value of its portfolio securities that might otherwise result from a market decline or currency exchange fluctuations. A Fund may do so either to hedge the value of its portfolio securities as a whole, or to protect against declines, occurring prior to sales of securities, in the value of the securities to be sold. Conversely, a Fund may purchase a futures contract as a hedge in anticipation of a purchase of securities. In addition, a Fund may utilize futures contracts in anticipation of changes in the composition of its portfolio holdings.

Participation in foreign futures and foreign options transactions involves the execution and clearing of trades on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Neither the National Futures Association (the “NFA”) nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, persons who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC regulations and the rules of the NFA and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided them by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange. In particular, a Fund’s investments in foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect of transactions on U.S. futures exchanges. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised.

Certain derivatives traded in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for a Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments.

Because derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and may not require payment of margin, to the extent that a Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparty the Fund is at risk that its counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. A Fund will attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in transactions in derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that have substantial capital or that have provided the Fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement.

For a further description of futures contracts and related options, see Appendix B to this SAI.

HIGH YIELD FOREIGN SOVEREIGN DEBT SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase high yield foreign sovereign debt securities. Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities will expose the Fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities. The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. Countries such as those in which the Fund may invest have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate or trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability (e.g., government instability,

 

32


poor socioeconomic conditions, corruption, lack of democratic accountability, internal and external conflict, poor quality of bureaucracy, and religious and ethnic tensions). Additional factors that may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts.

ILLIQUID OR RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS. Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, each of the Funds may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments (an Underlying Fund that is a money market fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in illiquid securities, as defined in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act). An illiquid investment as defined in Rule 22e-4 is an investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within 7 calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. The Funds may purchase commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act and investments that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including restricted securities that can be offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Investment Adviser or the Sub-Advisers will consider whether restricted securities are liquid or illiquid, taking into account relevant market trading and investment-specific considerations consistent with applicable SEC guidance. Investing in Rule 144A securities could increase the level of illiquidity during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these investments. To the extent an investment held by a Fund is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund will be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

The Trust has implemented a liquidity risk management program and related procedures to identify illiquid investments pursuant to Rule 22e-4, and the Trustees have approved the designation of the Investment Adviser to administer the Trust’s liquidity risk management program and related procedures.

A Fund may be limited in pursuing investment opportunities, particularly those in emerging and frontier markets by the limits on its ability to hold illiquid investments. Certain investments trade in lower volume and may be less liquid than securities of large established companies. Because the SEC places a limit of 15% of net assets that can be invested in illiquid investments, a Fund may be forced to forego investments in securities that are deemed illiquid.

INFLATION-INDEXED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in inflation-indexed securities, which are fixed-income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common: the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the security; most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have varying maturities and pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and

 

33


consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. If a Fund purchases inflation indexed securities on the secondary market whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, the Fund may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. A Fund also may invest in other inflation-related bonds that may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

The taxation of inflation-indexed Treasury securities is similar to the taxation of conventional bonds. Both interest payments and the difference between original principal and the inflation-adjusted principal will be treated as interest income subject to taxation. Interest payments are taxable when received or accrued. The inflation adjustment to the principal is subject to tax in the year the adjustment is made, not at maturity of the security when the cash from the repayment of principal is received. If an upward adjustment has been made (which typically should happen), investors in non-tax-advantaged accounts will pay taxes on this amount currently. Decreases in the indexed principal can be deducted only from current or previous interest payments reported as income. Inflation-indexed Treasury securities therefore have a potential cash flow mismatch to an investor, because investors must pay taxes on the inflation-adjusted principal before the repayment of principal is received. It is possible that, particularly for high income tax bracket investors, inflation-indexed Treasury securities would not generate enough income in a given year to cover the tax liability they could create. This is similar to the current tax treatment for zero-coupon bonds and other discount securities. If inflation-indexed Treasury securities are sold prior to maturity, capital losses or gains are realized in the same manner as traditional bonds. The Funds, however, distribute income on a monthly basis. Fund investors will receive dividends that represent both the interest payments and the principal adjustments of the inflation-indexed securities held in the Fund.

INSURANCE FUNDING AGREEMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in insurance funding agreements (“IFAs”). An IFA is normally a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. The purchase price paid for an IFA becomes part of the general assets of the insurance company, and the contract is paid from the company’s general assets. Generally, IFAs are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in IFAs may not exist. Therefore, IFAs will be subject to a Fund’s

 

34


limitation on illiquid investments when the Fund may not demand payment of the principal amount within seven days and a reliable trading market is absent. This means that it may be difficult to sell an IFA at an appropriate price or that these investments may be considered illiquid.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS, CURRENCY SWAPS, TOTAL RATE OF RETURN SWAPS, CREDIT SWAPS, AND INTEREST RATE FLOORS, CAPS AND COLLARS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may enter into swap transactions, including interest rate, total rate of return, credit and currency swap transactions, and transactions involving interest rate floors, caps and collars for hedging purposes and/or to seek to increase total return. These instruments are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products. A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way these instruments are structured. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. The purchase of an interest rate floor or cap entitles the purchaser to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the seller, to the extent the specified index falls below (floor) or exceeds (cap) a predetermined interest rate. Interest rate and currency swaps are contracts that obligate a Fund and another party to exchange their rights to pay or receive interest or specified amounts of currency, respectively. Interest rate floors entitle the purchasers to receive interest payments if a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate. Interest rate caps entitle the purchasers to receive interest payments if a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate. An interest rate collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates. Total rate of return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. Credit swaps are contracts involving the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or, in the case of credit default swaps, the right to receive or make a payment from the other party, upon the occurrence of specific credit events. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the rights of a Fund and another party to make or receive payments in specific currencies.

Some transactions, such as interest rate swaps and total rate of return swaps are entered into on a net basis, i.e.; the two payment streams are netted out, with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the other party to such a transaction defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, other transactions involve the payment of the gross amount owed. For example, currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

Credit default swaps are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation. The use of credit default swaps may be limited by the Funds’ limitations on illiquid investments.

When used for hedging purposes, a Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. Credit default swaps involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would generate income only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

 

35


When a Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

Except for the High Yield Fixed Income Fund and the High Yield Municipal Fund (which are not subject to any minimum rating criteria), a Fund will not enter into a total rate of return, credit, currency or interest rate swap or interest rate floor, cap or collar transaction unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated either A or A-1 or better by S&P or Fitch, or A or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s or a comparable rating from another organization that is recognized as an NRSRO or, if unrated by such rating organization, is determined to be of comparable quality by the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of interest rate, total rate of return, credit and currency swaps, as well as interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.

In addition, these transactions can involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly because, in addition to general market risk, swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, credit risk and pricing risk. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap transactions may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively. Swaps may be subject to pricing or “basis” risk, which exists when a particular swap becomes extraordinarily expensive relative to historical prices or the price of corresponding cash market instruments. Under certain market conditions, it may not be economically feasible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position in time to avoid a loss or take advantage of an opportunity. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments that are traded in the interbank market. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, under the supervision of the Board are responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of a Fund’s transactions in swaps, caps, floors and collars. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), certain derivatives will potentially become subject to margin requirements and swap dealers will potentially be required to collect margin from a Fund with respect to such derivatives.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory developments have imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulatory framework includes: (1) registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants; (2) requiring central clearing and execution of standardized swaps; (3) imposing margin requirements on swap transactions; (4) regulating and monitoring swap transactions through position limits and large trader reporting requirements; and (5) imposing recordkeeping and centralized and public reporting requirements, on an anonymous basis, for most swaps. Rules requiring initial

 

36


margin to be posted by certain market participants for uncleared swaps have been adopted and are being phased in over time. When these rules take effect with respect to the Funds, if a Fund is deemed to have material swaps exposure under applicable swap regulations, it will be required to post initial margin in addition to variation margin. These instruments may be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts (see “Qualified Financial Contracts” below for additional information).

INVESTMENT COMPANIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in the securities of other affiliated and unaffiliated investment companies. Investments by a Fund in other investment companies, including ETFs, will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act except as permitted by an SEC exemptive order or rule that permits them to invest in certain other investment companies, including ETFs, beyond the limits contained in the 1940 Act, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to an exemptive order, those limits will not apply to the investment of securities lending collateral by the Funds, other than the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund, in certain investment portfolios advised by NTI. In addition, those limits will not apply to the investment of uninvested cash balances in shares of registered or unregistered money market funds whether affiliated or unaffiliated. The foregoing exemption, however, only applies to an unregistered money market fund that (i) limits its investments to those in which a money market fund may invest under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and (ii) undertakes to comply with all the other provisions of Rule 2a-7.

The Funds may invest uninvested cash in the U.S. Government Portfolio (the “Sweep Portfolio”) of Northern Institutional Funds (“NIF”), an investment company that is advised by NTI.

The Sweep Portfolio seeks to maximize current income to the extent consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity by investing exclusively in high-quality money market instruments. The Sweep Portfolio and the respective Funds treat investments in the Sweep Portfolio as the purchase and redemption of the Sweep Portfolio’s Shares. Any Fund investing in the Sweep Portfolio pursuant to an exemptive order participates equally on a pro rata basis in all income, capital gains and net assets of the Sweep Portfolio, and will have all rights and obligations of a shareholder, as provided in the NIF Trust Agreement, including voting rights. In addition to the management, transfer agency and custody fees payable by the Funds to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates, each Fund that invests its uninvested cash in the Sweep Portfolio pursuant to the terms of the exemptive order will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the Portfolio’s operating expenses, which include the foregoing fees. Currently, the aggregate annual rate of management, transfer agent and custodial fees payable to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates on the uninvested cash invested in the Sweep Portfolio is 0.25%. Pursuant to the exemptive order, the Investment Adviser is currently reimbursing each of the Funds invested in the Sweep Portfolio for a portion of the management fees attributable to advisory services otherwise payable by the Fund on any assets invested in the Sweep Portfolio. The exemptive order requires the Funds’ Board to determine before a vote on the Management Agreement that the management fees incurred in connection with the investment of uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds are not for duplicative services.

Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act allows a fund to acquire the securities of another investment company in excess of the limitations imposed by Section 12 of the 1940 Act without obtaining an exemptive order from the SEC, subject to certain limitations and conditions. Rule 12d1-4 also is designed to limit the use of complex fund structures. Under Rule 12d1-4, an acquired fund is prohibited from purchasing or otherwise acquiring the securities of another investment company or private fund if, immediately after the purchase, the securities of investment companies and private funds owned by the acquired fund have an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the value of the acquired fund’s total assets, subject to certain limited exceptions. Accordingly, to the extent a Fund’s shares are sold to other investment companies in reliance on Rule 12d1-4, the Fund will be limited in the amount it could invest in other investment companies and private funds. In addition to Rule 12d1-4, the 1940 Act and related rules provide certain other exemptions from these restrictions. If required by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder, each Fund expects to vote the shares of other investment companies that are held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

 

37


To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, a Fund may invest all or substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, strategy and restrictions as the Fund. However, each Fund currently intends to limit its investments in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent described above. A Fund may adhere to other limitations with respect to its investments in securities issued by other investment companies if required or permitted by the SEC or deemed to be in the best interests of the Trust.

LARGE TRADE NOTIFICATIONS. The transfer agent may from time to time receive notice that an authorized institution or other financial intermediary has received an order for a large trade in a Fund’s shares. The Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser may determine to enter into portfolio transactions in anticipation of that order, even though the order will not be processed until the following business day. This practice provides for a closer correlation between the time shareholders place trade orders and the time a Fund enters into portfolio transactions based on those orders, and permits a Fund to be more fully invested in investment securities, in the case of purchase orders, and to more orderly liquidate their investment positions, in the case of redemption orders. On the other hand, the authorized institution or other financial intermediary may not ultimately process the order. In this case, a Fund may be required to borrow assets to settle the portfolio transactions entered into in anticipation of that order, and would therefore incur borrowing costs. A Fund may also suffer investment losses on those portfolio transactions. Conversely, a Fund would benefit from any earnings and investment gains resulting from such portfolio transactions.

LENDING OF SECURITIES. In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend securities to banks, brokers and dealers or other qualified institutions. In exchange, the Fund will receive collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the securities loaned. Securities lending may represent no more than one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the loan collateral).

Collateral for loans of portfolio securities made by a Fund may consist of cash, cash equivalents, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or irrevocable bank letters of credit (or any combination thereof). Any cash collateral received by the Fund in connection with these loans may be invested in a variety of short-term investments, either directly or indirectly through registered or unregistered money market funds. Loan collateral (including any investment of the collateral) is not included in the calculation of the percentage limitations described elsewhere in the Prospectus or SAI regarding a Fund’s investments in particular types of securities. The borrower of securities will be required to maintain the market value of the collateral at not less than the market value of the loaned securities, and such value will be monitored on a daily basis.

When a Fund lends its securities, it continues to receive payments equal to the dividends and interest paid on the securities loaned and simultaneously may earn interest on the investment of the cash collateral. Investing the collateral subjects it to market depreciation or appreciation, and the Fund is responsible for any loss that may result from its investment in borrowed collateral. Additionally, the amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for taxation at reduced long-term capital gains rates for individuals, as well as the amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders (together, “qualifying dividends”) may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities. This is because any dividends paid on securities while on loan will not be deemed to have been received by the Fund, and the equivalent amount paid to the Fund by the borrower of the securities will not be deemed to be a qualifying dividend.

A Fund will have the right to terminate a loan at any time and recall the loaned securities within the normal and customary settlement time for securities transactions. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called so that the securities may be voted by the Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. As with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovering, or even loss of rights in, the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially.

Securities lending agreements may be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts (see “Qualified Financial Contracts” below for additional information).

 

38


Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC concerning such arrangements, TNTC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, may render securities lending services to the Funds. For such services, TNTC would receive a percentage of securities lending revenue generated for the Fund. In addition, cash collateral received by the Fund in connection with a securities loan may be invested in shares of other registered or unregistered funds that pay investment advisory or other fees to NTI, TNTC or an affiliate. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds do not engage in securities lending.

LIBOR TRANSITION. Certain of the Funds’ investments, payment obligations and financing terms may be based on floating rates, such as London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Although many LIBOR rates were phased out at the end of 2021 as intended, a selection of widely used USD LIBOR rates will continue to be published until June 2023 in order to assist with the transition. There remains uncertainty regarding the effect of the LIBOR transition process and therefore any impact of a transition away from LIBOR on the instruments in which a Fund invests cannot yet be determined. Although Federal Reserve Bank of New York has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as the intended replacement to USD LIBOR, foreign regulators have proposed other interbank offered rates, such as the Sterling Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”) and other replacement rates, which could also be adopted. There is no assurance that the composition or characteristics of any alternative reference rate will be similar to or produce the same value or economic equivalence as LIBOR or that instruments using an alternative rate will have the same volume or liquidity. This announcement and any additional regulatory or market changes that occur as a result of the transition away from LIBOR and the adoption of alternative reference rates may have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments, performance or financial condition.

LIQUIDITY RISK. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Funds will not be able to pay redemption proceeds within the time periods described in a timely manner because of unusual market conditions, an unusually high volume of redemption requests, legal restrictions impairing a Fund’s ability to sell particular securities or close out derivative positions at an advantageous market price or other reasons. Certain portfolio securities may be less liquid than others, which may make them difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Funds would like or difficult to value. The Funds may have to lower the price, sell other securities instead or forgo an investment opportunity. In addition, less liquid securities may be more difficult to value and markets may become less liquid when there are fewer interested buyers or sellers or when dealers are unwilling or unable to make a market for certain securities. For the same reason, less liquid securities that a Fund may want to invest in may be difficult or impossible to purchase. Federal banking regulations may also cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of certain securities, which may further decrease a Fund’s ability to buy or sell such securities. All of these risks may increase during periods of market turmoil and could have a negative effect on portfolio management or performance. Liquidity risk may be the result of, among other things, the reduced number and capacity of traditional market participants to make a market in fixed income securities. The potential for liquidity risk may be magnified by a rising interest rate environment or other circumstances where investor redemptions from money market and other fixed income mutual funds may be higher than normal, potentially causing increased supply in the market due to selling activity. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve investments in securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities derivatives or securities with potential market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk. All of these risks may increase during periods of market volatility. The liquidity of certain assets, such as privately issued and non-investment grade mortgage- and asset-backed securities, may be difficult to ascertain and may change over time. Transactions in less liquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in more liquid securities.

LOAN PARTICIPATIONS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in loan participations. Such loans must be to issuers in whose obligations a Fund may invest. A loan participation is an interest in a loan to a U.S. or foreign company or other borrower, which is administered and sold by a financial intermediary. In a typical corporate loan syndication, a number of lenders, often banks (co-lenders), lend a corporate borrower a specified sum pursuant to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement. One of the co-lenders usually agrees to act as the agent bank with respect to the loan.

 

39


Participation interests acquired by a Fund may take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the corporate borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another participant, or a participation in the seller’s share of the loan. When a Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a participation interest or when a Fund acquires certain participation interests, the Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower if the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where a Fund lacks direct recourse, it will look to the agent bank to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. In these cases, the Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation (such as commercial paper) of such borrower. For example, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the corporate borrower, a loan participation may be subject to certain defenses by the borrower as a result of improper conduct by the agent bank. Moreover, under the terms of the loan participation, a Fund may be regarded as a creditor of the agent bank (rather than of the underlying corporate borrower), so that the Fund also may be subject to the risk that the agent bank may become insolvent.

In connection with purchasing loan participations, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and a Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, a Fund may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the financial intermediary issuing the participation interest. Loans may not be considered securities and the Fund may therefore not have the protections afforded by U.S. federal securities laws with respect to such investments.

A Fund may acquire loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Although loans in which a Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal. In addition, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of its investments in loans. The secondary market, if any, for these loan participations is limited and any loan participations purchased by a Fund normally will be regarded as illiquid. The lack of a liquid secondary market could have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular participations or assignments when necessary to meet a Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans may also make it more difficult for a Fund to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing a Fund’s investments and calculating its NAV.

For purposes of certain investment limitations pertaining to diversification of a Fund’s portfolio investments, the issuer of a loan participation will be the underlying borrower. However, in cases where a Fund does not have recourse directly against the borrower, both the borrower and each agent bank and co-lender interposed between the Fund and the borrower will be deemed issuers of a loan participation.

LOW OR NEGATIVE INTEREST RATES. Interest rates in the United States are currently at low levels. During periods when interest rates are low (or negative), a Fund’s yield (or total return) may also be low and fall below zero. Very low or negative interest rates may magnify interest rate risk. Changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, may have unpredictable effects on markets, may result in heightened market volatility and increased redemptions, and may detract from a Fund’s performance to the extent the Fund is exposed to such interest rates and/or volatility. A negative interest rate policy is an unconventional central bank monetary policy tool where nominal target interest rates are set with negative value intended to help create self-sustaining growth in the local economy. To the extent a Fund holds a negative-yielding debt instrument or has a bank deposit with a negative interest rate, the Fund would generate a negative return on that investment. Cash positions may also subject a Fund to increased counterparty risk to the Fund’s bank. If negative interest rates become more prevalent in the market or low or negative interest rates persist for a sustained period of time, investors may seek to reallocate their investment to other income-producing assets. This could cause the price of higher-yielding instruments to rise, could further reduce the value of instruments with a negative yield, and may limit a Fund’s ability to locate fixed income instruments containing the desired risk/return profile.

 

40


MASTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS. The Funds may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies. An MLP generally has two classes of partners, the general partner and the limited partners. The general partner normally controls the MLP through an equity interest plus units that are subordinated to the common (publicly traded) units for an initial period and then only converting to common if certain financial tests are met. As a motivation for the general partner to successfully manage the MLP and increase cash flows, the terms of most MLPs typically provide that the general partner receives a large portion of the net income as distributions reach higher target levels. As cash flow grows, the general partner receives greater interest in the incremental income compared to the interest of limited partners. The general partner’s incentive compensation typically increases to up to 50% of incremental income. Nevertheless, the aggregate amount distributed to limited partners will increase as MLP distributions reach higher target levels. Given this incentive structure, the general partner has an incentive to streamline operations and undertake acquisitions and growth projects in order to increase distributions to all partners.

MLP common units represent an equity ownership interest in a partnership, providing limited voting rights and entitling the holder to a share of the company’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Unlike shareholders of a corporation, common unit holders do not elect directors annually and generally have the right to vote only on certain significant events, such as mergers, a sale of substantially all of the assets, removal of the general partner or material amendments to the partnership agreement. MLPs are required by their partnership agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. Common unit holders generally have first right to a minimum quarterly distribution prior to distributions to the convertible subordinated unit holders or general partner (including incentive distributions). Common unit holders typically have arrearage rights if the minimum quarterly distribution is not met. In the event of liquidation, MLP common unit holders have first right to the partnership’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders, and preferred unit holders have been paid in full. MLP common units trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter. Some limited liability companies (“LLCs”) may be treated as MLPs for federal income tax purposes. Similar to MLPs, LLCs, taxed as partnerships, typically do not pay federal income tax at the entity level, subject to the application of certain partnership audit rules, and are required by their operating agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. In contrast to MLPs, LLCs have no general partner and there are no incentives that entitle management or other unit holders to increased percentages of cash distributions as distributions reach higher target levels. In addition, LLC common unit holders typically have voting rights with respect to the LLC, whereas MLP common units have limited voting rights. MLP common units and other equity securities can be affected by macro-economic and other factors affecting the stock market in general, expectations of interest rates, investor sentiment toward MLPs or a MLP’s business sector, changes in a particular issuer’s financial condition, or unfavorable or unanticipated poor performance of a particular issuer (in the case of MLPs, generally measured in terms of distributable cash flow). Prices of common units of individual MLPs and other equity securities can also be affected by fundamentals unique to the partnership or company, including earnings power and coverage ratios.

MLP convertible subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and institutional investors, and may be purchased in direct placements from such persons. The purpose of the convertible subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed to common unit holders. Convertible subordinated units generally are not entitled to distributions until holders of common units have received specified minimum quarterly distributions, plus any arrearages, and may receive less in distributions upon liquidation. Convertible subordinated unit holders generally are entitled to a minimum quarterly distribution prior to the payment of incentive distributions to the general partner, but are not entitled to arrearage rights. Therefore, they generally entail greater risk than MLP common units. They are generally convertible automatically into the senior common units of the same issuer at a one-to-one ratio upon the passage of time or their satisfaction of certain financial tests. These units do not trade on a national exchange or over-the-counter, and there is no active market for convertible subordinated units. The value of a convertible security is a function of its worth if converted into the underlying common units. Convertible subordinated units generally have similar voting rights to MLP common units. Because convertible subordinated units generally convert to common units on a

 

41


one-to-one ratio, the price that the Fund could be expected to pay upon the purchase or to realize upon resale is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on a variety of factors including the likelihood of conversion, and the length of time remaining to conversion, and the size of the block purchased.

MLP I-Shares represent an indirect investment in MLP I-units. I-units are equity securities issued to affiliates of MLPs, typically a limited liability company, that own an interest in and manage the MLP. The issuer has management rights but is not entitled to incentive distributions. The I-Share issuer’s assets consist exclusively of MLP I-units. Distributions by MLPs to I-unit holders are made in the form of additional I-units, generally equal in amount to the cash received by common unit holders of MLPs. Distributions to I-Shareholders are made in the form of additional I-Shares, generally equal in amount to the I-units received by the I-Share issuer. The issuer of the I-Share is taxed as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; however, the MLP does not allocate income or loss to the I-Share issuer. Accordingly, investors receive a Form 1099, are not allocated their proportionate share of income of the MLPs and are not subject to state income tax filing obligations. The price of I-Shares and their volatility tend to be correlated to the price of common units, although the price correlation is not precise.

MONEY MARKET FUND INVESTMENTS. Certain money market funds in which the Funds may invest operate as “institutional money market funds” under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act and must calculate their NAV per share to the fourth decimal place (e.g., $1.0000) reflecting market-based values of the money market fund’s holdings. Because the share price of these money market funds will fluctuate, when a Fund sells its shares they may be worth more or less than what the Fund originally paid for them. A Fund could also lose money if the money market fund holds defaulted securities or as a result of adverse market conditions. These money market funds may impose a “liquidity fee” upon the redemption of their shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to redeem shares if the money market fund’s liquidity falls below the required minimums because of market conditions or other factors.

These measures may result in an investment loss or prohibit a Fund from redeeming shares when the Investment Adviser would otherwise redeem shares. If a liquidity fee is imposed or redemptions are suspended, an investing Fund may have to sell other investments at less than opportune times to raise cash to meet shareholder redemptions or for other purposes. The Investment Adviser, as a result of imposition of liquidity fees or suspension of redemptions, or the potential risk of such actions, may determine not to invest the Funds’ assets in a money market fund when it otherwise would, and may potentially be forced to invest in more expensive, lower-performing investments.

Imposition of a liquidity fee or temporary suspension of redemptions is at the discretion of a money market fund’s board of directors or trustees; however, they must impose a liquidity fee or suspend redemptions if they determine it would be in the best interest of the money market fund. Such a determination may conflict with the interest of the Funds. In the case of affiliated money market funds managed or sponsored by NTI or Northern, the Investment Adviser may also face a conflict of interest between recommending imposition of a liquidity fee or suspension of redemptions and continuing to maintain unrestricted liquidity for the investing Funds. In such circumstances, federal regulations require the money market fund’s board, Northern and the Investment Adviser to act in the best interest of the money market funds rather than the Funds, which could adversely affect the Funds.

Funds may also invest in money market funds that invest at least 99.5% of their assets in U.S. government securities and operate as “government money market funds” under Rule 2a-7. Government money market funds may seek to maintain a stable price of $1.00 per share and are generally not required to impose liquidity fees or temporarily suspend redemptions. However, government money market funds typically offer materially lower yields than other money market funds with fluctuating share prices. Government money market funds face a risk that the money market fund will not be able to maintain a NAV per share of $1.00 at all times. A significant enough market disruption or drop in market prices of securities held by the government money market fund,

 

42


especially at a time when the fund needs to sell securities to meet shareholder redemption requests, could cause the value of the government money market shares to decrease to a price less than $1.00 per share.

A Fund could lose money invested in a money market fund. An investment in a money market fund, including a government money market fund, is not insured or guaranteed by the fund sponsor, FDIC or any other government agency. A money market fund’s sponsor has no legal obligation to provide financial support to the money market fund, and you should not expect that the sponsor or any person will provide financial support to a money market fund at any time.

In addition to the fees and expenses that a Fund directly bears, the Fund indirectly bears the fees and expenses of any money market funds in which it invests, including affiliated money market funds. To the extent that fees and expenses, along with the fees and expenses of any other funds in which a Fund may invest, are expected to equal or exceed 0.01% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, they will be reflected in the Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the table under “Fees and Expenses of the Fund.” By investing in a money market fund, a Fund will be exposed to the investment risks of the money market fund in direct proportion to such investment. The money market fund may not achieve its investment objective. A Fund, through its investment in the money market fund, may not achieve its investment objective. To the extent a Fund invests in instruments such as derivatives, the Fund may hold investments, which may be significant, in money market fund shares to cover its obligations resulting from the Fund’s investments in derivatives. Money market funds are subject to comprehensive regulations. The enactment of new legislation or regulations, as well as changes in interpretation and enforcement of current laws, may affect the manner of operation, performance and/or yield of money market funds.

MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, each Fund may enter into mortgage “dollar rolls” in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity), but not identical, securities on a specified future date. A Fund gives up the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold. However, a Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation, and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of a Fund. Each Fund will hold and maintain in a segregated account until the settlement date cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the forward purchase price. The benefits derived from the use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the Investment Adviser’s or the Sub-Advisers’ ability to correctly predict mortgage prepayments and interest rates. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

For financial reporting and tax purposes, each Fund proposes to treat mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one transaction involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale. No Fund currently intends to enter into mortgage dollar rolls that are accounted for as a financing.

Mortgage dollar rolls involve certain risks, including the following: if the broker-dealer to whom a Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase the mortgage-related securities subject to the mortgage dollar roll may be restricted. Also, the instrument that a Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than an instrument that the Fund originally held. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls will depend upon the Investment Adviser’s or the Sub-Advisers’ ability to manage a Fund’s interest rate and mortgage prepayments exposure. For these reasons, there is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. The use of this technique may diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls.

MUNICIPAL INSTRUMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in municipal instruments. The Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds invest their assets

 

43


primarily in municipal instruments. Opinions relating to the validity of municipal instruments and to federal and state tax issues relating to these securities are rendered by bond counsel to the respective issuing authorities at the time of issuance. Such opinions may contain various assumptions, qualifications or exceptions that are reasonably acceptable to the Investment Adviser. Neither the Trust nor the Investment Adviser will review the proceedings relating to the issuance of municipal instruments or the bases for such opinions.

Municipal instruments generally are issued to finance public works, such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, health-related entities, transportation-related projects, educational programs, water and pollution control and sewer works. They also are issued to repay outstanding obligations, to raise funds for general operating expenses and to make loans to other public institutions and for other facilities. Municipal instruments include private activity bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities. Private activity bonds are or have been issued to obtain funds to provide, among other things, privately operated housing facilities, pollution control facilities, convention or trade show facilities, mass transit, airport, port or parking facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity or sewage or solid waste disposal. Private activity bonds also are issued to privately held or publicly owned corporations in the financing of commercial or industrial facilities.

State and local governments are authorized in most states to issue private activity bonds for such purposes in order to encourage corporations to locate within their communities. The principal and interest on these obligations may be payable from the general revenues of the users of such facilities.

Municipal instruments include both “general” and “revenue” obligations. General obligations are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue obligations are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source such as lease revenue payments from the user of the facility being financed. Industrial development bonds are in most cases revenue securities and are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. Consequently, the credit quality of an industrial revenue bond usually is directly related to the credit standing of the private user of the facility involved.

Within the principal classifications of municipal instruments described above there are a variety of categories, including municipal bonds, municipal notes, municipal leases, asset-backed securities such as custodial receipts and participation certificates. Municipal notes include tax, revenue and bond anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less than three years, which are issued to obtain temporary funds for various public purposes. Municipal leases and participation certificates are obligations issued by state and local governments or authorities to finance the acquisition of equipment and facilities. Participation certificates may represent participation in a lease, an installment purchase contract, or a conditional sales contract. Certain municipal lease obligations (and related participation certificates) may include “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. Custodial receipts are underwritten by securities dealers or banks and evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain municipal securities. Municipal leases (and participations in such leases) present the risk that a municipality will not appropriate funds for the lease payments. The Investment Adviser will determine the credit quality of any unrated municipal leases on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of the likelihood that the leases will not be canceled.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds also may invest in “moral obligation” bonds, which normally are issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of a moral obligation bond is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund (if such a fund has been established), the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality that created the issuer.

Municipal bonds with a series of maturity dates are called serial bonds. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Fixed Income Funds, Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds and the

 

44


Underlying Funds may purchase serial bonds and other long-term securities provided that they have remaining maturities meeting the Funds’ maturity requirements. These Funds also may purchase long-term variable and floating rate bonds (sometimes referred to as “put bonds”) where a Fund obtains at the time of purchase the right to put the bond back to the issuer or a third party at par at least every thirteen months. Put bonds with conditional puts (that is, puts that cannot be exercised if the issuer defaults on its payment obligations) will present risks that are different than those of other municipal instruments because of the possibility that the Fund might hold long-term put bonds on which defaults occur following acquisition by the Fund.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may acquire securities in the form of custodial receipts evidencing rights to receive a specific future interest payment, principal payment or both on certain municipal obligations. Such obligations are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the holders of the receipts. These custodial receipts are known by various names, including “Municipal Receipts,” “Municipal Certificates of Accrual on Tax-Exempt Securities” (“M-CATS”) and “Municipal Zero-Coupon Receipts.” The Funds also may purchase certificates of participation that, in the opinion of counsel to the issuer, are exempt from regular federal income tax. Certificates of participation are a type of floating or variable rate of obligation that represents interests in a pool of municipal obligations held by a bank.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds also may invest in “tax credit bonds.” A tax credit bond is defined in the Code, as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond and a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the Code), a “build America bond” (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other specified bonds. On December 22, 2017, H.R. 1, originally known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “2017 Act”) was signed in to law. The 2017 Act repeals the rules related to tax credit bonds and is effective for bonds issued after December 31, 2017, but does not affect the tax treatment of bonds issued prior to January 1, 2018.

An issuer’s obligations under its municipal instruments are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by federal or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. The power or ability of an issuer to meet its obligations for the payment of interest on and principal of its municipal instruments may be materially adversely affected by litigation or other conditions.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal instruments. For example, under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in an investor’s federal alternative minimum taxable income. Also, under the 2017 Act, the rules related to credit tax bonds and the exclusion from gross income for interest on a bond issued to advance refund another bond were repealed. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future with regard to the federal income tax status of interest on municipal instruments or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of municipal instruments for investment by the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds and the Underlying Funds, and the Funds’ liquidity and value. In such an event, the Board would reevaluate the Funds’ investment objectives and strategies and consider changes in their structure or possible dissolution.

Certain of the municipal instruments held by a Fund may be insured as to the timely payment of principal and interest. The insurance policies usually will be obtained by the issuer of the municipal instrument at the time of its original issuance. In the event that the issuer defaults on an interest or principal payment, the insurer will be notified and will be required to make payment to the bondholders. There is, however, no guarantee that the insurer will meet its obligations. In addition, such insurance will not protect against market fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and other factors. Moreover, the insurers’ exposure to securities involving subprime

 

45


mortgages may cause a municipal bond insurer’s rating to be downgraded or may cause the bond insurer to become insolvent, which may affect the prices and liquidity of municipal obligations insured by the insurance company. The Funds may invest more than 25% of their total assets in municipal instruments covered by insurance policies.

In addition, a single enhancement provider may provide credit enhancement to more than one of a Fund’s investments. Having multiple securities’ credit enhanced by the same enhancement provider will increase the adverse effects on a Fund that are likely to result from a downgrading of, or a default by, such an enhancement provider. Adverse developments in the banking or bond insurance industries also may negatively affect a Fund. Bond insurers that provide credit enhancement for large segments of the fixed-income markets, particularly the municipal bond market, may be more susceptible to being downgraded or defaulting during recessions or similar period of economic stress. Municipal bonds may be covered by insurance that guarantees timely interest payments and repayment of principal on maturity. If a bond’s insurer fails to fulfill its obligations or loses its credit rating, the value of the bond could drop. Insurance does not protect a Fund or its shareholders from losses caused by declines in a bond’s market value.

Municipal instruments purchased by the Funds may be backed by letters of credit or other forms of credit enhancement issued by foreign (as well as domestic) banks and other financial institutions. A change in the credit quality of these banks and financial institutions could, therefore, cause loss to a Fund that invests in municipal instruments. Letters of credit and other obligations of foreign financial institutions may involve certain risks in addition to those of domestic obligations.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in municipal leases, which may be considered liquid under guidelines established by the Trust’s Board. Determination of the liquidity of a municipal lease obligation is based on factors including the following: (i) the frequency of trades and quotes for the obligation; (ii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers; (iii) the willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security; and (iv) the nature of the marketplace trades, including the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer. The Investment Adviser, under guidelines approved by the Trust’s Board, also will consider the marketability of a municipal lease obligation based upon an analysis of the general credit quality of the municipality issuing the obligation and the essentiality to the municipality of the property covered by the lease.

NON-DIVERSIFICATION. The Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund is classified as a non-diversified investment company, as defined in the 1940 Act, which means that a relatively high percentage of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the obligations of a limited number of issuers. The value of shares of the Fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than the shares of a diversified investment company would be. The Fund intends to satisfy the diversification requirements necessary to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, which requires that the Fund be diversified (i.e., not invest more than 5% of its assets in the securities of any one issuer and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer) as to 50% of its assets. The test does not apply to U.S. government obligations and regulated investment companies.

OBLIGATIONS OF SUPRANATIONAL ENTITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase obligations of supranational entities and invest in obligations of supranational banks. Supranational entities are entities established through the joint participation of several governments, and include the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the World Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Economic Community, the European Investment Bank and the Nordic Investment Bank. Many supranational entities are supranational banks, or international banking institutions designed or supported by national governments to promote economic reconstruction, development or trade among nations. The governmental members, or “stockholders,” of supranational entities usually make initial capital contributions to the entity and, in many cases, are committed to make additional capital

 

46


contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that member countries will continue to make necessary capital contributions to support the supranational entities. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and the Fund may lose money on such investments. See also “Foreign Investments—General.”

OPERATIONAL RISK. The Investment Adviser, Sub-Advisers and other Fund service providers may experience disruptions or operating errors arising from factors such as processing errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third-party service providers or trading counterparties. In particular, these errors or failures in systems and technology, including operational risks associated with reliance on third party service providers, may affect a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs in a timely manner, including over a potentially extended period. While service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures, their methods of operational risk management may differ from those of the Funds in the setting of priorities, the personnel and resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. The Investment Adviser, through its monitoring and oversight of the Sub-Advisers and other service providers, seeks to ensure that service providers take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors. However, it is not possible for the Investment Adviser, Sub-Advisers or other Fund service providers to identify all of the operational risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

OPTIONS. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, each Fund may buy and write put and call options. Such options may relate to particular securities, foreign and domestic stock indices, financial instruments, foreign currencies or the yield differential between two securities (“yield curve options”) and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange or issued by the Options Clearing Corporation. A call option for a particular security or currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security or currency. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security or currency gives the purchaser the right to sell the security or currency at the stated exercise price prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security or currency. In contrast to an option on a particular security, an option on an index provides the holder with the right to make or receive a cash settlement upon exercise of the option. The amount of this settlement will be equal to the difference between the closing price of the index at the time of exercise and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars, times a specified multiple.

Options trading is a highly specialized activity that entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options on particular securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. The use of options to seek to increase total return involves the risk of loss if the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers are incorrect in their expectation of fluctuations in securities prices or interest rates. The successful use of options for hedging purposes or to gain exposure to certain countries or currencies also depends in part on the ability of the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. If the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers are incorrect in their expectation of changes in securities prices or determination of the correlation between the securities indices on which options are written and purchased and the securities in a Fund’s investment portfolio, the investment performance of the Fund will be less favorable than it would have been in the absence of such options transactions. The writing of options could increase a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and, therefore, associated brokerage commissions or spreads.

A Fund may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies in an attempt to protect against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. A Fund may also use options on currency to cross-hedge, which involves writing or purchasing options on one currency to seek to hedge against changes in exchange rates

 

47


for a different currency with a pattern of correlation. As with other kinds of option transactions, however, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. If an option that a Fund has written is exercised, it could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. Options on foreign currencies may be traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter. In addition, a Fund may purchase call options on currency to seek to increase total return.

A Fund’s obligation to sell or purchase a security or currency underlying an option contract written by it may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an option of the same series (i.e., same underlying security or currency, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. Such a purchase does not result in the ownership of an option. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security or currency or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying security or currency. The cost of such a liquidation purchase plus the associated transaction costs may be greater than the premium received from writing the original option, in which event the Fund will have incurred a loss in the transaction. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. An option writer, unable to effect a closing purchase transaction, will not be able to sell the underlying security or currency (in the case of a call option) or liquidate the segregated assets (in the case of a put option) until the option expires or the optioned security or currency is delivered upon exercise with the result that the writer in such circumstances will be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period.

When a Fund purchases an option, the premium paid by it is recorded as an asset of the Fund. When a Fund writes an option, an amount equal to the net premium (the premium less the commission) received by the Fund is included in the liability section of the Fund’s statement of assets and liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of this asset or deferred credit will be subsequently marked-to-market to reflect the current value of the option purchased or written. The current value of the traded option is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the current bid price. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a loss equal to the premium paid. If a Fund enters into a closing sale transaction on an option purchased by it, the Fund will realize a gain if the premium received by the Fund on the closing transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, or a loss if it is less. If an option written by a Fund expires on the stipulated expiration date or if a Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, it will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the net premium received when the option is sold) and the deferred credit related to such option will be eliminated. If an option written by a Fund is exercised, the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the net premium originally received and the Fund will realize a gain or loss.

There are several risks associated with transactions in certain options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities, currency and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on an exchange, may be absent for reasons that include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities or currencies; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading value; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary

 

48


market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Transactions by the Funds in options will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options that a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

Special Risks Associated with Options on Currency. An exchange-traded option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. For some options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the sale of underlying securities pursuant to the exercise of its options. If the Fund, as a call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying currency (or security quoted or denominated in that currency), or dispose of the segregated assets, until the option expires or it delivers the underlying currency upon exercise.

The amount of the premiums that a Fund may pay or receive, may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option purchasing and writing activities.

PRIVATIZATIONS. Privatizations are foreign government programs for selling all or part of the interests in government-owned or controlled enterprises. The ability of a U.S. entity to participate in privatizations in certain foreign countries may be limited by local law or the terms on which a Fund may be permitted to participate may be less advantageous than those applicable for local investors. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will continue to sell their interests in companies currently owned or controlled by them or that privatization programs will be successful.

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS. Regulations adopted by federal banking regulators under the Dodd-Frank Act, which took effect in 2019, require that certain qualified financial contracts (“QFCs”) with counterparties that are part of U.S. or foreign global systemically important banking organizations be amended to include contractual restrictions on close-out and cross-default rights. QFCs include, but are not limited to, securities contracts, commodities contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and swaps agreements, as well as related master agreements, security agreements, credit enhancements, and reimbursement obligations. If a covered counterparty of a Fund or certain of the covered counterparty’s affiliates were to become subject to certain insolvency proceedings, the Fund may be temporarily unable to exercise certain default rights, and the QFC may be transferred to another entity. These requirements may impact a Fund’s credit and counterparty risks.

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real

 

49


property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Equity REITs may further be categorized by the type of real estate securities they own, such as apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, healthcare facilities, manufactured housing and mixed property types. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. Like regulated investment companies such as the Funds, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies. To the extent that assets underlying a REIT are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects such as location, these risks may be heightened.

In addition, the value of such securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by a Fund. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest or to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligation.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investments in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

The REIT investments of a Fund may not provide complete tax information to the Fund until after the calendar year-end. Consequently, because of the delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for issuance of Forms 1099-DIV beyond January 31. Also, under current provisions of the Code, distributions attributable to operating income of REITs in which the Fund invests are not eligible for favorable tax treatment as long-term capital gains and will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A Fund, however, may designate such distributions as “section 199A dividends” to the extent of the excess of the ordinary REIT dividends, other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income, that the Fund receives from a REIT for a taxable year over the Fund’s expenses allocable to such dividends. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions.

REAL ESTATE SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their respective investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in real estate securities. The performance of real estate securities may be

 

50


significantly impacted by the performance of real estate markets. Property values may fall due to increasing vacancies or declining rents resulting from economic, legal, cultural or technological developments. The price of real estate company shares also may drop because of the failure of borrowers to pay their loans and poor management. Many real estate companies utilize leverage, which increases investment risk and could adversely affect a company’s operations and market value in periods of rising interest rates as well as risks normally associated with debt financing. Real property investments are subject to varying degrees of risk. The yields available from investments in real estate depend on the amount of income and capital appreciation generated by the related properties. Income and real estate values may also be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (e.g., Americans with Disabilities Act and tax laws), interest rate levels and the availability of financing. If the properties do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of the real estate company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected. In addition, real property may be subject to the quality of credit extended and defaults by borrowers and tenants. The performance of the economy in each of the countries and regions in which the real estate owned by the Funds is located affects occupancy, market rental rates and expenses and, consequently, has an impact on the income from such properties and their underlying values. The financial results of major local employers also may have an impact on the cash flow and value of certain properties. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and, therefore, the ability of real estate companies to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions is limited. A real estate company such as a REIT may also have joint venture investments in certain of its properties and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to such properties may be limited.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may agree to purchase portfolio securities from domestic and foreign financial institutions subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase them at a mutually agreed upon date and price (“repurchase agreements”). Repurchase agreements may be considered to be loans under the 1940 Act. Although the securities subject to a repurchase agreement may bear maturities exceeding one year, settlement for the repurchase agreement generally will not be more than one year after a Fund’s acquisition of the securities and normally will be within a shorter period of time. Securities subject to repurchase agreements normally are held either by the Trust’s custodian or subcustodian (if any), or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System.

A Fund may permit the seller’s obligation to be novated to the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) pursuant to an agreement between the Fund, FICC and the seller as a sponsoring member of FICC. In such case, the FICC would become a Fund’s counterparty. A Fund will make payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book-entry transfer to the account of the sponsoring member, the custodian or a bank acting as agent for the Fund. A Fund would become subject to the FICC’s rules, which may limit the Fund’s rights and remedies (including recourse to collateral) or delay or restrict the rights and remedies, and expose the Fund to the risk of FICC’s insolvency.

The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities subject to the agreement in an amount exceeding the repurchase price (including accrued interest). Default by the seller or FICC would, however, expose a Fund to possible loss because of adverse market action or delay in connection with the disposition of the underlying obligations. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy, a Fund could suffer additional losses if a court determines that the Fund’s interest in the collateral is unenforceable. If a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement involving securities the Funds could not purchase directly, and the counterparty defaults, the Fund may become the holder of securities that it could not purchase. Apart from the risks associated with bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller or FICC may fail to repurchase the security. If the market value of the securities subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), generally, the seller of the securities or FICC will be required to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Repurchase agreements may be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts (see “Qualified Financial Contracts” above for additional information).

 

51


In the event of default by a foreign counterparty in a repurchase agreement, a Fund may be unable to successfully assert a claim to the collateral under foreign laws. As a result, repurchase agreements with a foreign financial institution may involve higher credit risks than repurchase agreements with domestic financial institutions. Moreover, certain foreign countries may have less developed and less regulated banking systems and auditing, accounting and financial reporting systems than the United States. In addition, repurchase agreements with foreign financial institutions located in emerging markets, or relating to emerging markets, may involve foreign financial institutions or counterparties with lower credit ratings than domestic financial institutions. (See also “Foreign Investments—General” for additional discussion of the risks of investments with foreign institutions).

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may borrow funds by selling portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker/dealers and agreeing to repurchase them at a mutually specified date and price (“reverse repurchase agreements”). The Funds may use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to purchase other securities either maturing, or under an agreement to resell, on a date simultaneous with or prior to the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may be regarded as leveraging and, therefore, speculative. Furthermore, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that (i) the interest income earned in the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense, (ii) the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by a Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase, (iii) the market value of the securities sold will decline below the price at which the Fund is required to repurchase them and (iv) the securities will not be returned to the Fund. The Funds will pay interest on amounts obtained pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement.

In addition, if the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a Fund’s obligations to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.

Reverse repurchase agreements may be subject to additional regulation as qualified financial contracts (see “Qualified Financial Contracts” for additional information).

RISKS RELATED TO SMALL AND MID-CAPITALIZATION COMPANY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in small and mid-capitalization company securities. While the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser may believe that smaller and mid-capitalization companies can provide greater growth potential than larger, more mature firms, investing in the securities of such companies also involves greater risk, portfolio price volatility and cost. Securities of such issuers may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable a Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. Small and mid-capitalization companies often have narrower markets and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies and may have a greater sensitivity to changing economic conditions. Smaller and mid-capitalization companies also face a greater risk of business failure. As a result, their performance can be more volatile, which could increase the volatility of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, the smaller the company’s size, the greater these risks.

The values of small and mid-capitalization company stocks will frequently fluctuate independently of the values of larger company stocks. Small and mid-capitalization company stocks may decline in price as large company stock prices rise, or rise in price as large company stock prices decline. You should, therefore, expect that the NAV of a Fund that invests in such stocks will be more volatile than, and may fluctuate independently of, broad stock market indices such as the S&P 500 Index.

The additional costs associated with the acquisition of small and mid-capitalization company stocks include brokerage costs, market impact costs (that is, the increase in market prices which that may result when a Fund

 

52


purchases thinly traded stock) and the effect of the “bid-ask” spread in small and mid-capitalization company stocks. These costs will be borne by all shareholders and may negatively impact investment performance.

RISKS RELATED TO MEDIUM AND LOWER QUALITY SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds, except the Bond Index Fund, Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, may invest in medium and lower quality securities. Fixed-income securities rated Baa3 or BBB- are considered medium quality obligations with speculative characteristics. Fixed-income securities rated below Baa3 or BBB- are considered lower quality and are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The Bond Index Fund invests in securities included in the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, which is composed of investment grade bonds. Investment grade bonds are rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P, the equivalent by another NRSRO or, if unrated, of equal quality in the opinion of the Investment Adviser. In the event that the rating of a security included in the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index is downgraded below Baa3 or BBB-, the Bond Index Fund may continue to hold the security. Descriptions of bond ratings are contained in Appendix A. Investments in medium and lower quality securities present special risk considerations. Medium quality securities, although considered investment grade, also are considered to have speculative characteristics. Lower quality securities are considered predominantly speculative by traditional investment standards. In some cases, these lower quality obligations may be highly speculative and have poor prospects for reaching investment grade standard. While any investment carries some risk, certain risks associated with lower quality securities are different than those for investment-grade securities. The risk of loss through default is greater because lower quality securities usually are unsecured and are often subordinate to an issuer’s other obligations. Additionally, the issuers of these securities frequently have high debt levels and are thus more sensitive to difficult economic conditions, individual corporate developments and rising interest rates. Consequently, the market price of these securities may be quite volatile and may result in wider fluctuations of a Fund’s NAV per share.

There remains some uncertainty about the performance level of the market for lower quality securities under adverse market and economic environments. An economic downturn or increase in interest rates could have a negative impact on both the market for lower quality securities (resulting in a greater number of bond defaults) and the value of lower quality securities held in the portfolio of investments.

The economy and interest rates can affect lower quality securities differently than other securities. For example, the prices of lower quality securities are more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments than are the prices of higher quality investments. In addition, during an economic downturn or period in which interest rates are rising significantly, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial difficulties, which, in turn, would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, meet projected business goals and obtain additional financing.

The market value of lower quality securities tends to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than that of higher quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower quality securities are often issued in connection with a corporate reorganization or restructuring or as a part of a merger, acquisition, takeover or similar event. They also are issued by less established companies seeking to expand. Such issuers are often highly leveraged, may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing and generally are less able than more established or less leveraged entities to make scheduled payments of principal and interest in the event of adverse economic developments or business conditions.

A holder’s risk of loss from default is significantly greater for lower quality securities than is the case for holders of other debt securities because such securities generally are unsecured and are often subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment by a Fund in defaulted securities poses additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by a Fund of its initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation will be uncertain. A Fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery on defaulted

 

53


securities. If an issuer of a security defaults, a Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty would likely result in increased volatility for the market prices of lower quality securities as well as a Fund’s NAV. In general, both the prices and yields of lower quality securities will fluctuate.

The secondary market for lower quality securities is concentrated in relatively few market makers and is dominated by institutional investors, including mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as, and is more volatile than, the secondary market for higher quality securities. In addition, market trading volume for high yield fixed-income securities generally is lower and the secondary market for such securities could contract under adverse market or economic conditions, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the market price and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments. A less developed secondary market also may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain precise valuations of the high yield securities in its portfolio.

The adoption of new legislation could adversely affect the secondary market for high yield securities and the financial condition of issuers of these securities. The form of any future legislation, and the probability of such legislation being enacted, is uncertain.

In certain circumstances, it may be difficult to determine a security’s fair value due to a lack of reliable objective information. Such instances occur where there is not an established secondary market for the security or the security is lightly traded. As a result, a Fund’s valuation of a security and the price it is actually able to obtain when it sells the security could differ.

Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of lower quality convertible securities held by a Fund, especially in a thinly traded market. Illiquid or restricted investments held by a Fund may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and could involve other liquidity and valuation difficulties.

The ratings of S&P, DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS”), Moody’s and Fitch evaluate the safety of a lower quality security’s principal and interest payments, but do not address market value risk. Because the ratings of the rating agencies may not always reflect current conditions and events, in addition to using recognized rating agencies and other sources, the Investment Adviser or with respect to the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds, the Sub-Advisers perform their own analysis of the issuers whose lower quality securities the Funds purchase. Because of this, a Fund’s performance may depend more on its Investment Adviser’s credit analysis than is the case of mutual funds investing in higher quality securities.

In selecting lower quality securities, the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers consider factors such as those relating to the creditworthiness of issuers, the ratings and performance of the securities, the protections afforded the securities and the diversity of a Fund’s investment portfolio. The Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers monitor the issuers of lower quality securities held by a Fund for their ability to make required principal and interest payments, as well as in an effort to control the liquidity of the Fund so that it can meet redemption requests.

SHORT SALES AGAINST-THE-BOX. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and policies, the Funds may engage in short sales “against-the-box.” In a short sale, the seller sells a borrowed security and has a corresponding obligation to the lender to deliver the identical security. The seller does not immediately return the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs. While a short sale is made by selling a security the seller does not own, a short sale is “against-the-box” to the extent that the seller contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. It may be entered into by a Fund, for example, to lock in a sales price for a security the Fund

 

54


does not wish to sell immediately. If a Fund sells securities short against-the-box, it may protect itself from loss if the price of the security declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.

SOVEREIGN DEBT. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in sovereign debt securities. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The debtor’s willingness or ability to repay in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its non-U.S. reserves, the availability of sufficient non-U.S. exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments or multinational agencies, the country’s access to trade and other international credits, and the country’s balance of trade. Some emerging market sovereign debtors have in the past rescheduled their debt payments or declared moratoria on payments, and similar occurrences may happen in the future. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluations may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt.

As a result of the foregoing or other factors, a governmental obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

SPECIALIZED OWNERSHIP VEHICLES. Specialized ownership vehicles pool investors’ funds for investment and are primarily used to invest in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. Such specialized ownership vehicles in which the Funds may invest include property unit trusts, REITs and other similar specialized investment vehicles. Investments in such specialized ownership vehicles may have favorable or unfavorable legal, regulatory or tax implications for a Fund and, to the extent such vehicles are structured similarly to investment funds, a shareholder in the Fund will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly the expenses of the specialized ownership vehicle.

STANDBY COMMITMENTS. The Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds, Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund, as well as certain of the Underlying Funds, may enter into standby commitments with respect to municipal instruments held by them. Under a standby commitment, a dealer agrees to purchase at the Fund’s option a specified municipal instrument. Standby commitments may be exercisable by the Funds at any time before the maturity of the underlying municipal instruments and may be sold, transferred or assigned only with the instruments involved.

The Funds expect that standby commitments generally will be available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. However, if necessary or advisable, the Funds may pay for a standby commitment either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for municipal instruments that are acquired subject to the commitment (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same securities). The total amount paid in either manner for outstanding standby commitments held by a Fund will not exceed 1/2 of 1% of the value of the Fund’s total assets calculated immediately after each standby commitment is acquired.

The Funds intend to enter into standby commitments only with dealers, banks and broker-dealers which, in the Investment Adviser’s and the Sub-Advisers’ opinions present minimal credit risks. The Funds will acquire

 

55


standby commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and do not intend to exercise their rights thereunder for trading purposes. The acquisition of a standby commitment will not affect the valuation of the underlying municipal instrument. The actual standby commitment will be valued at zero in determining NAV. Accordingly, where the Funds pay directly or indirectly for a standby commitment, the Funds’ costs will be reflected as an unrealized loss for the period during which the commitment is held by the Funds and will be reflected in realized gain or loss when the commitment is exercised or expires.

STRIPPED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, each Fund may purchase stripped securities. The Treasury Department has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular interest coupon and principal payments on Treasury securities through the Federal Reserve book-entry record-keeping system. The Federal Reserve program as established by the Treasury Department is known as “Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities” or “STRIPS.” The Funds may purchase securities registered in the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, a Fund will be able to have its beneficial ownership of zero coupon securities recorded directly in the book-entry record-keeping system in lieu of having to hold certificates or other evidences of ownership of the underlying U.S. Treasury securities.

Other types of stripped securities may be purchased by the Funds, including stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”). SMBS usually are structured with two or more classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage-backed obligations. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving all of the interest, while the other class receives all of the principal. However, in some instances, one class will receive some of the interest and most of the principal while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. If the underlying obligations experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments generally is extremely volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest generally are higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed obligations because their cash flow patterns also are volatile and there is a risk that the initial investment will not be recouped fully. SMBS issued by the U.S. government (or a U.S. government agency, instrumentality or sponsored enterprise) may be considered liquid under guidelines established by the Board if they can be disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to it by the Fund.

STRUCTURED SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, the Funds may purchase structured securities, including for hedging purposes and to gain exposure to certain countries and currencies. These fixed-income instruments are structured to recast the investment characteristics of the underlying security or reference asset. If the issuer is a unit investment trust (“UIT”) or other special purpose vehicle, the structuring will typically involve the deposit with or purchase by such issuer of specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans or securities) and/or the execution of various derivative transactions, and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities (structured securities) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Investments in these securities may be structured as a class that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher rates of return and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured products.

A Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. These securities generally are exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the

 

56


securities and they may constitute illiquid investments. Structured securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the underlying security or reference asset. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities or more traditional debt securities.

TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS. The Funds, except for the Equity Index Funds, Bond Index Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund, temporarily may hold cash and/or invest in short-term obligations including U.S. government obligations, high quality money market instruments (including commercial paper and obligations of foreign and domestic banks such as certificates of deposit, bank and deposit notes, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits), and repurchase agreements with maturities of 13 months or less. The Funds temporarily may hold cash or invest all or any portion of their assets in short-term obligations pending investment or to meet anticipated redemption requests. The Funds also may hold cash or invest in short-term obligations as a temporary measure mainly designed to limit a Fund’s losses in response to adverse market, economic or other conditions when the Investment Adviser or Underlying Fund’s investment adviser believes that it is in the best interest of the Fund to pursue such defensive strategy. The Investment Adviser may, however, choose not to make such temporary investments even in very volatile or adverse conditions. The Funds may not achieve their investment objectives when they hold cash or invest their assets in short-term obligations or otherwise make temporary investments. The Funds also may miss investment opportunities and have a lower total return during these periods.

TRACKING VARIANCE. As discussed in their Prospectus, the Bond Index Fund, U.S. Treasury Index Fund and each of the Equity Index Funds, as well as certain Underlying Funds (for purposes of this section, each an “Index Fund” and collectively, the “Index Funds”) are subject to the risk of tracking variance. Tracking variance may result from share purchases and redemptions, transaction costs, expenses and other factors. Share purchases and redemptions may necessitate the purchase and sale of securities by the Index Funds and the resulting transaction costs which may be substantial because of the number and the characteristics of the securities held. In addition, transaction costs are incurred because sales of securities received in connection with spin-offs and other corporate reorganizations are made to conform the Index Funds’ holdings to its investment objective. Tracking variance also may occur due to factors such as the size of the particular Fund, the maintenance of a cash reserve pending investment or to meet expected redemptions, changes made in the Fund’s designated index or the manner in which the index is calculated or because the indexing and investment approach of the Investment Adviser does not produce the intended goals of the Index Funds. In addition, tracking risk tends to be magnified for emerging markets funds that attempt to track an index because of increased transactional and custodial costs associated with investments in emerging markets, the use of fair value pricing to price the fund’s assets, and the lower trading volume and lesser liquidity associated with emerging markets investments. Due to limitations on investments in illiquid investments and/or purchasing and selling such investments, an Index Fund may be unable to achieve a high degree of correlation with the Fund’s index. Tracking variance is monitored by the Investment Adviser at least quarterly. In the event the performance of an Index Fund is not comparable to the performance of its designated index, the Board will evaluate the reasons for the deviation and the availability of corrective measures. If substantial deviation in an Index Fund’s performance were to continue for extended periods, it is expected that the Board would consider recommending to shareholders possible changes to the Index Fund’s investment objective.

Market disruptions and regulatory restrictions could have an adverse effect on an Index Fund’s ability to adjust its exposure to the required levels in order to track its index. During periods of market disruption or other abnormal market conditions, an Index Fund’s exposure to the risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus will likely increase. Market disruptions, regulatory restrictions or other abnormal market conditions could have an adverse effect on an Index Fund’s ability to adjust its exposure to the required levels in order to track the index or cause delays in the index’s rebalancing or rebalancing schedule. During any such delay, it is possible that the index and, in turn, the Index Fund will deviate from the index’s stated methodology and therefore experience returns different than those that would have been achieved under a normal rebalancing or reconstitution schedule. Because each Index Fund is designed to maintain a high level of exposure to the index at all times, it will not take any steps to invest defensively or otherwise reduce the risk of loss during market downturns.

 

57


UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS. The Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund may enter into unfunded loan commitments. Unfunded commitments are contractual obligations pursuant to which a Fund agrees in writing to make one or more loans up to a specified amount at one or more future dates. The underlying loan documentation sets out the terms and conditions of the lender’s obligation to make the loans as well as the economic terms of such loans. Loan commitments are made pursuant to a term loan, a revolving credit line or a combination thereof. A term loan is generally a loan in a fixed amount that borrowers repay in a scheduled series of repayments or a lump-sum payment at maturity and may not be reborrowed. A revolving credit line permits borrowers to draw down, repay, and reborrow specified amounts on demand. The portion of the amount committed by a lender that the borrower has not drawn down is referred to as “unfunded.” Loan commitments may be traded in the secondary market through dealer desks at large commercial and investment banks although these markets are generally not considered liquid. They also are difficult to value. Borrowers pay various fees in connection with loans and related commitments and typically a Fund receives a commitment fee for amounts that remain unfunded under its commitment.

Unfunded loan commitments expose lenders to credit risk. A lender typically is obligated to advance the unfunded amount of a loan commitment at the borrower’s request, subject to satisfaction of certain contractual conditions, such as the absence of a material adverse change. Borrowers with deteriorating creditworthiness may continue to satisfy their contractual conditions and therefore be eligible to borrow at times when the lender might prefer not to lend. In addition, a lender may have assumptions as to when a borrower may draw on an unfunded loan commitment when the lender enters into the commitment. If the borrower does not draw as expected, the commitment may not prove as attractive an investment as originally anticipated.

U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS. Examples of the types of U.S. government obligations that may be acquired by the Funds include U.S. Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds. The Funds also may acquire obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Freddie Mac, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and the Maritime Administration.

Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or by its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises also are deemed to include (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or by any agency, instrumentality or sponsored enterprise thereof, and (ii) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are so guaranteed.

To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in a variety of U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued by or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. Not all U.S. government obligations carry the same credit support. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it were not obligated to do so by law. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities may greatly exceed their current resources, including any legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. In addition, the secondary market for certain participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies may be limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations are generally considered illiquid.

From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: increase the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities; cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; result in higher interest rates; reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt.

 

58


Many states grant tax-free status to dividends paid to shareholders of a fund from interest income earned by that fund from direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment requirements that must be met by the fund. Investments in securities issued by Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities do not generally qualify for tax-free treatment.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE INSTRUMENTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in variable and floating rate instruments. Variable and floating rate instruments have interest rates that periodically are adjusted either at set intervals or that float at a margin in relation to a generally recognized index rate. These instruments include long-term floating rate public obligations of the U.S. Treasury and variable and floating rate bonds (sometimes referred to as “put bonds”) where a Fund obtains at the time of purchase the right to put the bond back to the issuer or a third party at par at a specified date and also includes leveraged inverse floating rate instruments (“inverse floaters”).

All variable or floating rate instruments will meet the applicable rating standards of the Funds. A Fund’s Investment Adviser, or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, may determine that a variable or floating rate obligation meets the Fund’s rating standards by reason of being backed by a letter of credit or guarantee issued by a bank that meets those rating standards.

Variable and floating rate instruments that may be purchased by the Funds include variable amount master demand notes, which permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. Variable and floating rate instruments also include leveraged inverse floaters. The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. The Funds may deem the maturity of variable and floating rate instruments to be less than their stated maturities based on their variable and floating rate features and/or their put features. Unrated variable and floating rate instruments will be determined by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase to rated instruments that may be purchased by the Funds.

Variable and floating rate instruments including inverse floaters held by a Fund will be subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments, absent a reliable trading market, when the Fund may not demand payment of the principal amount within seven days. Because there is no active secondary market for certain variable and floating rate instruments, they may be more difficult to sell if the issuer defaults on its payment obligations or during periods when the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights. As a result, the Fund could suffer a loss with respect to these instruments.

Certain floating rate instruments are subject to the risks under “LIBOR Transition” above.

WARRANTS. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may purchase warrants and similar rights, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. The Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund will generally only purchase these securities if they are acquired along with investments in debt or convertible securities. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying shares. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that a Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

 

59


YIELDS AND RATINGS. The yields on certain obligations, including the instruments in which the Funds may invest, are dependent on a variety of factors, including general market conditions, conditions in the particular market for the obligation, financial condition of the issuer, size of the offering, maturity of the obligation and ratings of the issue. The ratings of S&P, DBRS, Moody’s and Fitch represent their respective opinions as to the quality of the obligations they undertake to rate. Ratings, however, are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, obligations with the same rating, maturity and interest rate may have different market prices. For a more complete discussion of ratings, see Appendix A to this SAI.

Subject to the limitations stated in the Prospectus, if a security held by a Fund undergoes a rating revision, the Fund may continue to hold the security if the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser determines such retention is warranted.

ZERO COUPON AND CAPITAL APPRECIATION BONDS AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES. To the extent consistent with their investment objectives and strategies, the Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds, capital appreciation bonds and pay-in-kind (“PIK”) securities. Zero coupon and capital appreciation bonds are debt securities issued or sold at a discount from their face value and that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date. The original issue discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. These securities also may take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, the coupons themselves or receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons. The market prices of zero coupon bonds, capital appreciation bonds and PIK securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of interest bearing securities and are likely to respond to a greater degree to changes in interest rates than interest bearing securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

PIK securities may be debt obligations or preferred shares that provide the issuer with the option of paying interest or dividends on such obligations in cash or in the form of additional securities rather than cash. Similar to zero coupon bonds, PIK securities are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. PIK securities that are debt securities can either be senior or subordinated debt and generally trade flat (i.e., without accrued interest). The trading price of PIK debt securities generally reflects the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last interest payment.

Zero coupon bonds, capital appreciation bonds and PIK securities involve the additional risk that, unlike securities that periodically pay interest to maturity, the Fund will realize no cash until a specified future payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold and, if the issuer of such securities defaults, the Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. In addition, even though such securities do not provide for the payment of current interest in cash, the Fund is nonetheless required to accrue income on such investments for each taxable year and generally is required to distribute such accrued amounts (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to tax. Because no cash generally is received at the time of the accrual, the Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy federal tax distribution requirements applicable to the Fund.

SPECIAL RISK FACTORS AND CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL INSTRUMENTS AND ARIZONA MUNICIPAL INSTRUMENTS.

Some of the risk factors relating to investments by the California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund and Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund in California and Arizona municipal instruments are summarized below. This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all relevant factors. Although the Trust has no reason to believe that the information summarized herein is not correct in all material respects, this information has not been independently verified for accuracy or thoroughness by the Trust. Rather, the information presented herein with respect to California municipal instruments was culled from official statements and prospectuses issued in connection with various securities offerings of the State of California and

 

60


local agencies in California available as of the date of this SAI and, with respect to the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, the information is derived principally from official statements relating to issues of Arizona municipal instruments released prior to the date of this SAI. Further, any estimates and projections presented herein should not be construed as statements of fact. They are based upon assumptions which may be affected by numerous factors and there can be no assurance that target levels will be achieved.

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL INSTRUMENTS

Overview and Recent Developments

The California economy and its general fiscal condition affect the ability of the State and local governments to raise and redistribute revenues to assist issuers of municipal securities to make timely payments on their obligations. California is the most populous state in the nation with a total population estimated at 39.186 million as of January 2022. California has a diverse economy, with major employment in the agriculture, manufacturing, technology, services, trade, entertainment and construction sectors. Beginning in March 2020, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic had a drastic impact on the State’s economy, however, California has experienced a significant economy recovery since the initial stages of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Current Financial Condition and Recent State Budgets

The COVID-19 pandemic that began to effect the U.S. in early 2020 has had a dramatic effect on the California economy. Over a period of three months, from February 2020 to April 2020, unemployment rose at a record pace as governmental responses to the pandemic led to broad economic shutdowns and stay-at-home orders. The rapidity of the COVID-19 pandemic contrasts to the significant economic downturn that took place in 2008 and led to high unemployment, steep contraction in housing construction and home values, and a drop in statewide assessed valuation of property.

Californians began to adjust to the realities of the pandemic, and accompanying major federal actions to support the economy, came a rapid rebound in economic activity over the summer of 2020. The unemployment rate dropped to 3.9% in January 2020, the lowest rate on record since the current measurement cycle began in 1976. The onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and ensuing governmental response resulted in significant turbulence for the State’s economy, with nearly 2.3 million jobs lost in the State between January and April of 2020, and an April 2020 unemployment rate of 16.4%. However, as of May 2022, California’s unemployment rate was 4.3%, only slightly higher than its pre-pandemic level. Since January 2021, California’s job growth rate of 9% has outpaced the national growth rate of 5.8%.

During the 2010s, there was sustained improvement in the State’s finances following the decline in the State tax revenue that began in 2008, due to improved economic activity, a temporary sales and income tax increase approved by voters in November 2012 and spending cuts. The 2020-2021 and 2021-2022 budgets reflected the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on the State’s hospitals, health systems, schools and the overall economy. The 2022-23 Enacted Budget notes that the State is continuing to expand its ability to protect public health by adding over $1.1 billion in funding to implement the Administration’s SMARTER Plan, which outlines the State’s COVID-19 response, and modernize public health data systems. To build resiliency and prepare the State for an uncertain future, the State is banking $37.2 billion budgetary reserves, prepaying billions of dollars in state debts and making supplemental deposits into reserve funds. The 2022-2023 Enacted Budget (defined below) projects that the State will have a structurally balanced budget in 2025-26.

State Budget for Fiscal Year 2022 -23

In June and July 2022, the Governor of California signed the 2022 Budget Bill and various pieces of related legislation that were passed by the Legislature to implement the budget for the 2022-23 fiscal year (the “2022-23 Enacted Budget”). The 2022-23 Enacted Budget projects General Fund revenues of approximately $219.7 billion and General Fund expenditures of approximately $234.4 billion.

 

61


The 2022-23 Enacted Budget includes $37.2 billion in reserves, including $23.3 billion in the Proposition 2 Budget Stabilization Account/”Rainy Day Fund” for fiscal emergencies. The 2022-23 Enacted Budget includes total funding of $128.6 billion for K-12 education programs and $41.6 billion in funding for the State’s higher education entities. The 2022-23 Enacted Budget also allocates $67.9 billion in General Fund expenditures for health and human services expenditures, as well as $14.7 billion for prisons and criminal justice. Following the Supreme Court’s recent decision to overturn the precedent of Roe v. Wade, the 2022-23 Enacted Budget allocates over $200 million to expand access to reproductive healthcare services, improve clinical infrastructure, and expand the workforce in reproductive healthcare services. The 2022-23 Enacted Budget continues to pay down the state’s long-term retirement liabilities, with $2.9 billion in payments required by Proposition 2 in 2022-23 plus $5 billion in additional payments over the next three years. The 2022-2023 Enacted Budget notes that the country’s record high inflationary conditions will likely increase the cost of state services more than currently estimated. Therefore, the 2022-2023 Enacted Budget provides over $17 billion in relief to millions of Californians to help offset rising costs.

LAO Budget Review

On January 13, 2022, the Legislative Analyst’s Office (“LAO”), a nonpartisan fiscal and policy advisor to the State, released its overview (“LAO Report”) of the 2022-23 Proposed Budget. In reaching its conclusions, the LAO performed an independent assessment of the outlook for California’s economy, demographics, revenues and expenditures at the time. The LAO Report noted that under the Governor’s budget, the State would end 2022-23 with $24.8 billion in total reserves, an increase of $4.2 billion over the last year’s enacted level. The LAO Report stated that the increase is the result of constitutionally required reserve deposits, which reflect much stronger than anticipated revenue growth. In addition, the LAO Report estimated that the Governor had a $29 billion surplus to allocate in the development of his 2022-23 Proposed Budget. However, the LAO report concluded that the Proposed Budget created considerable risk. In particular, the LAO Report notes that the 2022-23 Proposed Budget estimates negative balances in the Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties for 2023-24 due to proposed spending that exceeds the estimated resources, which the LAO report cites as a considerable risk to spend above anticipated resources. The LAO Report further concluded that the budget needed to include more general purpose reserves to mitigate the risk posed by the estimated spending.

2022 -23 Initiatives and the State’s Budget Planning

Six propositions were approved by the voters in the November 6, 2018 election, three of which could directly affect the Governor’s and State Legislature’s budget plans. Proposition 1 authorizes the issuance and sale of $4 billion in bonds to fund various veterans’ home loans and affordable housing programs; Proposition 2 allows the revenue generated by 2004’s Proposition 63, the 1% tax on incomes above $1 million, to be used for $2 billion in bonds for homelessness prevention housing; and Proposition 4 authorizes $1.5 billion in bonds to fund construction at various hospitals providing children’s health care. Twelve propositions qualified for inclusion in the November 3, 2020 ballot, five of which were approved. Two of the propositions approved in November 2020 could directly affect the Governor’s and State Legislature’s budget plans. Proposition 14 authorizes the issuance of $5.5 billion in bonds for state stem cell research and Proposition 19 changes tax assessment transfers and inheritance rules.

State Cash Position

Through the Pooled Money Investment Account (PMIA), the State Treasurer invests taxpayers’ money to manage the State’s cash flow and strengthen the financial security of local governmental entities. The Investment Division of the State Treasurer’s Office manages the PMIA under statutory authority granted by California Government Code Sections 16430 and 16480.4. The Pooled Money Investment Board governs the PMIA. The State Treasurer chairs the Board, which also includes the State Controller and the State Director of Finance. The PMIA has three primary sources of funds: the State general fund; special funds held by State agencies; and moneys deposited by cities, counties and other entities into the Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF). At the end of May 2022, the PMIA portfolio totaled approximately $225.9 billion. The daily investment activity in May 2022 averaged $2.036 billion.

 

62


Future Budgets

The 2022-23 Enacted Budget states that California’s prudent fiscal planning is to build resiliency in the State’s infrastructure while preparing for the economic uncertainties such as inflation, impact from climate change, and any public health issue. The 2022-2023 Enacted Budget states that the combination of the multi-year commitment of $47 billion in state funds, on top of the billions in new federal funding from the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, will provide an unprecedented investment into California’s infrastructure. In addition, the budget states that every $1 billion invested into infrastructure projects will create approximately 13,000 quality jobs in California. The 2022-23 Enacted Budget states that the State continues to reduce long-term retirement liabilities and has various multi-year proposals to pay down its long-term debt obligations. It cannot be predicted what actions will be taken in the future by the State Legislature and the Governor with respect to future budgetary matters. The 2021-22 budget totaled $262.61 billion, a number that increased to $307.9 billion for 2022-23. The State budget will continue to be affected by national and State economic conditions and other factors, including future public health issues and climate change. The multi-year forecast for the 2022-23 Enacted Budget projects a structurally balanced budget in 2025-26 as the state budgets will continue to build reserves, eliminate budgetary debt, reducing retirement liabilities, and focus on one-time spending.

Constitutional and Statutory Limitations on Taxes and Appropriations; Constraints on the State Budget Process; Future Initiatives

Over the years, a number of laws and constitutional amendments have been enacted, often through voter initiatives, which have increased the difficulty of raising State taxes, restricted the use of the State’s General Fund or special fund revenues, or otherwise limited the State Legislature and the Governor’s discretion in enacting budgets. An example of a provision that makes it more difficult to raise taxes is Article XIIIA of the State Constitution, which resulted from the voter-approved Proposition 13, passed in 1978, which, among other matters, required that any change in State taxes enacted for the purpose of increasing revenues collected pursuant thereto, whether by increased rates or changes in computation, be approved by a two-thirds supermajority vote in each house of the State Legislature. Examples of provisions restricting the State Legislature’s and the Governor’s discretion in enacting budgets include: Proposition 39, approved by the voters in 2012, increased taxation on out-of-state businesses by changing the method by which such businesses calculate their tax liability and required that $550 million annually for five years from such increased revenues be used to fund projects that create energy efficiency and clean energy jobs in California; Proposition 22, passed in 2010, which limited the State’s ability to take certain local government funds; Proposition 26, also passed in 2010, which required a two-thirds supermajority vote in the State Legislature to pass certain State fees and a two-thirds majority of voters to pass certain local fees; Proposition 98, passed in 1988, which mandated that a minimum amount of General Fund revenues be spent on local education; and Proposition 10, passed in 1998, which raised taxes on tobacco products and mandated how the additional revenues would be expended. In addition, although Proposition 25, approved by the voters in 2010, replaced the requirement of a two-thirds supermajority in the State Legislature to enact the State’s budget with a majority vote requirement, it left intact the previous requirement of a two-thirds supermajority vote to raise taxes.

Other Constitutional amendments and voter-initiated statutes approved by the voters have also affected the budget process. These include: Proposition 1, the Water Quality, Supply, and Infrastructure Improvement Act of 2014, which was approved by the voters in November 2014, and provided for $7.5 billion in general obligation bonds for water storage, water quality, flood protection and watershed protection and restoration projects; Proposition 2, passed in 2014, which among other matters required that certain revenue be used to pay off General Fund debts and build up the State’s “Rainy Day Fund”; Proposition 30, passed in 2012, which temporarily increased personal income taxes and sales taxes and guaranteed that revenues from such temporary tax increases would be spent only on schools (voters approved Proposition 30 in November 2016, extending the three additional tax brackets created by Proposition 30 through tax year 2030); Proposition 25, passed in 2010, which, among other matters, required State legislators to forfeit their pay in years in which they fail to pass a budget in a timely fashion; Proposition 58, approved in 2004, which required the adoption of a balanced budget

 

63


and restricted future borrowing to cover budget deficits; Proposition 49, approved in 2002, which required the expansion of funding for before and after school programs; Proposition 63, approved in 2004, which imposed a surcharge on taxable income of more than $1 million and earmarked this funding for expanded mental health services (Proposition 2, approved in November 2018, allowed the revenue generated by Proposition 63 to be used for $2 billion in bonds for homelessness prevention housing); Proposition 1A, approved in 2004 (described in more detail under “Issues Affecting Local Governments and Special Districts” below), which limited the State Legislature’s power over local revenue sources, and Proposition 1A approved in 2006, which limited the State Legislature’s ability to use sales taxes on motor vehicle fuels for any purpose other than transportation. Certain of these approved constitutional amendments are described in more detail below.

Taxes on Tobacco Products—Cigarette and tobacco taxes primarily affect special funds, with $85 million going to the General Fund and $758 million to special funds in 2015-16. The California Healthcare, Research and Prevention Tobacco Tax Act of 2016 (Proposition 56), passed by the voters in November 2016, increased the excise tax rate on cigarettes, tobacco products, and electronic cigarettes, effective April 1, 2017. Lastly, Proposition 56 newly imposed the tobacco products tax to electronic cigarettes. All of the new money from Proposition 56 goes to special funds.

Taxes on Marijuana Products—Proposition 64, The California Legal Marijuana Initiative, passed by the voters in November 2016, legalizes the recreational use of marijuana within California for persons age 21 and over, effective November 9, 2016. The measure also levied new excise taxes on the cultivation and retail sale of both recreational and medical marijuana as of January 1, 2018. Recreational marijuana is also subject to State and local sales taxes. Medical marijuana, on the other hand, is exempted from existing State and local sales taxes. However, future taxes on both medical and recreational marijuana can be levied by local governments.

Issues Affecting Local Governments and Special Districts

The primary units of local government in California are the 58 counties, which as of January 2022 ranged in population from approximately 1,200 in Alpine County to approximately 9.853 million in Los Angeles County. Counties are responsible for the provision of many basic services, including indigent healthcare, welfare, jails, and public safety in unincorporated areas. There are also 482 incorporated cities and towns in California as of January 2022 and thousands of special districts formed for education, utilities, and other services.

The fiscal condition of local governments has been constrained since Proposition 13 was approved by California voters in 1978. Proposition 13 reduced property taxes, limited the future growth of property taxes, and transferred control of property taxes from local governments to the State government. The proposition also limited the ability of local governments to impose “special taxes” (those devoted to a specific purpose) without two-thirds voter approval.

The effects of Proposition 13, however, were not felt immediately, as the State provided aid to local governments from the General Fund to make up some of the loss of property tax moneys. Local governments began to feel the repercussions in the early 1990s, when the State Legislature ordered county auditors to transfer 25% of property tax revenues to school districts, in an attempt to offset the State’s obligation, under Proposition 98, to provide a statutorily-specified minimum funding for education. This transfer stripped local governments of much-needed property tax revenues. The State Legislature attempted to mitigate this transfer by providing additional funding sources, including sales taxes, and reducing certain mandates for local services funded by cities and counties. Proposition 218, another constitutional amendment enacted by initiative in 1996, further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes, fees, and other exactions. Counties, in particular, have had fewer options to raise revenues than many other local government entities, while they have been required to maintain many services.

The 2004 Budget Act, related legislation and the enactment of Proposition 1A in 2004 (described below) dramatically changed the State-local fiscal relationship. These constitutional and statutory changes implemented

 

64


an agreement negotiated between the Governor and local government officials (the “State-local agreement”) in connection with the 2004 Budget Act. One change relates to the reduction of the vehicle license fee (“VLF”) rate from 2% to 0.65% of the market value of the vehicle in order to protect local governments, which had previously received all VLF revenues, the agreement required that the 1.35% reduction in VLF revenue be repaid to local governments in the form of an equivalent amount of property tax revenues.

Pursuant to statutory changes made in conjunction with the February 2009 Budget Package, the VLF rate increased from 0.65% to 1.15% on May 19, 2009. Of this 0.50% increase, 0.35% flowed to the General Fund, and 0.15% supported various law enforcement programs previously funded by the State General Fund. This increased VLF rate was effective through the 2010-11 fiscal year. Effective July 1, 2011, the VLF rate for most vehicles decreased to 0.65%.

As part of the State-local agreement, voters in the November 2004 election approved Proposition 1A. Proposition 1A of 2004 amended the State Constitution to, among other matters, reduce the State Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales, and VLF revenues as of November 3, 2004. Beginning with fiscal year 2008-09, the State is able to borrow up to 8% of local property tax revenues, but only if the Governor proclaims such action is necessary due to a severe State fiscal hardship and two-thirds of both houses of the State Legislature approves the borrowing. The amount borrowed is required to be paid back within three years. The State also will not be able to borrow from local property tax revenues for more than two fiscal years within a period of 10 fiscal years, and only if previous borrowings have been repaid.

In addition, the State cannot reduce the local sales tax rate or restrict the authority of the local governments to impose or change the distribution of the statewide local sales tax. Proposition 1A of 2004 also prohibits the State from mandating activities on cities, counties, or special districts without providing the funding needed to comply with the mandates. If the State does not provide funding for the activity that is mandated, the requirement on cities, counties, or special districts to abide by the mandate is suspended. In addition, Proposition 1A of 2004 expanded the definition of what constitutes a mandate to encompass State action that transfers to cities, counties, and special districts financial responsibility for a required program for which the State previously had partial or complete responsibility. The State mandate provisions of Proposition 1A of 2004 do not apply to schools or community colleges or to mandates relating to employee rights.

The 2009 Budget Act authorized the State to exercise its Proposition 1A borrowing authority and created a securitization mechanism for local governments to sell their right to receive the State’s payment obligations to a local government-operated joint powers agency (JPA). This JPA sold bonds in a principal amount of $1.895 billion in November 2009 to pay the participating local governments their full property tax allocations when they normally would receive such allocations. Pursuant to Proposition 1A of 2004, the State was required to repay the local government borrowing (which in turn would be used to repay the bonds of the JPA) no later than June 30, 2013. The State repaid the local government borrowing in 2012.

General Obligation Bond Ratings

As of June 30, 2022, the following ratings for the State of California general obligation bonds have been received from Fitch, Moody’s and S&P:

 

Fitch    Moody’s    S&P
AA    Aa2    AA-

Although these ratings indicate low credit risk, they are among the bottom half assigned to state general obligation bonds in the country. Any explanation of the significance of such ratings may be obtained only from the rating agency furnishing such ratings. There is no assurance that such ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be revised downward or withdrawn entirely if, in the judgment of the

 

65


particular rating agency, circumstances so warrant. It is not presently possible to determine whether, or the extent to which, Fitch, Moody’s or S&P will change such ratings in the future.

These ratings reflect the State’s credit quality only and do not indicate the creditworthiness of other tax-exempt securities in which the Funds may invest. Moreover, the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local California issuers, such as counties, cities, school districts and other local agencies, may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State, and there is no obligation on the part of the State to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

In addition to the risk of nonpayment of California municipal instruments, if these obligations decline in quality and are downgraded by a NRSRO, they may become ineligible for purchase by the Fund.

Litigation

The State is a party to numerous legal proceedings where adverse decisions could have a material impact on State finances.

Major Seismic Activity

Most of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. In 1989 and 1994, northern California and southern California, respectively, experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damages. As of the date of this SAI, the damage from the July 2019 Ridgecrest earthquakes was estimated in excess of $5.3 billion. Any obligation in the Funds could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage rates; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the federal or California State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

California and Climate Change

The 2020 California wildfire season was characterized by a record-setting year of wildfires that burned across the state of California as measured during the modern era of wildfire management and record keeping. As of the end of 2020, nearly 10,000 fires had burned over 4.2 million acres, more than 4% of the state’s roughly 100 million acres of land, making 2020 the largest wildfire season recorded in California’s modern history. California’s August Complex fire has been described as the first “gigafire” as the area burned exceeded 1 million acres. The fire crossed seven counties and has been described as being larger than the state of Rhode Island. On August 19, 2020, California Governor Gavin Newsom reported that the state was battling 367 known fires, many sparked by intense thunderstorms. In early September 2020, a combination of a record-breaking heat wave, and Diablo and Santa Ana winds sparked more fires and explosively grew active fires, with the August Complex more than doubling the Mendocino Complex’s size to become California’s largest recorded wildfire. While the 2021 wildfire season was milder than the 2020 wildfire season, with under 2.6 million acres burned through December 2021, the State experienced 5 of the 20 largest wildfires in the State’s history. According to the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection, the state has experience extended dryness, due to the limited precipitation and above average temperatures throughout the spring, which increases the potential for significant wildfire activity in 2022. The 2022-23 Enacted Budget allocates $39 billion over five years towards climate resilience to mobilize a coordinated government-wide response to the climate crisis.

Conclusions

It is not possible to predict how these or other economic considerations, State budgetary and fiscal conditions, legislative and voter initiatives, State constitutional amendments, and other relevant factors may

 

66


affect the long-term ability of the State of California or California municipal issuers to pay interest or repay principal on their obligations. There is no assurance that any California issuer will make full or timely payments of principal or interest or remain solvent. For example, in December 1994, Orange County, California, together with its pooled investment funds, which included investment funds from other local governments, filed for bankruptcy. In May 2008, the City of Vallejo, California, filed Chapter 9 bankruptcy because its tax revenues, which dropped precipitously with housing values, could no longer cover basic city services.

Los Angeles County, the nation’s largest county, in the recent past has also experienced financial difficulty and its financial condition will continue to be affected by the large number of County residents who are dependent on government services and by a structural deficit in its health department. Three California municipalities, San Bernardino, Stockton and Mammoth Lakes, filed for Chapter 9 bankruptcy in 2012, the first such filings in California since 2008. While the Mammoth Lakes bankruptcy was brought on by a $43 million development lawsuit, the San Bernardino and Stockton filings appear to have been the result of fiscal difficulties caused by the collapse of the housing market and the recession. The Mammoth Lakes bankruptcy proceeding was dismissed in 2012, Stockton emerged from bankruptcy in February 2015, and San Bernardino emerged from bankruptcy in June 2017. The fall-out from those bankruptcies is not known and difficult to predict. It is not known whether other California municipalities may also enter bankruptcy.

Furthermore, certain tax-exempt securities in which a Fund may invest may be obligations payable solely from the revenues of specific institutions, or may be secured by specific properties, which are subject to provisions of California law that could adversely affect the holders of such obligations. For example, the revenues of California healthcare institutions may be subject to State laws, and California law limits the remedies of a creditor secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on real property.

Additional Information

Information regarding the State’s financial condition is included in various public documents issued by the State, such as the official statements prepared in connection with the issuance of general obligation bonds of California. Such official statements may be obtained by accessing the State Treasurer’s website or by contacting the State Treasurer’s Investor Relations office at (800) 900-3873.

Publications from the LAO can be read in full by accessing the LAO’s website or by contacting the LAO at (916) 445-4656.

A summary and the complete text of the 2022-23 Enacted Budget can be found at the California Budget website of the Department of Finance, under the heading “Enacted Budget.” The website also contains complete texts of the Governor’s initial proposed budget for fiscal year 2022-23 and the Governor’s revised budget for fiscal year 2022-23 under the respective headings “Governor’s Proposed Budget” and “May Revision.”

None of the information on the above websites is incorporated herein by reference.

ARIZONA MUNICIPAL INSTRUMENTS

Under its Constitution, the State of Arizona is not permitted to issue general obligation bonds secured by the State’s full faith and credit in excess of $350,000. Accordingly, Arizona does not issue general obligation bonds. Agencies and instrumentalities of the State, however, are authorized under specified circumstances to issue bonds secured by revenues. The State enters into certain lease transactions that are subject to annual review at its option. Local governmental units in the State also are authorized to incur indebtedness. The major source of financing for such local government indebtedness is an ad valorem property tax. In addition, to finance public projects local governments may issue revenue bonds to be paid from the revenues of an enterprise or the proceeds of an excise tax, or from assessment bonds payable from special assessments. Arizona local governments also have financed public projects through lease-purchase agreements that are subject to annual

 

67


appropriation at the option of the local government. More recently, Arizona local governments have financed projects with tax credit bonds. It should be noted that under the 2017 Act, the rules related to credit tax bonds and the exclusion from gross income for interest on a bond issued to advance refund another bond were repealed and related interest will not be exempt from federal income tax for such bonds issued after December 31, 2017.

There are periodic attempts in the form of voter initiatives and legislative proposals to further limit the amount of annual increases in taxes that can be levied by the various taxing jurisdictions without voter approval. It is possible that if such a proposal were enacted, there would be an adverse impact on State or local government financing. It is not possible to predict whether any such proposals will be enacted in the future or what their possible impact would be on State or local government financing.

In fiscal year 2021, General Fund revenue growth continued to exceed expectations, despite still recovering from the COVID-19 pandemic and its associated recession late in the 2020 fiscal year. The 2022 budget is projected to have a structural surplus of $2.43 billion, resulting in an ending cash balance of $1.98 billion. According to the Joint Legislative Budget Committee’s November monthly update, October 2021 General Fund revenues totaled $1.71 billion, a 19.3% increase from October 2020. Many policies have contributed to this growth, including the expansion of Arizona’s tax nexus laws requiring remote sellers and marketplace facilitators to collect and remit Transaction Privilege Tax. Conformity to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act also expanded the income tax base in addition to lowering rates at the federal level, which further acted to boost State revenues. Overall, given the year-to-date revenue performance and the position of the Arizona economy, the Executive Budget is expected to meet or exceed its baseline forecast of approximately $14 billion.

Arizona has an estimated population of 7.27 million people, making it the fourteenth largest state by population. The State’s gross domestic product of $411.19 billion in 2021 is the twentieth largest. The State has a large number of retirees who contribute to a lower than average per capita personal income. The State’s economic base is not dependent on any single industry. Principal economic sectors in Arizona include: construction, trade, government, education, healthcare, manufacturing, mining and tourism. In 2021, the largest industry in Arizona was finance, insurance, real estate, rental, and leasing. Agriculture, at one time a major sector, plays a much smaller role in the economy today. High tech industries include electronics, instruments, solar technologies, biotechnology, aircraft, space vehicles and communications. The Phoenix area has a large presence of electronics and semiconductor manufacturers. Tucson, sometimes referred to as Optics Valley for its cluster of strong entrepreneurial optics companies, also has a concentration in aerospace. Arizona followed a steady growth track from the end of the recession in 2010 until the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States in February 2020. A year later, the Arizona Office of Employment and Population Statistics released an economic report in February 2021 which projected that ten of eleven of Arizona’s major industry sectors are expected to experience growth through fiscal year 2021 despite the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. In April 2022, the American Legislative Exchange Council gave Arizona the highest marks in the country in its annual ranking based on the State’s gross domestic product, population, and job growth.

In May 2007, Arizona’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate was 3.5%. From the third quarter of 2007 until year-end 2009, Arizona lost one in every nine jobs—a seasonally adjusted 310,000 jobs were lost by August 2010. The seasonally adjusted unemployment rate in Arizona peaked at 11.2% in late 2009 and was 4.5% in February 2020. From February 2020 through April 2020, the Arizona economy lost approximately 312,000 jobs, bringing the unemployment rate in Arizona to a seasonally adjusted 13.4%, an unemployment rate worse than the depths of the previous recession in 2009. The Arizona Office of Employment and Population Statistics had projected annual job growth in the state through 2021 before the U.S. economy plunged into a recession sparked by COVID-19. However, Arizona’s economy finished 2020 in better shape than most states and its recovery continues at a solid pace. As of March 2021, the seasonally-adjusted unemployment rate was 6.7%, a 1.7% increase from March 2020. In 2021, Arizona had a record-breaking year for statewide economic development, adding 23,317 new jobs while investing $24.8 billion in local communities. As of April 2022, Arizona’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate was 3.2%, which was lower than its pre-pandemic numbers.

 

68


Certain amendments to the Arizona Constitution, voter initiatives, legislation, regulations, and executive action impose spending limits and limit the ability of the State or local governments to impose taxes or raise revenues. For example, the Arizona Constitution requires a two thirds majority vote in both houses of the Arizona legislature to pass a tax or fee increase. This provision, combined with the State’s reliance on sales tax receipts, constrains its ability to raise additional revenues in times of slow economic growth. The State created the rainy day fund in response to this constraint, which was completely depleted during the 2009 fiscal year. Arizona law also places limits on property taxes that may be levied by local governments, and since 2006, local property tax assessments have been frozen at 2005 levels, subject to annual increases limited to 2% plus the cost of any new construction. Provisions of the constitution and legislation also limit increases in annual expenditures by cities, towns and other governmental and municipal bodies to an amount determined by the Arizona Economic Estimates Commission. Other potential legislative enactments may impact Arizona’s economy.

For example, in 2014 the Arizona legislature passed SB 1062, a bill that would have authorized Arizona businesses to discriminate against LGBT individuals. The national backlash was swift, with the National Football League threatening to relocate the Super Bowl. The governor vetoed SB 1062, but there is no guarantee the Arizona legislature will not enact similar bills in the future.

The risks to the Arizona economy remain considerable and may be exacerbated by ongoing challenges in financing public education, including the risks of litigation surrounding Proposition 123. The economy is likely to be adversely affected if the U.S. economy continues to exhibit slow growth or slips into another recession. Either has the capacity to significantly slow recovery in Arizona since slow or negative national growth will damage the State’s cyclically sensitive sectors while impeding the in-migration flow of new citizens that has consistently fueled economic growth. Another aspect of risk is the relatively significant exposure of Arizona’s financial institutions and investor community to a downturn in commercial real estate. Arizona has significant overcapacity in residential and commercial real estate properties. A further round of significant foreclosures and defaults would likely have a significant negative impact on Arizona’s overall economy. Arizona is also vulnerable to reductions in federal spending because of the large proportion of military spending in the State’s economy. The Arizona economy continues to face challenges given continuing income challenges for households and a slower growth rate for public and private investment.

OTHER INFORMATION ON CALIFORNIA AND ARIZONA MUNICIPAL INSTRUMENTS

The Investment Adviser believes that it is likely that sufficient California and Arizona municipal instruments and certain specified federal obligations should be available to satisfy the respective investment objectives, strategies and limitations of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund and California Tax-Exempt Fund. If the Trust’s Board, after consultation with the Investment Adviser, should for any reason determine that it is impracticable to satisfy a Fund’s investment objective, strategies and limitations because of the unavailability of suitable investments, the Board would re-evaluate the particular Fund’s investment objective and strategies and consider changes in its structure and name or possible dissolution.

DISCLAIMERS

THE EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY INDEX FUND, GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY INDEX FUND, INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND, INTERNATIONAL EQUITY INDEX FUND, GLOBAL REAL ESTATE INDEX FUND, ACTIVE M EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, ACTIVE M INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND AND NORTHERN ENGAGE360TM FUND (IN THIS SECTION, COLLECTIVELY, THE “FUNDS”) ARE NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY MSCI INC. (“MSCI”), ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE “MSCI PARTIES”). THE MSCI INDEXES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND THE MSCI INDEX NAMES ARE SERVICE MARK(S) OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY LICENSEE. NONE OF THE

 

69


MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THESE FUNDS OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN FUNDS GENERALLY OR IN THE FUNDS PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX TO TRACK CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI INDEXES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THE FUNDS OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THESE FUNDS OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THE FUND OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES AT, OR QUANTITIES OF THESE FUNDS TO BE ISSUED OR IN THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THESE FUNDS ARE REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THE FUNDS OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THE FUNDS.

ALTHOUGH MSCI SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN OR FOR USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE FUNDS, OWNERS OF THE FUNDS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

No purchaser, seller, or holder of this security, product or fund, or any other person or entity, should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to sponsor, endorse, market or promote this security without first contacting MSCI to determine whether MSCI’s permission is required. Under no circumstances may any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written permission of MSCI.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Each Fund is subject to the fundamental investment restrictions enumerated below which may be changed with respect to a particular Fund only by a vote of the holders of a majority of such Fund’s outstanding shares as described in “Description of Shares” below.

All Funds (except for the Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund, Northern Engage360 Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund)

 

70


No Fund may:

(1) Make loans, except through (a) the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies, (b) repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, (c) loans of securities, and (d) loans to affiliates of the Fund to the extent permitted by law.

(2) Purchase or sell real estate, or with the exception of Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund, real estate limited partnerships, but this restriction shall not prevent a Fund from investing directly or indirectly in portfolio instruments secured by real estate or interests therein or acquiring securities of REITs or other issuers that deal in real estate or, in the case of the Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund and Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund, acquiring mortgage-related securities, or, in the case of the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund, holding and selling real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of ownership of securities. The Global Real Estate Index Fund may not purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from (a) investing directly or indirectly in portfolio instruments secured by real estate or interests therein; (b) acquiring securities of REITs or other issuers that deal in real estate or mortgage-related securities; or (c) holding and selling real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of ownership of securities.

(3) Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time; and each Fund may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts that are commodities or commodity contracts.

(4) Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control.

(5) Act as underwriter of securities, except as a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio instruments in accordance with its investment objective and portfolio management strategies.

(6) Purchase securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such obligations) if such purchase would cause 25% or more in the aggregate of the market value of the total assets of a Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, except:

(a) the Global Sustainability Index Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry to the extent that the MSCI World ESG Leaders Index is concentrated in that industry;

(b) the Global Real Estate Index Fund and the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund will invest at least 25% or more of its total assets in issuers principally engaged in real estate activities;

(c) the Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund will invest at least 25% or more of its total assets in issuers principally engaged in the infrastructure business; and

(d) the Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund will invest under normal market conditions at least 25% of its total assets in securities issued by companies in the financial services industry, provided further that the Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, invest less than 25% of its total assets in securities issued by companies in the financial services industry. For the purpose of this restriction with respect to the Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, the financial services industry is deemed to include the group of industries within the financial services sector. For the purposes of this restriction, state and municipal governments and their agencies and authorities are not deemed to be industries; as to utility companies, the gas, electric, water and telephone businesses are considered separate industries; personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries; and wholly-owned finance companies are considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents.

 

71


(7) Borrow money, except that to the extent permitted by applicable law (a) a Fund may borrow from banks, other affiliated investment companies and other persons, and may engage in reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions which involve borrowings, in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) or such other percentage permitted by law, (b) a Fund may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (c) a Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, (d) a Fund may purchase securities on margin, and (e) the Global Real Estate Index Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings. If due to market fluctuations or other reasons a Fund’s borrowings exceed the limitations stated above, the Trust will promptly reduce the borrowings of a Fund in accordance with the 1940 Act. In addition, as a matter of fundamental policy, a Fund will not issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

(8) Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act. This restriction does not, however, apply to any Fund classified as a non-diversified company under the 1940 Act.

(9) Notwithstanding any of a Fund’s other fundamental investment restrictions (including, without limitation, those restrictions relating to issuer diversification, industry concentration and control), each Fund may: (a) purchase securities of other investment companies to the full extent permitted under Section 12 or any other provision of the 1940 Act (or any successor provision thereto) or under any regulation or order of the SEC; and (b) invest all or substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, strategies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

(10) The following apply:

(a) For each Tax-Exempt Fund and Municipal Fund, at least 80% of the net assets of the Fund plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes (“net assets”) measured at the time of purchase will be invested in debt instruments, the interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel or counsel for issuers, exempt from regular federal income tax, except in extraordinary circumstances such as when the Investment Adviser believes that market conditions indicate that the Fund should adopt a temporary defensive posture by holding uninvested cash or investing in taxable securities. Investments in such debt instruments may be direct or indirect (for example, through investments in other investment companies or pools). Interest earned on “private activity bonds” that is treated as an item of tax preference under the federal alternative minimum tax will be deemed by a Municipal Fund, but will not be deemed by a Tax-Exempt Fund, to be exempt from regular federal income tax for purposes of determining whether the Municipal Funds and Tax-Exempt Funds meet this fundamental policy.

(b) Each of the California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund and California Tax-Exempt Fund will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets, measured at the time of purchase, in investments the income from which is exempt from California State personal income tax.

(c) The Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund will invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets, measured at the time of purchase, in investments the income from which is exempt from Arizona State personal income tax.

For the purposes of Investment Restriction Nos. 1 and 7 above, the Funds have received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting them to participate in lending and borrowing arrangements with affiliates.

Notwithstanding Fundamental Investment Restriction No. 7, each Fund intends, as a non-fundamental policy, to limit all borrowings to no more than 25% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed).

In applying Investment Restriction No. 8 above, a security is considered to be issued by the entity, or entities, whose assets and revenues back the security. A guarantee of a security is not deemed to be a security issued by the guarantor when the value of all securities issued and guaranteed by the guarantor, and owned by a Fund, does not exceed 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

72


In applying Investment Restriction No. 8 with respect to the Index Funds, it is anticipated that each of the Index Funds will be diversified in approximately the same proportions as the respective index that the Fund uses to measure its performance. Because each of the Index Funds seeks to track the performance of the securities included in its respective index, it is possible that an Index Fund may change from diversified to non-diversified as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or weighting of one or more constituents of the Fund’s index. In such an instance, shareholder approval will not be sought when an Index Fund crosses from diversified to non-diversified status due solely to a change in the relative market capitalization or index weightings of one or more constituents of the Index Fund’s index.

As a non-fundamental investment restriction that can be changed without shareholder approval, except to the extent permitted by the Code, the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund and California Tax-Exempt Fund may not hold, at the end of any tax quarter, more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, except that up to 50% of the total value of the assets of each Fund may be invested in any securities without regard to this 10% limitation so long as no more than 25% of the total value of its assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer. Also, as a non-fundamental investment restriction, except to the extent permitted by the Code, these Funds may not hold any securities that would cause, at the end of any tax quarter, more than 5% of their respective total assets to be invested in the securities of any one issuer, except that up to 50% of the respective Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to this limitation so long as no more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets are invested in any one issuer. These restrictions do not apply to securities of the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises and regulated investment companies.

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund, Northern Engage360 Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund:

The Fund may not:

(1) Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time. With respect to Northern Engage360 Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund, this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing directly or indirectly in portfolio instruments secured by real estate or interests therein or acquiring securities of REITs or other issuers that deal in real estate.

(3) Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Act as underwriter of securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) Borrow money or issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemptions therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

 

73


Notwithstanding any of the Fund’s other fundamental investment restrictions (including, without limitation, those restrictions relating to issuer diversification and industry concentration), the Fund may: (a) purchase securities of other investment companies to the full extent permitted under Section 12 of the 1940 Act or any other provision of the 1940 Act (or any successor provision thereto) or under any regulation or order of the SEC; and (b) invest all or substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same investment objective, strategies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

With respect to Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund and Northern Engage360 Fund, for the purposes of Investment Restriction Nos. 1 and 6 above, the Funds have received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting them to participate in lending and borrowing arrangements with affiliates.

The following investment limitations are non-fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board with respect to the Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund, Northern Engage360 Fund and U.S. Quality ESG Fund without a vote of shareholders.

The Fund may not:

(1) Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate assets, except to secure permitted borrowings or in relation to the deposit of assets in escrow or in segregated accounts in compliance with the asset segregation requirements imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act, or any rule or SEC staff interpretation thereunder.

(2) Purchase securities on margin or effect short sales, except that the Fund may: (i) obtain short-term credits as necessary for the clearance of security transactions; (ii) provide initial and variation margin payments in connection with transactions involving futures contracts and options on such contracts; and (iii) make short sales “against the box” or in compliance with the SEC’s position regarding the asset segregation requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

(3) Purchase or hold illiquid securities, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of for their approximate carrying value in seven days or less (which term includes repurchase agreements and time deposits maturing in more than seven days) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

(4) Purchase any securities that would cause more than 25% of the total assets of the Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

(5) Borrow money, except (a) the Fund may borrow from banks (as defined in the 1940 Act) or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 25% of the value of its total assets (including amounts borrowed), (b) the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities; (c) the Fund may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law; and (d) the Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings.

(6) Make loans if, as a result, more than 25% of its total assets (including amounts borrowed) would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) lend its securities; and (iv) loan to affiliates to the extent permitted by law.

(7) Purchase or sell real estate, physical commodities or commodities contracts, except that the Fund may purchase: (i) marketable securities issued by companies that own or invest in real estate (including REITs), commodities or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

 

74


The following descriptions from the 1940 Act may assist shareholders in understanding the above policies and restrictions for all of the Funds.

Concentration and Industry Classification. The SEC has presently defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s net assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.

Except to the extent otherwise provided in each of the Investment Restrictions above, for the purpose of determining industry classification, a Fund may use the industry classification provided by a third party service provider. For the purpose of determining the percentage of a Fund’s total assets invested in securities of issuers having their principal business activities in a particular industry, (i) an asset-backed security will be classified separately based on the nature of its underlying assets; (ii) state and municipal governments and their agencies and authorities are not deemed to be industries; (iii) as to utility companies, the gas, electric, water and telephone businesses are considered separate industries; (iv) personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries; and (v) wholly-owned financial companies are considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents.

Borrowing. The 1940 Act presently allows a Fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33-1/3% of its total assets, including the amount borrowed (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a Fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits Funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

Lending. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The Funds’ non-fundamental investment policy on lending is set forth above.

Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a Fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified Fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every Fund have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Certain Funds have adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, these Funds have a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits them from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of the Funds’ Board.

Securities held in escrow or separate accounts in connection with a Fund’s investment practices described in this SAI and the Prospectus are not deemed to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated for purposes of the foregoing restrictions.

Any Investment Restriction that involves a maximum percentage (other than the restriction set forth above with respect to borrowing money) will not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition of securities or assets of, or borrowings by (in the case of the Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, encumbrance of securities or assets of) a Fund. The 1940 Act requires that if the asset coverage for borrowings at any time falls below 33-1/3% of its total assets including the amount borrowed) plus an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary

 

75


purposes, a Fund will, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the net asset coverage of such borrowings shall conform to such limits. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds do not engage in securities lending.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Board has adopted a policy on disclosure of portfolio holdings, which it believes is in the best interest of the Funds’ shareholders. The policy provides that neither the Funds nor their Investment Adviser (or where applicable, Sub-Advisers), Distributor or any agent, or any employee thereof (“Fund Representative”) will disclose a Fund’s portfolio holdings information to any person other than in accordance with the policy. For purposes of the policy, “portfolio holdings information” means a Fund’s actual portfolio holdings, as well as non-public information about its trading strategies or pending transactions including the portfolio holdings, trading strategies or pending transactions of any actively managed commingled fund portfolio that contains identical holdings as the Fund. Under the policy, neither a Fund nor any Fund Representative may solicit or accept any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information. A Fund Representative may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties if such information has been included in a Fund’s public filings with the SEC or is disclosed on the Trust’s publicly accessible website. Information posted on the Trust’s website may be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the Trust’s website.

Portfolio holdings information that is not filed with the SEC or posted on the publicly available website may be provided to third parties only if the third party recipients are required to keep all portfolio holdings information confidential and are prohibited from trading on the information they received. Disclosure to such third parties must be approved in advance by the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). Disclosure to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other similar services for the Funds, as well as rating and ranking organizations, will generally be permitted; however, information may be disclosed to other third parties (including, without limitation, individuals, institutional investors, and intermediaries that sell shares of a Fund) only upon approval by the CCO, who must first determine that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality as determined by the CCO. In accordance with the policy, the recipients who receive non-public portfolio holdings information on an ongoing basis are as follows: the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, the Sub-Advisers of the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds and their affiliates, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, the Funds’ custodian, the Funds’ legal counsel, the Funds’ financial printer (Donnelley Financial Solutions), the Funds’ pricing vendors, and the Funds’ proxy voting service and subsidiary (Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. and Securities Class Action Services, LLC); financial data compiler to Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management Inc. (Evare, LLC, a subsidiary of SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc.); operational service provider to Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (State Street Bank and Trust); consulting service provider to Wellington Management Company, LLP (Accenture LLP); certain rating and ranking organizations, including Moody’s, Fitch and S&P; and the following vendors that provide portfolio analytical tools: Barclays Capital, BlackRock Solutions, Bloomberg, FactSet and Thomson Reuters. These entities are obligated to keep such information confidential. Third-party providers of custodial or accounting services to a Fund may release non-public portfolio holdings information of the Fund only with the permission of Fund Representatives. From time to time, portfolio holdings information may be provided to broker-dealers solely in connection with a Fund seeking portfolio securities trading recommendations. Portfolio holdings information may also be provided to financial institutions solely for the purpose of funding borrowings under the Trust’s line of credit. In providing this information, reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken in an effort to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information.

The Funds currently publish on the Trust’s website, northerntrust.com/funds, complete portfolio holdings for each Equity Fund, Fixed Income Fund, Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Fund and Active M/Multi-Manager Fund

 

76


as of the end of each calendar quarter. Complete portfolio holdings for the Equity Index Funds, Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund, Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, U.S. Treasury Index Fund and Bond Index Fund are provided as of month-end, subject to at least a ten (10) calendar day lag between the date of the information presented and the date on which the information is disclosed. In addition, the Equity Funds and Equity Index Funds intend to publish on the Trust’s website month-end top ten holdings subject to at least a ten (10) calendar day lag between the date of the information presented and the date on which the information is disclosed. A Fund may publish on the Trust’s website complete portfolio holdings information more frequently if it has a legitimate business purpose for doing so.

Portfolio holdings for the Funds also are currently disclosed through required filings with the SEC. Each Fund files its portfolio holdings with the SEC and the holdings are publicly made available twice each fiscal year on Form N-CSR (with respect to each annual period and semiannual period) and twice each fiscal year on Form N-PORT (with respect to the first and third quarters of the Funds’ fiscal year). Shareholders may obtain a Fund’s Forms N-CSR and N-PORT filings on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Under the policy, the Board is to receive information, on a quarterly basis, regarding any other disclosures of non-public portfolio holdings information that were permitted during the preceding quarter.

 

77


ADDITIONAL TRUST INFORMATION

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Board is responsible for the management and business and affairs of the Funds. Set forth below is information about the Trustees and the Officers of Northern Funds as of the date of this SAI. Each Trustee has served in that capacity since he or she was originally elected or appointed to the Board. As of the date of this SAI, each Trustee oversees a total of 46 portfolios in the Northern Funds Complex—Northern Funds offers 41 portfolios and Northern Institutional Funds consists of 5 portfolios.

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS(1),
POSITIONS HELD WITH

TRUST AND TERM OF
OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Therese M. Bobek

Year of Birth: 1960

Trustee since 2019

 

•   Adjunct Lecturer in the Masters of Accountancy Program, University of Iowa Tippie College of Business since 2018;

•   Assurance Partner, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1997 to 2018.

 

•   Methode Electronics, Inc.

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh

Year of Birth: 1965

Trustee since 2019

 

•  Chief Schooling Officer since May 2020 and Head of School Management and Technology from July 2016 to May 2020, Success Academy Charter Schools;

•  Member of the Board of Directors of Bank Leumi USA since 2016;

•  Partner in Accenture (global management consulting and professional services firm) from 1987 to 2012;

•  Member of the Board of Directors, Member of Nominating and Governance and Compensating Committees of Carver Bancorp from 2014 to 2018.

 

•   None

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o the Secretary of the Trust, The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. For Trustees who joined the Board prior to July 1, 2016, the 15 year service limit is measured from July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Exchange Act (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.

 

78


NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS(1),
POSITIONS HELD WITH

TRUST AND TERM OF
OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Mark G. Doll

Year of Birth: 1949

Trustee since 2013

 

•  Member of the State of Wisconsin Investment Board from 2015 to 2018;

•  Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from 2008 to 2012;

•  Senior Vice President—Public Markets, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from 2002 to 2008;

•  President, Northwestern Mutual Series Fund, Mason Street Advisors and Mason Street Funds from 2002 to 2008;

•  Chairman, Archdiocese of Milwaukee Finance Council from 2005 to 2015;

•  Member of Investment Committee of Greater Milwaukee Foundation from 2003 to 2015.

 

•   None

Thomas A. Kloet

Year of Birth: 1958

Trustee since 2015

and Chairperson

since January 1, 2020

 

•  Chair of Boards of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, NASDAQ PHLX LLC and NASDAQ BX, Inc. since 2016;

•  Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer, TMX Group, Ltd. (financial services company and operator of stock, derivatives exchanges, their clearing operations and securities depository) from 2008 to 2014.

 

•   Nasdaq, Inc.

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o the Secretary of the Trust, The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. For Trustees who joined the Board prior to July 1, 2016, the 15 year service limit is measured from July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Exchange Act (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.

 

79


NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS(1),
POSITIONS HELD WITH

TRUST AND TERM OF
OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

David R. Martin

Year of Birth: 1956

Trustee since 2017

 

•  Chief Financial Officer, Neo Tech (an electronics manufacturer) since June 2019;

•  Professor of Instruction, University of Texas, McCombs School of Business since 2017;

•  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (an investment manager) from 2007 to 2016;

•  Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Janus Capital Group Inc. (an investment manager) from 2005 to 2007;

•  Senior Vice President, Finance of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (an investment banking and securities brokerage firm) from 1999 to 2005.

 

•   None

Cynthia R. Plouché

Year of Birth: 1957

Trustee since 2014

 

•  Assessor, Moraine Township, Illinois from January 2014 to June 2018;

•  Trustee of AXA Premier VIP Trust (registered investment company—34 portfolios) from 2001 to May 2017;

•  Senior Portfolio Manager and member of Investment Policy Committee, Williams Capital Management, LLC from 2006 to 2012;

•  Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of Blaylock-Abacus Asset Management, Inc. from June 2003 to 2006;

•  Founder, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Director of Abacus Financial Group from May 1991 to 2003 (manager of fixed income portfolios for institutional clients).

 

•   MassMutual Access Pine Point Fund (closed end investment fund); MassMutual Funds (open-end investment company); MassMutual Select Funds (open-end investment company); MassMutual Premier Funds (open-end investment company); MassMutual Advantage Funds (open-end investment company); MML Series Investment Fund (open-end investment company); MML Series Investment Fund II (open-end investment company)

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o the Secretary of the Trust, The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. For Trustees who joined the Board prior to July 1, 2016, the 15 year service limit is measured from July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Exchange Act (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.

 

80


NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS(1),
POSITIONS HELD WITH

TRUST AND TERM OF
OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Mary Jacobs Skinner, Esq.

Year of Birth: 1957

Trustee since 1998

 

•  Executive Committee Member and Chair, Policy and Advocacy Advisory Council, Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital since 2016;

•  Executive Committee Member and Director, Boca Grande Health Clinic, since 2019;

•  Member, Law Board, Northwestern Pritzker School of Law, since 2019;

•  Director, Pathways Awareness Foundation since 2000;

•  Harvard Advanced Leadership Fellow—2016;

•  Retired in 2015 as partner in the law firm of Sidley Austin LLP;

•  Director, Chicago Area Foundation for Legal Services from 1995 to 2013.

 

•   None

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o the Secretary of the Trust, The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. For Trustees who joined the Board prior to July 1, 2016, the 15 year service limit is measured from July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Exchange Act (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.

 

81


INTERESTED TRUSTEE

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS(1),
POSITIONS HELD WITH

TRUST AND TERM OF
OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
SERVICE AS TRUSTEE(2)

 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

 

OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
BY TRUSTEE(3)

Darek Wojnar(4)

Year of Birth: 1965

Trustee since 2019

 

•  Director and Executive Vice President, Head of Funds and Managed Accounts Group at Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2018;

•  Head of Exchange Traded Funds at Hartford Funds from 2014 to 2017 (including Managing Director at Lattice Strategies, LLC from 2014 to 2016, acquired by Hartford Funds in 2016);

•  Managing Director, Head of US iShares Product at BlackRock from 2005 to 2013 (including Barclay Global Investors, acquired by BlackRock in 2009).

 

•   FlexShares Trust (registered investment company—32 portfolios)

(1) 

Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o the Secretary of the Trust, The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

(2) 

Each Trustee will hold office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee and until the election and qualification of his or her successor, if any, elected at such meeting; (ii) the date a Trustee resigns or retires, or a Trustee is removed by the Board or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust; or (iii) in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board (which may be changed without shareholder vote) on the earlier of the completion of 15 years of service on the Board and the last day of the calendar year in which he or she attains the age of seventy-five years. For Trustees who joined the Board prior to July 1, 2016, the 15 year service limit is measured from July 1, 2016.

(3) 

This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Exchange Act (i.e., public companies) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.

(4) 

An “interested person,” as defined by the 1940 Act. Mr. Wojnar is deemed to be an “interested” Trustee because he is an officer, director, employee, and a shareholder of Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates.

OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS,
POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND TERM OF OFFICE
AND LENGTH OF SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Peter K. Ewing

Year of Birth: 1958

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

President since 2017

   Director of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2017; Director of ETF Product Management, Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from 2010 to 2017; Senior Vice President of The Northern Trust Company and Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2010; President of FlexShares Trust since 2017; Vice President of FlexShares Trust from 2011 to 2017.

(1) 

Each Officer serves until his or her resignation, removal or retirement, or the election of his or her successor. Each Officer also holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds.

 

82


OFFICERS OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS,
POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND TERM OF OFFICE
AND LENGTH OF SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Kevin P. O’Rourke

Year of Birth: 1971

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Vice President since 2015

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2014; Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from 2009 to 2014.

Telmo R. Martins

Year of Birth: 1982

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60603

Chief Compliance Officer since

July 2021

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since February 2022; Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from May 2020 to January 2022; Chief Compliance Officer of Belvedere Advisors LLC from October 2020 to June 2022; Director, Deputy Chief Compliance Officer—AllianceBernstein Funds from 2018 to 2020, Vice President, Director of Compliance of AllianceBernstein LP from 2013 to 2018, Senior Compliance officer of AllianceBernstein LP from 2007 to 2013.

Darlene Chappell

Year of Birth: 1963

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance
Officer since 2009

   Vice President and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for Northern Trust Investments, Inc., Northern Trust Securities, Inc. and Alpha Core Strategies Fund since 2009; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for 50 South Capital Advisors, LLC since 2015, FlexShares Trust since 2011 and Belvedere Advisors LLC since 2019; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund from 2011 to 2019; Vice President and Compliance Consultant for The Northern Trust Company since 2006.

Randal E. Rein

Year of Birth: 1970

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Treasurer since 2008

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2010; Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer of FlexShares Trust since 2011; Treasurer of Alpha Core Strategies Fund from 2008 to 2018; Treasurer of Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund from 2011 to 2018.

Michael J. Pryszcz

Year of Birth: 1967

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Assistant Treasurer since 2008

   Senior Vice President of Fund Accounting of The Northern Trust Company since 2010.

Georgia Hiotis

Year of Birth: 1978

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Assistant Treasurer since 2022

   Senior Vice President of Fund Administration of The Northern Trust Company since 2020; Vice President of the Northern Trust Company from 2009 to 2020.

(1) 

Each Officer serves until his or her resignation, removal or retirement, or the election of his or her successor. Each Officer also holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds.

 

83


OFFICERS OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS,
POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND TERM OF OFFICE
AND LENGTH OF SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Michael G. Meehan

Year of Birth: 1970

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Assistant Treasurer since 2011

   Senior Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since 2016; Assistant Treasurer of Alpha Core Strategies Fund and Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund from 2011 to 2018.

John P. Gennovario

Year of Birth: 1960

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Vice President since August 2019

   Vice President of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since August 2019; Management Consultant, Principal Funds from September 2018 to April 2019; Financial Reporting Manager Consultant, BNY Mellon from December 2016 to June 2018; Vice President, Fund Accounting Unit Manager, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services and Accounting Manager, State Street Global Services from January 2016 to August 2016.

Craig R. Carberry, Esq.

Year of Birth: 1960

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Chief Legal Officer since August 2019

   Senior Vice President, Senior Trust Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. since May 2000; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Northern Trust Securities, Inc. since October 2020; Chief Compliance Officer of Northern Trust Investments, Inc. from October 2015 to June 2017; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Belvedere Advisers LLC since September 2019; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of 50 South Capital Advisors, LLC since 2015; Deputy General Counsel of Northern Trust Corporation since August 2020; Deputy General Counsel and Senior Vice President at The Northern Trust Company since August 2020 and 2015, respectively (previously, Associate General Counsel from 2015-2021); Secretary of Alpha Core Strategies Fund (formerly NT Alpha Strategies Fund) since 2004; Secretary of Equity Long/Short Opportunities Fund (formerly NT Equity Long/Short Strategies Fund) from 2011 to 2019; Secretary of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds from 2010 to 2018; Secretary of FlexShares Trust from 2011 to 2018.

Jose J. Del Real, Esq.

Year of Birth: 1977

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Secretary since 2018

   Assistant General Counsel and Senior Vice President of The Northern Trust Company since August 2020; Senior Legal Counsel and Senior Vice President of The Northern Trust Company from 2017 to July 2020; Senior Legal Counsel and Vice President of The Northern Trust Company from 2015 to February 2017; Assistant Secretary of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds from 2011 to 2014 and from 2015 to 2018; Assistant Secretary of FlexShares Trust from 2015 to 2018; and Secretary of FlexShares Trust since 2018.

 

84


OFFICERS OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)

 

NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, ADDRESS,
POSITIONS HELD WITH
TRUST AND TERM OF OFFICE
AND LENGTH OF SERVICE(1)

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS

Jennifer A. Craig

Year of Birth: 1973

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Assistant Secretary since 2022

   Vice President of The Northern Trust Company since September 2021; Assistant Vice President, Paralegal Manager of SS&C/ALPS Fund Services Inc. from 2007-2021.

(1) 

Each Officer serves until his or her resignation, removal or retirement, or the election of his or her successor. Each Officer also holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds.

As a result of the responsibilities assumed by the Trust’s service providers, the Trust itself requires no employees.

Each officer holds the same office with Northern Institutional Funds and certain officers hold comparable positions with certain other investment companies of which Northern Trust Corporation, or an affiliate thereof, is the investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent and/or administrator.

LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE. The Board is currently composed of eight Trustees, seven of whom are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act (“non-interested Trustee”), and one of whom is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act (“interested Trustee”). The Chairperson of the Board, Thomas A. Kloet, is a non-interested Trustee. Darek Wojnar is considered an interested Trustee because he is an officer, director, employee, and a shareholder of Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates. Each Trustee was nominated to serve on the Board because of his or her experience, skills and qualifications. See “Trustee Experience” below. The Board believes that its leadership structure is consistent with industry practices and is appropriate in light of the size of the Trust and the nature and complexity of its business. In particular:

 

   

Board Composition. The Trustees believe that having a super-majority of non-interested Trustees (at least 75%) is appropriate and in the best interest of shareholders. The Trustees also believe that having Mr. Wojnar serve as an interested Trustee brings management and financial insight that is important to certain of the Board’s decisions and is also in the best interest of shareholders.

 

   

Non-Interested Trustee Meetings and Executive Sessions. The Trustees believe that meetings of the non-interested Trustees and meetings in executive session, including with independent counsel, help prevent conflicts of interest from occurring. The Trustees also believe that these sessions allow the non-interested Trustees to deliberate candidly and constructively, separately from management, in a manner that affords honest disagreement and critical questioning.

RISK OVERSIGHT. Risk oversight is a part of the Board’s general oversight of the Funds and is addressed as part of various Board and committee activities, including throughout the year at regular Board and committee meetings and through regular reports provided to the Board and/or its committees that address, among other items, certain investment, valuation, liquidity, and compliance matters. The Board also may receive special reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues, either upon the Board’s request or upon the Investment Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s initiative. Day-to-day risk management functions are subsumed within the responsibilities of the Investment Adviser, Sub-Advisers and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), which carry out the Funds’ investment management and business affairs. Each of the Investment Adviser, Sub-Advisers and other service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that may give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they occur. Each of the Investment Adviser and other service providers have their own independent interests in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models. The Investment Adviser has a dedicated risk management function that is headed by a Chief Risk Officer.

 

85


Currently, the Board receives and reviews risk reports on a quarterly basis from the Investment Adviser’s Chief Risk Officer covering various risk areas, such as investment and market risk, operational risk, business continuity, cybersecurity risk, and regulatory compliance risk. These reports are intended to provide the Trustees with a forward-looking view of risk and the manner in which the Investment Adviser is managing various risks.

The Audit Committee, in addition to its risk management responsibilities, plays an important role in the Board’s risk oversight. Working with the Funds’ independent registered accountants, the Audit Committee reviews the Funds’ annual audit scope and the results of the audit of the Funds’ year-end financial statements.

The Valuation Committee reviews quarterly reports on fair valuation determinations, including the methodology used in making fair value determinations.

The Board also monitors and reviews the Funds’ performance metrics, and regularly confers with the Investment Adviser on performance-related issues. With respect to liquidity risk, the Board receives regular liquidity risk management reports under the Funds’ Liquidity Risk Management (LRM) Program that include information concerning illiquid investments within the Fund’s portfolio. The Board also reviews, no less frequently than annually, a written report prepared by the LRM program administrator that addresses, among other items, the operation of the LRM Program and assesses its adequacy and effectiveness of implementation as well as any material changes to the LRM Program.

The Trust’s CCO reports to the Board at least quarterly regarding compliance matters. In addition to providing quarterly reports, the CCO provides an annual report to the Board in accordance with the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures. The CCO regularly discusses relevant compliance issues, including compliance risks, affecting the Funds during meetings with the non-interested Trustees and counsel. The Board adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Funds and approves such procedures for the Funds’ service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws. The CCO’s quarterly and annual reports include reports on the Sub-Advisers’ compliance and risk issues.

TRUSTEE EXPERIENCE. Each Trustee is required to possess certain qualities such as integrity, intelligence, the ability to critically discuss and analyze issues presented to the Board and an understanding of a trustee’s fiduciary obligations with respect to a registered investment company. In addition to these qualities, the following is a description of certain other Trustee attributes, skills, experiences and qualifications.

NON-INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Therese M. Bobek: Ms. Bobek retired in 2018 from a 35-year career with PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (“PwC”), having served a wide variety of public and privately held clients with external audits, internal auditing and risk advisory services. Ms. Bobek most recently served in PwC’s national office, where she led a nationwide network of partners and managers whose main responsibility was to support audit quality in the field. She now teaches Advanced Auditing in the Masters of Accountancy program at the University of Iowa’s Henry B. Tippie College of Business and also is a director and member of the audit committee of the board of directors of Methode Electronics, Inc., a global developer of custom engineered and application-specific products and solutions. Ms. Bobek has been a Board Member of Metropolitan Family Services and a Board Member of the Illinois Society of CPAs. She has also served as a member and Chair of the University of Iowa Professional Accounting Council, a voluntary council of business leaders supporting accounting education. She has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since January 2019.

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh: Ms. de Jongh served as a partner in the global financial services strategy at Accenture, and was with the global management consulting and professional services firm from 1987 through 2012. While at Accenture, she helped global financial institutions improve their business performance by developing strategies and business models, and implementing business change programs and systems. Since May

 

86


2020 she has been the Chief Schooling Officer, and from 2016 to 2020 she was the Head of School Management and Technology at Success Academy Charter Schools, the largest network and highest-performing free, public charter schools in New York City. Ms. de Jongh is a former member of the Board of Carver Bancorp, Inc. in New York City, where she served as a member of the Nominating and Governance Committees and the Compensation Committee. She is currently on the Board of Directors of Bank Leumi USA. Ms. de Jongh had previously served from 2011 to 2013 as a member of the U.S. Department of Commerce’s National Advisory Council for Minority Business Enterprises. She has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since January 2019.

Mark G. Doll: Mr. Doll has over 40 years of experience in the investment management industry. He was Chief Investment Officer of Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from 2008 to 2012. During that time, he was responsible for over $180 billion in account assets, and managed the Northwestern Mutual Series, Inc., a 1940 Act registered mutual fund complex offering 28 portfolios. During his 40-year career at Northwestern Mutual, Mr. Doll oversaw all aspects of the company’s publicly traded assets. As Chief Investment Officer, he was a member of the seven-person management committee that oversaw all aspects of Northwestern Mutual’s asset management and insurance businesses. Mr. Doll’s extensive experience in mutual fund and separate account management provided him with significant knowledge of equity, fixed income and money market funds. He has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2013.

Thomas A. Kloet: Mr. Kloet is a long-time financial industry executive and former Chief Executive Officer of TMX Group, Ltd., a financial services company and operator of stock, derivatives exchanges, their clearing operations and securities depository. As a result of this position, Mr. Kloet is familiar with financial, investment and business matters. He also understands the functions of a board through his service during the past eight years on the Boards of TMX Group, Ltd.; Nasdaq, Inc. (and the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC as well as certain other subsidiaries of Nasdaq, Inc. where he has served as Board Chair since 2016); Box Options Exchange; FTSE-TMX Global Debt Capital Markets, Inc.; Bermuda Stock Exchange, Inc.; the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada and the World Federation of Exchanges. He is a certified public accountant, a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and is an emeritus member of the Board of Elmhurst College. He has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2015.

Mr. Kloet serves on the Board of Directors of Nasdaq, Inc. Northern Trust Corporation (“NTC”), parent company of NTI, and its affiliates (including affiliated fund complexes) pay listing fees, market data fees, GRC (governance risk and compliance) software fees and similar fees to Nasdaq, Inc. and its affiliates, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and Nasdaq OMX Nordic OY and BWise Internal Control Inc. (collectively, “Nasdaq”). The total of these payments were $2,094,314 and $2,199,770 in each of 2020 and 2021, respectively, which are immaterial to Nasdaq’s total revenues. In consideration of the immaterial amounts involved in the foregoing transactions, Mr. Kloet is not considered to have a material business or professional relationship with NTI or its affiliates.

David R. Martin: Mr. Martin has been Chief Financial Officer for Neo Tech, an electronics manufacturer since 2019. Mr. Martin was Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 2007 to 2016 of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, a global investment manager that provides its services largely to investment companies or their local equivalent (mutual funds in the United States). The funds are held primarily by clients of independent financial advisors but they are also held by institutional clients (who may invest in separate accounts), pensions and profit sharing plans, corporations, defined contribution plans, endowments, state and municipal entities, and sovereign wealth funds. Mr. Martin had oversight responsibilities for all finance and accounting, real estate and compliance functions while at Dimensional, including the implementation of a global transfer pricing methodology. He also served as a director on eight internal Dimensional boards. During his 35-year career in corporate finance, Mr. Martin also had senior management positions at Janus Capital Group, Inc. and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. and senior level finance positions at First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A. and Texas Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Martin is familiar with the functions of mutual fund boards and their

 

87


oversight responsibilities and the operations of fund advisers and other service providers. He is also well versed in risk management and financial matters affecting mutual funds. He has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2017.

Cynthia R. Plouché: Ms. Plouché has an extensive background in the financial services industry. Until May 2017, she served as lead Independent Trustee and chair of the Audit Committee of the board of trustees of AXA Premier VIP Trust, a registered investment company. She served as an Independent Trustee of Barings Fund Trust, a registered investment company and an Independent Trustee of Barings Global Short Duration High Yield Fund, a closed-end investment company, from 2017 to November 2021. She also has served as portfolio manager and chief investment officer for other registered investment advisers. Ms. Plouché is therefore familiar with the functions of mutual fund boards and their oversight responsibilities and the operations of fund advisers and other service providers. Effective December 2021, she began serving as an independent trustee of MassMutual Access Pine Point Fund, a closed-end investment fund, and effective June 2022, she began serving as an independent trustee of the MassMutual family of open-end investment funds. In addition, Ms. Plouché served as Township Assessor for Moraine, Illinois, from January 2014 to June 2018. She has served as a non-interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since 2014.

Mary Jacobs Skinner: Ms. Skinner was a partner until November 30, 2015 at Sidley Austin LLP, a large international law firm, in which she managed a regulatory-based practice. As a result of this position, Ms. Skinner is familiar with legal, regulatory and financial matters. She was a Harvard Advanced Leadership Fellow in 2016. She also is familiar with the functions of the Board and its oversight responsibilities with respect to the Investment Adviser and other Fund service providers as a result of her service as a Trustee of Northern Funds since 1998 and Northern Institutional Funds since 2000.

INTERESTED TRUSTEE

Darek Wojnar, CFA: Mr. Wojnar is the Director and Executive Vice President, Head of the Funds and Managed Accounts Group at NTI. He principally leads the development, management and distribution of Northern Funds, Northern Institutional Funds, FlexShares Trust and related business activities. Mr. Wojnar also oversees the Managed Accounts practice for NTI, which offers investment advisory solutions to financial intermediaries and their clients. With extensive business experience and a history of successfully building strong teams, Mr. Wojnar’s broad executive responsibilities include developing long-term strategies, executing operating plans, managing client and vendor relationships and developing and retaining talented professionals. Mr. Wojnar has also had a series of executive positions at other fund groups, including head of ETFs for Hartford Funds, managing director and head of US iShares product at BlackRock and executive director at UBS Global Asset Management. He has served as an interested Trustee of Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds since January 2019.

STANDING BOARD COMMITTEES. The Board has established four standing committees in connection with its governance of the Trust: Audit, Governance, Valuation and Executive Committees.

The Audit Committee consists of four members: Messrs. Martin (Chairperson), Doll (ex-officio), and Kloet (ex-officio) and Ms. Bobek. The Audit Committee oversees the audit process and provides assistance to the full Board with respect to fund accounting, tax compliance and financial statement matters. In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee selects and recommends annually to the entire Board an independent registered public accounting firm to audit the books and records of the Trust for the ensuing year, and reviews with the firm the scope and results of each audit. The Audit Committee also is designated as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Audit Committee convenes at least four times each year to meet with the independent registered public accounting firm to review the scope and results of the audit and to discuss other non-audit matters as requested by the Board’s Chairperson, the Committee Chairperson or the independent registered public accounting firm. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the Audit Committee convened five times.

 

88


The Governance Committee consists of three members: Mses. Plouché (Chairperson), Skinner and Mr. Kloet. The functions performed by the Governance Committee include, among other things, selecting and nominating candidates to serve as non-interested Trustees, reviewing and making recommendations regarding Trustee compensation, developing policies regarding Trustee education and, subject to Board oversight, supervising the Trust’s CCO and reviewing information and making recommendations to the Board in connection with the Board’s annual consideration of the Trust’s management, custody and transfer agency and service agreements. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the Governance Committee convened four times.

As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted to the Secretary of the Trust, The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

The Valuation Committee consists of five members: Messrs. Doll (Chairperson), Kloet (ex officio), Martin (ex-officio) and Wojnar and Ms. de Jongh. The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities of the Funds in accordance with the Trust’s valuation procedures. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the Valuation Committee convened four times.

The Executive Committee consists of four members: Messrs. Doll, Kloet (Chairperson) and Martin, and Ms. Plouché. The Executive Committee is comprised of the Chairperson of the Board as well as the Chairpersons of the Governance, Valuation and Audit Committees, with the remaining Trustees each serving as an alternate in the event of an emergency. The Executive Committee is granted the power to act on behalf of the full Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Trust, to be exercised when circumstances impair the ability of the Board or its committees to conduct business. In particular, the Executive Committee may take action with respect to: (1) the valuation of securities; and (2) the suspension of redemptions. The Executive Committee was formed on May 21, 2015 and will convene as necessary upon notice by the Chairperson of the Committee. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the Executive Committee did not convene.

TRUSTEE OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The following table shows the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned by each Trustee in the Funds included in this SAI and other investment portfolios of the Northern Funds and Northern Institutional Funds.

 

Information as of December 31, 2021

Name of Non-Interested Trustee

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds
included in this SAI

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in All Registered Investment

Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family

of Investment Companies(1)

Therese M. Bobek

 

Stock Index Fund – Over $100,000

Mid Cap Index Fund – $50,001 – $100,000

Small Cap Index Fund – $50,001 – $100,000

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

International Equity Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

Global Real Estate Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

  Over $100,000

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh

  None   None

Mark G. Doll

  Tax-Exempt Fund – Over $100,000   Over $100,000

 

89


Information as of December 31, 2021

Name of Non-Interested Trustee

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds
included in this SAI

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in All Registered Investment

Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family

of Investment Companies(1)

Thomas A. Kloet

 

Large Cap Core Fund – Over $100,000

Small Cap Value Fund – Over $100,000

Tax Exempt Fund – Over $100,000

  Over $100,000

David R. Martin

 

Fixed Income Fund – Over $100,000

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund – Over $100,000

  Over $100,000

Cynthia R. Plouché

 

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

Large Cap Core Fund – Over $100,000

Global Real Estate Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

International Equity Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

Stock Index Fund – Over $100,000

High Yield Fixed Income Fund – $50,001 – $100,000

Short Bond Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

Bond Index Fund – $1 – $10,000

Global Sustainability Index Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund – $10,001 – $50,000

  Over $100,000

Mary Jacobs Skinner

 

Large Cap Core Fund – Over $100,000

Small Cap Core Fund – $50,001 – $100,000

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund – Over $100,000

  Over $100,000(2)

(1) 

The Northern Funds Complex consists of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds. As of December 31, 2021, Northern Funds offered 41 portfolios and Northern Institutional Funds consisted of 5 portfolios.

(2) 

Includes amounts in Ms. Skinner’s Deferred Compensation Plan account, which is treated as if invested in the U.S. Government Portfolio of Northern Institutional Funds.

 

Information as of December 31, 2021

Name of Interested Trustee

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds

included in this SAI

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in All Registered Investment

Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family

of Investment Companies(1)

Darek Wojnar

  Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund – $10,001 – $50,000   Over $100,000
  Tax-Exempt Fund – Over $100,000  

(1) 

The Northern Funds Complex consists of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds. As of December 31, 2021, Northern Funds offered 41 portfolios and Northern Institutional Funds offered 5 portfolios.

(2) 

Includes amounts in Ms. Skinner’s Deferred Compensation Plan account, which is treated as if invested in the U.S. Government Portfolio of Northern Institutional Funds.

TRUSTEE AND OFFICER COMPENSATION. The Trust pays each Trustee who is not an officer, director or employee of Northern Trust Corporation or its subsidiaries annual fees for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust and as a member of the respective Board committees. In recognition of their services, the

 

90


fees paid to the Board and Committee chairpersons are larger than the fees paid to other members of the Board and Committees. The Trustees also are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust also may pay the incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each non-interested and interested Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022.

Non-Interested Trustees

 

     Aggregate
Compensation
from Trust
     Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex(1)
 

Therese M. Bobek

   $ 81,000      $ 240,000  

Ingrid LaMae A. de Jongh

     81,000        240,000  

Mark G. Doll

     92,813        275,000  

Thomas A. Kloet

     104,625        310,000  

David R. Martin

     92,813        275,000  

Cynthia R. Plouché

     92,813        275,000  

Mary Jacobs Skinner(2)

     81,000        240,000  

Interested Trustees

 

     Aggregate
Compensation
from Trust
     Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex(1)
 

Darek Wojnar(3)

     None        None  

(1) 

The Northern Funds Complex consists of Northern Institutional Funds and Northern Funds. As of March 31, 2022, Northern Funds offered 41 portfolios and Northern Institutional Funds consisted of 5 portfolios.

(2) 

Ms. Skinner did not defer compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022. During this time, Ms. Skinner earned $80.83 in accrued interest from previous years’ deferred compensation.

(3) 

As an “interested” Trustee who is an officer, director and employee of Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates, Mr. Wojnar did not receive any compensation from the Trust for his services.

The Trust does not provide pension or retirement benefits to its Trustees.

Prior to August 22, 2013, each Trustee was entitled to participate in the Northern Funds Deferred Compensation Plan (the “D.C. Plan”). Effective August 22, 2013, the Trustees may no longer defer their compensation. Any amounts deferred and invested under the D.C. Plan shall remain invested pursuant to the terms of the D.C. Plan. Under the D.C. Plan, a Trustee may have elected to have his or her deferred fees treated as if they had been invested by the Trust in the shares of the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund of Northern Funds or the U. S. Government Portfolio of Northern Institutional Funds and/or at the discretion of the Trust, another money market fund selected by the Trust that complied with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act or one or more short-term fixed-income instruments selected by the Trust that are “eligible securities” as defined by that rule. The amount paid to the Trustees under the D.C. Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments. Deferral of Trustees’ fees will not obligate the Trust to retain the service of any Trustee or obligate a Fund to any level of compensation to the Trustee. The Trust may invest in underlying securities without shareholder approval.

 

91


The Trust’s officers do not receive fees from the Trust for services in such capacities. Northern Trust Corporation and/or its affiliates, of which Mses. Chappell, Craig and Hiotis and Messrs. Carberry, Del Real, Ewing, Gennovario, Martins, Meehan, O’Rourke, Pryszcz and Rein are officers, receive fees from the Trust as Investment Adviser, Custodian and Transfer Agent.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Trust and its Investment Adviser and each Sub-Adviser have adopted codes of ethics (the “Codes of Ethics”) under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. Northern Funds Distributors, LLC (“NFD” or the “Distributor”), an unaffiliated principal underwriter of the Trust, is exempt from the requirements of Rule 17j-1(c)(1) and (c)(2) of the 1940 Act. The Codes of Ethics permit personnel, subject to the Codes of Ethics and their provisions, to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust.

INVESTMENT ADVISER, SUB-ADVISERS, TRANSFER AGENT AND CUSTODIAN

Investment Adviser

NTI, an indirect subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as the Investment Adviser and provides investment advisory and administration services to the Funds. NTI is referred to as the “Investment Adviser.”

Northern Trust Corporation is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. NTI is located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

NTI is an Illinois State Banking Corporation and an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). It primarily manages assets for institutional and individual separately managed accounts, investment companies and bank common and collective funds.

TNTC is the principal subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation and serves as the sub-administrator, transfer agent and custodian for the Funds. TNTC is located at 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603. TNTC is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Since 1889, TNTC has administered and managed assets for individuals, institutions and corporations. Unless otherwise indicated, NTI and TNTC are referred to collectively in this SAI as “Northern Trust.”

As of June 30, 2022, Northern Trust Corporation, through its affiliates, had assets under custody of $10.68 trillion and assets under investment management of $1.30 trillion.

Investment Sub-Advisers

The Trust and the Investment Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Investment Adviser to engage or terminate a Sub-Adviser, and to enter into and materially amend an existing Sub-Advisory Agreement, upon the approval of the Board, without obtaining shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified of any changes in Sub-Advisers. Sub-Advisers will provide investment advisory services to the Funds. The Investment Adviser will select Sub-Advisers based upon the Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to particular investment styles and strategies. The Investment Adviser will monitor existing Sub-Advisers based on their investment styles, strategies, and results in managing assets for specific asset classes. Each Sub-Adviser will have discretion to select portfolio securities for its portion of a Fund, but must select those securities according to the Fund’s investment objectives and restrictions.

The Investment Adviser does not determine what investments will be purchased or sold for the Funds, with the exception of the cash portion of each Fund. Because each Sub-Adviser manages its portion of a Fund independently from the others, the same security may be held in two or more different portions of a Fund or may

 

92


be acquired for one portion at a time when a Sub-Adviser of another portion deems it appropriate to dispose of the security from that other portion. Similarly, under some market conditions, one or more of the Sub-Advisers may believe that temporary, defensive investments in short-term instruments or cash are appropriate when another Sub-Adviser or Sub-Advisers believe continued exposure to the broader securities market is appropriate. Because each Sub-Adviser directs the trading for its portion of a Fund and does not aggregate its transactions with those of the other Sub-Advisers, the Fund may incur higher brokerage costs than would be the case if a single adviser or Sub-Adviser were managing the Fund.

The current Sub-Advisers to the Funds are set forth below.

 

    

Sub-Advisers

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund   

Axiom Investors, LLC (“Axiom”)

Ashmore Investment Management Limited (“Ashmore”)

Westwood Global Investments, LLC (“Westwood”)

Active M International Equity Fund   

Causeway Capital Management LLC (“Causeway”)

Polen Capital Management, LLC (“Polen”)

Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Victory Capital”)

WCM Investment Management, LLC (“WCM”)

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington”)

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund   

Ashmore

Global Evolution USA, LLC (“Global Evolution”)

MetLife Investment Management, LLC (“MIM”)

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund   

Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”)

First Sentier Investors (Australia) IM Ltd (“First Sentier”)

KBI Global Investors (North America) Ltd. (“KBI”)

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund   

Janus Henderson Investors US LLC (“JHIUS”)

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (“MFS”)

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund   

Polen Capital Credit, LLC (“Polen Credit”)

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (“NBIA”)

Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management Inc. (“Nomura”)

Northern Engage360 Fund   

Ariel Investments, LLC (“Ariel”)

Aristotle Capital Management, LLC (“Aristotle Capital”)

ARK Investment Management, LLC (“ARK”)

Boston Common Asset Management, LLC (“BCAM”)

EARNEST Partners, LLC (“EARNEST Partners”)

Mar Vista Investment Partners, LLC (“Mar Vista”)

The ownership and control information for each Sub-Adviser, if applicable, is set forth below.

Ariel

Ariel Capital Management Holdings, Inc. (“ACMH”), an Illinois corporation that is controlled by John W. Rogers Jr., Chairman, Co-CEO and Chief Investment Officer of Ariel and ACMH, is a controlling owner of Ariel. Mellody Hobson, Co-CEO and President of Ariel and ACMH is also a controlling owner of Ariel.

 

93


Aristotle Capital

Aristotle Capital is a limited liability company wholly owned by employees and management. Howard Gleicher, Aristotle Capital’s CEO and Chief Investment Officer and Richard S. Hollander, Aristotle Capital’s Chairman, each have 50% of the voting interest in Aristotle Capital. RCB Acquisition Company is a holding company that holds Mr. Hollander’s ownership interest in Aristotle Capital Management.

ARK

ARK is a Delaware limited liability company, independent, female-owned and controlled registered investment adviser. ARK Investment Management GP LLC, is the general partner of ARK Investment Management LP which is the managing member of ARK Investment Management, LLC (“ARK”). Founder and CEO/CIO Catherine Wood is the majority owner of ARK.

Ashmore

Ashmore is an indirectly held wholly owned subsidiary of Ashmore Group plc, which is a publicly traded company domiciled in the United Kingdom and listed on the London Stock Exchange. As of June 30, 2022, 38.93% of Ashmore’s shares were owned by its employees, including Mark Coombs, Chief Executive Officer and Director, who owned more than 25% of Ashmore’s shares.

Axiom

Axiom is a 100% employee-owned company. Andrew H. Jacobson, chief executive officer and managing member, owns a controlling interest in Axiom.

BCAM

BCAM is a majority women-owned firm and was founded by Geeta Aiyer in 2002, who remains the largest employee shareholder. Ownership has expanded to 21 employee owners (85% ownership) and one outside strategic partner, Affiliated Managers Group (“AMG”) (15% ownership).

Causeway

Causeway is a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Causeway Capital Holdings LLC. Sarah H. Ketterer and Harry W. Hartford, chief executive officer and president of Causeway, respectively, each controls Causeway Capital Holdings LLC and, in turn, Causeway, through his or her executive office and voting control of Causeway Capital Holdings LLC.

EARNEST Partners

Westchester Limited EP, LLC holds a controlling interest in EARNEST Partners. Paul E. Viera holds a controlling interest in Westchester Limited EP, LLC.

First Sentier

First Sentier is a global investment management firm and registered investment adviser headquartered in Sydney, Australia. First Sentier is wholly-owned by Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking Corporation.

 

94


Global Evolution

Global Evolution is a limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Global Evolution Fondsmaeglerselskab A/S (“Global Evolution DK”), an investment management firm headquartered in Kolding, Denmark.

Global Evolution DK is 31% employee-owned, and 69% held by Conning Holdings Limited, which is controlled by Cathay Financial Holding Co., Ltd, a company listed on the Taiwan stock exchange. No individual person owns/controls more than 25% of Global Evolution DK.

JHIUS

JHIUS is a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Janus Henderson Group plc (“Janus Henderson Group”). Janus Henderson Group is a publicly-traded independent asset management firm incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, which does business as Janus Henderson Investors and is dually-listed on the New York Stock Exchange and Australian Securities Exchange. No individual or person owns/controls more than 25% of Janus Henderson Group.

KBI

KBI, an Irish corporation, is a wholly owned subsidiary of KBI Global Investors Ltd. (“KBIGI”). KBIGI is majority-owned by Amundi Asset Management with the remainder held by key management employees. Amundi Asset Management is, in turn, 100% owned by Amundi SA, which is a publicly traded company listed on the French Stock Exchange and which is majority owned by Crédit Agricole S.A. The remaining shares of Amundi SA are held by institutional and retail investors.

Lazard

Lazard is a Delaware limited liability company. It is a subsidiary of Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, a New York limited liability company with one member, Lazard Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Interests of Lazard Group LLC are held by Lazard Ltd., which is a Bermuda corporation with shares that are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LAZ.” These interests are held by public stockholders as well as by current and former Managing Directors of Lazard Group LLC.

Mar Vista

Mar Vista is a Delaware limited liability company, minority-led investment management firm, headquartered in Los Angeles, California and with operations in Minnetonka, Minnesota. Mar Vista is controlled by Silas Myers and Brian Massey, each an employee of Mar Vista, with Diffractive Managers Group, LLC (f/k/a 1251 Asset Management Platform, LLC) holding a non-controlling, minority ownership stake in the firm. Silas Myers and Brian Massey jointly determine the composition of 83.3% of the Mar Vista Board with Diffractive assigning the remaining. Mar Vista is governed by the Mar Vista Board of Managers.

MFS

MFS is a subsidiary of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., which in turn is an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial Inc. (a diversified, publicly traded financial services company).

MIM

MIM is a wholly owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc.

 

95


NBIA

NBIA is a registered investment adviser. NBIA is directly owned by Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers Holdings LLC and Neuberger Berman AA LLC, which are subsidiaries of Neuberger Berman Group LLC (“NBG”). NBG is a holding company the subsidiaries of which provide a broad range of global investment solutions to institutions and individuals. NBG’s voting equity is wholly-owned by NBSH Acquisition, LLC, which is controlled by Neuberger Berman employees.

Nomura

Nomura is 99% owned by Nomura Holding America Inc. Nomura Holdings, Inc., the ultimate parent company located in Tokyo, Japan, owns the remaining 1%.

Polen Credit

Polen Credit is a Massachusetts-based limited liability company. On January 31, 2022, Polen Capital Management, LLC (previously defined as “Polen”) acquired 100% of the outstanding equity units of Polen Credit. By virtue of owning 100% of the outstanding equity units of Polen Credit, Polen controls Polen Credit. Polen itself is 72% employee-owned, with 8% owned by Polen Family Holdings, Inc. and 20% owned by iM Square Holding 1, LLC.

Polen

Polen is a Delaware limited liability company. Polen is 72% employee-owned, with 8% owned by Polen Family Holdings, Inc. and 20% owned by iM Square Holding 1, LLC.

Victory Capital

Victory Capital is a New York corporation registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. Victory Capital is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (“VCH”). VCH is a publicly traded Delaware corporation.

WCM

WCM is 95% controlled by its employees. Its CEO and Chairman, Paul R. Black and Kurt R. Winrich, CFA, respectively, each own more than 25% of WCM’s voting securities.

Wellington

Wellington is a Delaware limited liability partnership and is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership.

Westwood

Westwood is owned by its founders, Meg Reynolds, CFA, and Bryan L. Ward, CFA, each of whom own a controlling interest in Westwood.

 

96


Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreements

NTI provides the Funds with investment advisory and administration services under a single agreement (the “Management Agreement”) and fee structure. Under the Management Agreement with NTI for the Funds, subject to the general supervision of the Trust’s Board, NTI makes decisions with respect to, and places orders for, all purchases and sales of portfolio securities for each Fund and also provides certain administration services for the Funds. However, the Management Agreement permits NTI, subject to approval by the Board, to delegate to a Sub-Adviser any or all of its portfolio management responsibilities under the Management Agreement pursuant to a written agreement with each Sub-Adviser that meets the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act, subject to the provisions of the exemptive order described above. The Active M/Multi-Manager Funds are managed by NTI and one or more of the Sub-Advisers set forth above. NTI has the ultimate responsibility to oversee the Sub-Advisers, and to recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement, subject to approval by the Board. NTI is responsible for managing the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds during transition periods in which an existing Sub-Adviser is terminated and a new Sub-Adviser is hired or where assets are reallocated among existing Sub-Advisers. During these transition periods, NTI may use the services of a transition manager to facilitate the purchase or sale of an Active M/Multi-Manager Fund’s portfolio holdings.

NTI is also responsible for monitoring and preserving the records required to be maintained under the regulations of the SEC (with certain exceptions unrelated to its activities for the Trust). In making investment recommendations for the Funds, if any, investment advisory personnel of NTI may not inquire or take into consideration whether issuers of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Funds’ accounts are customers of TNTC’s commercial banking department. These requirements are designed to prevent investment advisory personnel for the Funds from knowing which companies have commercial business with TNTC and from purchasing securities where they know the proceeds will be used to repay loans to the bank.

The Management Agreement and each Sub-Advisory Agreement has been approved by the Board, including the “non-interested” Trustees.

The Management Agreement and each Sub-Advisory Agreement provide that generally in selecting brokers or dealers to place orders for transactions on (i) common and preferred stocks, the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers, as the case may be, shall use their best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available; and (ii) on bonds and other fixed-income obligations, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, shall attempt to obtain the best net price and execution or, use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available. Purchases by the Funds from underwriters of portfolio securities normally include a commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and purchases from dealers include the spread between the dealer’s cost for a given security and the resale price of the security.

Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. On exchanges on which commissions are negotiated, the cost of transactions may vary among different brokers. In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, is to consider all factors they deem relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis. In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, may consider the brokerage and research services provided to the Funds and/or other accounts over which the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers, or an affiliate exercises investment discretion. A broker or dealer providing brokerage and/or research services may receive a higher commission than another broker or dealer would receive for the same transaction. These brokerage and research services may include but are not limited to, furnishing of advice, either directly or through publications or writings, as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in securities and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers also may obtain economic statistics, forecasting services, industry and company analyses, portfolio strategies, quantitative data, quotation services, order management systems for

 

97


certain purposes, certain news services, credit rating services, testing services, execution services, market information systems, consulting services from economists and political analysts and computer software or on-line data feeds. These services and products may disproportionately benefit other accounts. For example, research or other services paid for through the Funds’ commissions may not be used in managing the Funds. In addition, other accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products or services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other accounts. To the extent that the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products or services itself. The Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. In that event, the research will effectively be paid for by client commissions that will also be used to pay for execution, clearing and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers.

Member States of the European Union recently put in place new laws and regulations to implement the second Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”). This law imposes new regulatory obligations and costs, including with respect to the processes and conditions under which global asset managers may acquire investment research. Investment managers subject to MiFID II may not receive investment research from brokers unless the investment manager pays for such research directly from its own resources or research is paid for from a separate source (or a combination of the two methods). Although the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers are organized in the U.S., they may be affected by MiFID II if the Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser, seeks to (i) aggregate trades on behalf of the Fund with those of vehicles that are directly subject to MiFID II, (ii) use brokers based in the European Union, or (iii) make use of advisory personnel who are subject to European Union regulation.

The Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers and their affiliates may also receive products and services that provide both research and non-research benefits to them (“mixed-use items”). The research portion of mixed-use items may be paid for with soft dollars. When paying for the research portion of mixed-use items with soft dollars, the Investment Adviser, and the Sub-Advisers must make a good faith allocation between the cost of the research portion and the cost of the non-research portion of the mixed-use items. The Investment Adviser, or the Sub-Advisers, as the case may be, will pay for the non-research portion of the mixed-use items with hard dollars.

Supplemental research information so received is in addition to, and not in lieu of, services required to be performed by the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, and does not reduce the advisory fees payable to the Investment Adviser by the Funds or the Sub-Advisory fees paid by the Investment Adviser to the Sub-Advisers of the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds. The Trustees will periodically review the commissions paid by the Funds to consider whether the commissions paid over representative periods of time appear to be reasonable in relation to the benefits inuring to the Funds. It is possible that certain of the supplemental research or other services received will primarily benefit one or more other investment companies or other accounts. Conversely, a Fund may be the primary beneficiary of the research or services received as a result of portfolio transactions effected for such other account or investment company.

The Funds may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Funds will engage in this practice, however, only when the Investment Adviser believes such practice to be in the Funds’ interests.

Transactions between the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds and their Sub-Advisers and certain of the Sub-Advisers’ affiliates are exempted from Section 17(a) of the 1940 Act if the following conditions are met: (1) a Sub-Adviser or its affiliate is not, and is not an affiliated person of, an Investment Adviser responsible for providing advice with respect to the portion of the Fund for which the transaction is entered into, or of any promoter, underwriter, officer, director, member of an advisory board, or employee of the Fund and (2) the advisory contracts of the Sub-Adviser that is (or whose affiliated person is) entering into the transaction, and any

 

98


Sub-Adviser that is advising the Fund (or portion of the Fund) entering into the transaction: (i) prohibit them from consulting with each other concerning transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets; and (ii) if both such Sub-Advisers are responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, limit the Sub-Advisers’ responsibility in providing advice with respect to a discrete portion of the Fund’s portfolio. The Funds may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for the purchase of portfolio securities directly from an issuer in order to take advantage of the lower purchase price available to members of a bidding group. The Funds will engage in this practice, however, only when the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers, as the case may be, believe such practice to be in a Fund’s interests.

On occasions when the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers, deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts (“other accounts”) managed by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers, the Management Agreement and each Sub-Advisory Agreement provide that the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, respectively, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Funds with those to be sold or purchased for such other accounts in order to obtain the best net price and execution. In such an event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers in the manner they consider to be the most equitable and consistent with their obligations to the Fund and other accounts involved. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtainable for a Fund or the amount of the securities that are able to be sold for a Fund. To the extent that the execution and price available from more than one broker or dealer are believed to be comparable, the Management Agreement, and each Sub-Advisory Agreement permit the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, respectively, at their discretion but subject to applicable law, to select the executing broker or dealer on the basis of the Investment Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s opinion of the reliability and quality of the broker or dealer.

The Investment Adviser is also responsible for providing certain administration services to the Funds pursuant to the Management Agreement. Subject to the general supervision of the Board, the Investment Adviser provides supervision of all aspects of the Funds’ operations and performs the customary services of an administrator, including but not limited to the following corporate treasury, secretarial and “blue sky” services: (a) maintaining office facilities and furnishing corporate officers for the Funds; (b) furnishing data processing services, clerical services, and executive and administrative services and standard stationery and office supplies; (c) performing all functions ordinarily performed by the office of a corporate treasurer, and furnishing the services and facilities ordinarily incident thereto, such as expense accrual monitoring and payment of the Funds’ bills, preparing monthly reconciliation of the Funds’ expense records, updating projections of annual expenses, preparing materials for review by the Board, and compliance testing; (d) preparing and arranging for printing of financial statements; (e) preparing and filing the Funds’ federal and state tax returns (other than those required to be filed by the Funds’ custodian and transfer agent) and providing shareholder tax information to the Funds’ transfer agent; (f) assisting the Funds’ Investment Adviser, at the Investment Adviser’s request, in monitoring and developing compliance procedures for the Funds which include, among other matters, procedures to assist the Investment Adviser in monitoring compliance with each Fund’s investment objective, policies, restrictions, tax matters and applicable laws and regulations; (g) assisting in product development; (h) performing oversight/management responsibilities such as the supervision and coordination of certain of the Funds’ service providers; (i) performing corporate secretarial services such as assisting in maintaining corporate records and the good standing status of the Trust in its state of organization; (j) performing “blue sky” compliance functions; (k) monitoring the Funds’ arrangements with respect to services provided by Service Organizations (as defined below) to their customers who are the beneficial owners of shares, pursuant to agreements between the Funds and such Service Organizations; (l) performing certain legal services such as preparing and filing annual Post-Effective Amendments to the Funds’ registration statement and other SEC filings for the Funds; and (m) computing and determining on the days and at the times specified in the Funds’ then-current Prospectuses, the NAV of each share of each Fund and the net income of each Fund. Pursuant to a Sub-Administration Agreement, NTI has delegated certain of the above administration services to TNTC. TNTC also performs certain administrative services for certain sub-advisers pursuant to separate agreements with such sub-advisers.

 

99


In addition to the advisory fees payable by the Funds to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates, the Funds that are investing uninvested cash in one or more of the affiliated money market funds will bear indirectly a proportionate share of that money market fund’s operating expenses, which include management, transfer agent and custodial fees payable by the money market fund to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Companies” for a discussion of the fees payable to the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates by the money market funds in which the Funds invest.

Unless sooner terminated, the Trust’s Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreements with respect to the Funds is in effect with respect to the particular Fund for an initial two-year period. Thereafter, each of the foregoing Agreements will continue in effect for successive 12-month periods, provided that the continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any party thereto, cast at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by the Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each Fund (as defined under “Description of Shares”). The Management Agreement is terminable at any time without penalty by the Trust (by specified Trustee or shareholder action) or by the Investment Adviser on 60 days’ written notice.

The Management Agreement and each Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers, respectively, may render similar services to others so long as their services under the Management Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement are not impaired thereby. The Management Agreement also provides that the Trust will indemnify the Investment Adviser against certain liabilities (including, with respect to the advisory services provided by the Investment Adviser under the Management Agreement, liabilities under the federal securities laws relating to untrue statements or omissions of material fact and actions that are in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement) or, in lieu thereof, contribute to resulting losses. The Management and Sub-Advisory Agreements provide that the Sub-Adviser shall not be subject to any liability in connection with the performance of its services thereunder in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties.

Northern Trust Corporation, the Sub-Advisers and their affiliates may act as an underwriter of various securities. Under the 1940 Act, the Funds are precluded, subject to certain exceptions, from purchasing in the primary market those securities with respect to which Northern Trust Corporation, the Sub-Advisers, or their affiliates are serving as principal underwriter. In the opinion of Northern Trust Corporation and the Sub-Advisers, this limitation will not significantly affect the ability of the Funds to pursue their investment objectives.

In the Management Agreement, the Investment Adviser agrees that the name “Northern” may be used in connection with the Trust’s business on a royalty-free basis. TNTC has reserved to itself the right to grant the non-exclusive right to use the name “Northern” to any other person. The Management Agreement provides that at such time as the Management Agreement is no longer in effect, the Trust will cease using the name “Northern.”

As compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI is entitled to a management fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual rates set forth in the table below (expressed as a percentage of the Funds’ respective average daily net assets).

 

     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  
     First $1.5 Billion     Next $1 Billion     Over $2.5 Billion  

Core Bond Fund

     0.38     0.369     0.358

Fixed Income Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     0.79     0.766     0.743

Short Bond Fund

     0.38     0.369     0.358

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     0.38     0.369     0.358

 

100


     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  
     First $1.5 Billion     Next $1 Billion     Over $2.5 Billion  

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     0.23     0.223     0.216

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     0.23     0.223     0.216

U.S. Government Fund

     0.38     0.369     0.358

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

High Yield Municipal Fund

     0.56     0.543     0.527

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

Tax-Exempt Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

     0.43     0.417     0.404

Prior to July 29, 2022, with respect to the High Yield Municipal Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI was entitled to a management fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.77% of the first $1.5 billion, 0.747% of the next $1 billion, and 0.725% of the amount over $2.5 billion of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

 

     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  

Income Equity Fund

     0.46

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

     0.23

Large Cap Core Fund

     0.44

Small Cap Value Fund

     0.95

Small Cap Core Fund

     0.47

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

     0.21

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     0.40

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     0.18

International Equity Index Fund

     0.18

Mid Cap Index Fund

     0.13

Small Cap Index Fund

     0.13

Stock Index Fund

     0.08

Bond Index Fund

     0.13

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     0.13

International Equity Fund

     0.47

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     0.37

Large Cap Value Fund

     0.53

Prior to July 29, 2022, with respect to the Income Equity Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI was entitled to a management fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.95% of the first $1 billion, 0.922% of the next $1 billion, and 0.894% of the amount over $2 billion of the Fund’s average daily net assets. Prior to July 29, 2022, with respect to the International Equity Fund, as compensation for advisory services and administration services and the assumption of related expenses, NTI was entitled to an annual contractual management fee rate of 0.48% (expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s respective average daily assets), computed daily and payable monthly.

 

     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  
     First $1
Billion
    Next $1
Billion
    Over $2
Billion
 

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     1.08     1.048     1.017

Active M International Equity Fund

     0.82     0.795     0.771

 

101


     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  
     First $1
Billion
    Next $1
Billion
    Over $2
Billion
 

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     0.90     0.873     0.847

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     0.89     0.863     0.837

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     0.68     0.66     0.64

 

     CONTRACTUAL MANAGEMENT FEE RATE  
     First $1.5
Billion
    Next $1
Billion
    Over $2.5
Billion
 

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     0.85     0.825     0.80

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     0.83     0.805     0.781

For the fiscal years indicated below, the amount of management fees (after management fee waivers or reimbursements, if any) paid by each of the Funds was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 132,571      $ 102,052      $ 99,388  

Income Equity Fund

     1,318,590        1,046,049        1,540,118  

International Equity Fund

     402,357        246,246        653,306  

Large Cap Core Fund

     996,107        722,185        819,791  

Large Cap Value Fund

     202,690        117,083        182,091  

Small Cap Value Fund

     21,832,078        20,165,893        25,341,745  

Small Cap Core Fund

     2,286,678        1,828,810        2,514,946  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     1,287,826        517,176        243,892  

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

     4,055,484        3,398,168        4,065,378  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     6,100,421        5,859,942        9,027,659  

International Equity Index Fund

     10,021,486        8,383,172        9,429,383  

Mid Cap Index Fund

     2,275,717        1,870,505        2,393,531  

Small Cap Index Fund

     1,417,109        1,106,093        1,179,642  

Stock Index Fund

     6,206,800        5,055,743        5,458,664  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     2,173,107        1,517,827        1,364,705  

Bond Index Fund

     2,943,505        3,205,231        3,148,634  

Core Bond Fund

     658,975        734,756        677,353  

Fixed Income Fund

     3,124,709        3,443,179        3,382,913  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     26,708,649        24,903,120        27,853,572  

Short Bond Fund

     1,546,629        1,360,428        1,336,149  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     129,179        184,464        109,037  

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     8,825,783        9,029,368        8,287,448  

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     7,112,670        6,493,603        5,021,541  

U.S. Government Fund

     88,945        118,260        31,181  

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     23,079        34,921        14,277  

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     484,277        457,589        397,462  

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     2,033,976        1,949,743        1,993,433  

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     745,689        714,466        662,375  

High Yield Municipal Fund

     4,016,284        2,814,244        2,816,511  

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     11,942,823        12,053,240        12,328,652  

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

     3,378,106        3,515,387        3,718,197  

Tax-Exempt Fund

     7,505,032        7,370,270        5,881,039  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     3,618,640        3,666,869        5,838,264  

Active M International Equity Fund

     5,288,587        4,537,276        6,453,649  

 

102


     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

   $ 1,066,649      $ 1,313,264      $ 1,282,315  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     10,131,180        9,649,862        9,634,404  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     1,664,953        1,187,907        781,703  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     1,281,457        1,388,058        2,344,113  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     2,225,947        2,020,067        1,626,738  

Each Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Investment Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Fund, as the Investment Adviser may from time to time allocate to such Sub-Adviser for management. The Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Advisers out of its management fees.

For the fiscal years indicated below, the aggregate amount of sub-advisory fees paid by the Investment Adviser for each Fund was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   $ 1,938,308      $ 1,949,356      $ 3,293,050  

Active M International Equity Fund

     2,812,061        2,504,744        3,496,220  

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     673,813        815,074        812,556  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     4,598,346        4,377,434        4,363,039  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     853,764        654,518        479,717  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     622,968        684,284        1,174,203  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     1,220,415        1,166,943        1,007,581  

The Trust and the Investment Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Investment Adviser to amend and terminate existing Sub-Advisory Agreements, approved by the Board, without shareholder approval. The exemption also permits the Investment Adviser to enter into new Sub-Advisory Agreements with Sub-Advisers that are not affiliated with the Investment Adviser without obtaining shareholder approval, if approved by the Board. In the event of a termination of a Sub-Adviser, the Investment Adviser, subject to the Board’s approval, will either enter into an agreement with another Sub-Adviser to manage the Fund or portion thereof or allocate the assets of that portion to other Sub-Advisers of the Fund. Shareholders will be notified of any Sub-Adviser changes.

In accordance with a separate exemptive order that the Trust and the Investment Adviser have obtained from the SEC, the Board may approve a new sub-advisory agreement or a material amendment to an existing sub-advisory agreement at a meeting that is not in person, provided that the Trustees are able to participate in the meeting using a means of communication that allows them to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting and the other conditions in the exemptive order are met.

Many of the Sub-Advisers have other business relationships with Northern and its other clients. The Sub-Advisory Agreements with all of the Sub-Advisers provide that the Sub-Advisers’ sub-advisory fees will be based on assets under management of the applicable sub-advised Fund and all other assets managed by the Sub-Adviser for Northern Trust’s clients. Generally, each Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice, or by the Investment Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, and each such agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). Each Sub-Advisory Agreement also may be terminated by a Sub-Adviser upon 30 days’ written notice and automatically terminates upon termination of the Management Agreement.

 

103


Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

Under its Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with the Trust, TNTC as Transfer Agent has undertaken to perform certain services for the Funds, including but not limited to the following: (i) answer shareholder inquiries and respond to requests for information regarding the Trust; (ii) process purchase and redemption transactions; (iii) establish and maintain shareholder accounts and subaccounts; (iv) furnish confirmations in accordance with applicable law, and provide periodic account statements to each shareholder; (v) furnish proxy statements and proxies, annual and semi-annual financial statements, and dividend, distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (vi) act as dividend disbursing agent; (vii) report abandoned property to state authorities; (viii) impose, collect, account for and administer redemption fees if applicable on redemptions and exchanges; (ix) process, handle and account for all “as of” transactions; (x) conduct daily reviews of management reports related to late trading and daily value reviews with respect to the Trust’s excessive trading policies; and (xi) maintain appropriate records relating to its services. The Trust may appoint one or more sub-transfer agents in the performance of its services.

As compensation for the services rendered by TNTC under the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement and the assumption by TNTC of related expenses, for the periods through July 31, 2019, TNTC was entitled to a fee from the Trust, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.015% of the average daily net assets of each of the Funds. In addition, TNTC may be reimbursed for certain expenses as provided under the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement. Effective August 1, 2019, the Trust pays TNTC a monthly fee based on an annual rate of 0.0385% of each Fund’s average daily net assets. In addition, TNTC may be reimbursed for certain expenses as provided in the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement. The Transfer Agency and Service Agreement shall continue indefinitely until terminated by the Trust by not less than 90 days’ written notice or by the Transfer Agent by not less than six months’ written notice.

For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of transfer agent fees paid by each of the Funds was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 49,927      $ 44,297      $ 30,635  

Income Equity Fund

     63,496        51,723        55,640  

International Equity Fund

     45,488        38,645        54,853  

Large Cap Core Fund

     111,874        86,249        73,550  

Large Cap Value Fund

     25,982        21,192        21,409  

Small Cap Core Fund

     208,159        166,602        142,491  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     155,777        76,665        33,324  

Small Cap Value Fund

     1,045,750        947,481        902,849  

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

     889,285        771,237        716,588  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     587,225        564,126        703,335  

International Equity Index Fund

     2,143,498        1,797,757        1,639,900  

Mid Cap Index Fund

     983,569        812,849        723,053  

Small Cap Index Fund

     614,165        478,781        368,086  

Stock Index Fund

     4,713,226        3,771,971        2,849,698  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     464,977        347,831        235,016  

Bond Index Fund

     1,199,094        1,270,886        917,915  

Core Bond Fund

     80,622        88,647        63,657  

Fixed Income Fund

     309,109        339,230        260,294  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     1,423,430        1,320,671        1,161,590  

Short Bond Fund

     177,656        157,370        120,059  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     22,516        27,780        17,418  

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     1,691,359        1,700,925        1,212,528  

 

104


     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

   $ 1,385,028      $ 1,228,849      $ 747,003  

U.S. Government Fund

     17,904        20,157        11,018  

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     36,484        44,763        28,404  

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     64,216        57,752        41,037  

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     208,660        197,496        158,657  

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     84,572        80,289        59,788  

High Yield Municipal Fund

     287,816        201,954        163,192  

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     1,163,452        1,162,849        924,705  

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

     338,427        349,572        283,077  

Tax-Exempt Fund

     746,829        716,716        458,892  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     151,452        151,049        181,485  

Active M International Equity Fund

     267,127        233,096        258,913  

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     52,351        63,383        50,747  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     434,949        413,792        333,761  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     79,505        58,990        33,168  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     66,965        72,136        93,814  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     139,746        127,995        87,817  

Custody Agreement

Under its Custody Agreement with the Trust, TNTC (the “Custodian”) (i) holds each Fund’s cash and securities, (ii) maintains such cash and securities in separate accounts in the name of each Fund, (iii) makes receipts and disbursements of funds on behalf of each Fund, (iv) receives, delivers and releases securities on behalf of each Fund, (v) collects and receives all income, principal and other payments in respect of each Fund’s investments held by the Custodian, (vi) to the extent applicable to the Funds, is responsible for the Funds’ foreign custody arrangements pertaining to its activities under the Custody Agreement, and (vii) maintains all records of its activities and obligations under the Custody Agreement. The Custodian may appoint one or more sub-custodians and shall oversee the maintenance by any sub-custodian of any securities or other assets held by any Fund. The Custodian has entered into agreements with financial institutions and depositories located in foreign countries with respect to the custody of foreign securities held by certain Funds. The Custody Agreement provides that the Custodian will use reasonable care, prudence and diligence with respect to its obligations under the Custody Agreement and the safekeeping of the Funds’ property and shall be liable to and shall indemnify the Trust from and against any loss that occurs as a result of the failure of the Custodian or a sub-custodian to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence with respect to their respective obligations under the Custody Agreement and the safekeeping of such property. The Custodian is not responsible for any act, omission, or default of, or for the solvency of, any eligible securities depository, nor is the Custodian responsible for any act, omission, or default of, or for the solvency of, any broker or agent which it or a sub-custodian appoints and uses unless such appointment and use is made or done negligently or in bad faith.

Prior to August 1, 2019, as compensation for the domestic custody services rendered with respect to each applicable Fund, and the assumption by the Custodian of certain related expenses, the Custodian was entitled to payment from the Trust as follows: (a) a basic custodial fee of (i) $18,000 annually for each Fund; plus (ii) 1/100th of 1% annually of each Fund’s average daily net assets to the extent they exceed $100 million; plus (b) a fixed dollar fee for each trade in portfolio securities; plus (c) a fixed dollar fee for each time that the Custodian receives or transmits funds via wire; plus (d) reimbursement of other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian. The fees referred to in clauses (b) and (c) are subject to annual upward adjustments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPIU”), provided that the Custodian may permanently or temporarily waive all or any portion of any upward adjustment. The Custodian’s fees under the Custody Agreement are subject to reduction based on each Fund’s daily-uninvested U.S. cash balances (if any). The

 

105


Custody Agreement shall continue indefinitely until terminated by the Trust by not less than 60 days’ written notice, or by the Custodian on not less than 90 days’ written notice.

Prior to August 1, 2019, as compensation for the foreign custody services rendered to the Trust by the Custodian with respect to each applicable Fund, and the assumption by the Custodian of certain related expenses, the Custodian was entitled to payment from the Trust as follows: (i) $35,000 annually for each Fund; plus (ii) 9/100th of 1% annually of each Fund’s average daily net assets; plus (iii) reimbursement for other out-of-pocket fees incurred by the Custodian.

Effective August 1, 2019, the Custodian receives from the Trust, with respect to each Fund: (i) an annual fixed fee; plus (ii) an annual percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets; plus (iii) an annual fixed dollar fee for each portfolio holding; plus (iv) fixed dollar fees for each trade in portfolio securities; plus (v) reimbursements for other out-of-pocket fees incurred by the Custodian.

For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of custodian fees paid by each Fund was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 2,145      $ 2,066      $ 8,092  

Income Equity Fund

     19,733        18,784        26,593  

International Equity Fund

     42,760        79,213        119,599  

Large Cap Core Fund

     33,503        38,361        42,971  

Large Cap Value Fund

     14,984        16,637        26,547  

Small Cap Value Fund

     218,483        177,856        260,517  

Small Cap Core Fund

     50,221        63,764        60,137  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     42,851        29,360        25,774  

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

     1,603,859        1,190,111        1,891,810  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     260,228        332,701        919,801  

International Equity Index Fund

     725,831        584,074        2,116,134  

Mid Cap Index Fund

     206,964        172,684        209,217  

Small Cap Index Fund

     202,769        105,158        135,509  

Stock Index Fund

     891,282        687,749        758,989  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     130,492        167,846        290,883  

Bond Index Fund

     276,550        289,701        278,671  

Core Bond Fund

     24,339        26,983        34,125  

Fixed Income Fund

     64,953        76,323        84,950  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     265,815        245,788        313,284  

Short Bond Fund

     37,758        33,789        38,965  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     8,583        9,420        11,289  

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     312,984        320,191        317,263  

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     258,885        233,831        204,483  

U.S. Government Fund

     7,930        8,231        10,591  

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     9,490        11,838        14,010  

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     14,308        12,912        15,113  

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     40,963        38,118        45,951  

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     18,065        16,989        20,039  

High Yield Municipal Fund

     57,168        39,114        46,314  

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     219,664        217,093        247,992  

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

     41,658        92,128        81,487  

Tax-Exempt Fund

     142,926        137,293        121,797  

 

106


     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   $ 265,772      $ 258,954      $ 542,864  

Active M International Equity Fund

     169,941        191,654        428,273  

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     61,414        71,457        112,130  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     174,070        164,272        425,429  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     37,750        60,845        70,376  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     33,242        40,462        151,778  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     75,063        77,074        124,860  

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The amount of brokerage commissions paid by a Fund may vary substantially from year to year due to differences in shareholder purchase and redemption activity, portfolio turnover rates and other factors. For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the amount of commissions paid by each Fund was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 37,647      $ 29,454      $ 33,676  

Income Equity Fund

     16,944        15,287        86,667  

International Equity Fund

     34,382        55,472        53,560  

Large Cap Core Fund

     36,544        24,736        39,299  

Large Cap Value Fund

     12,528        13,078        24,624  

Small Cap Value Fund

     340,077        522,063        92,185  

Small Cap Core Fund

     19,023        87,646        92,185  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     38,005        20,017        17,109  

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

     258,984        848,976        956,108  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     33,465        278,707        127,724  

International Equity Index Fund

     403,045        332,903        347,730  

Mid Cap Index Fund

     34,634        85,639        70,448  

Small Cap Index Fund

     88,786        85,639        87,837  

Stock Index Fund

     49,116        62,031        109,320  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     46,212        63,439        50,744  

Core Bond Fund

     0        0        1,880  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     3,120        10,009        0  

Fixed Income Fund

     0        643        7,063  

Short Bond Fund

     0        0        4,513  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     0        1,214        2,300  

U.S. Government Fund

     0        765        1,314  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     465,115        601,842        833,564  

Active M International Equity Fund

     422,784        488,530        614,263  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     338,358        681,135        683,033  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     62,422        121,848        122,130  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     89        98        1,319  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     18,397        135,279        156,657  

To the extent that a Fund effects brokerage transactions with any broker/dealer affiliated directly or indirectly with the Investment Adviser, such transactions, including the frequency thereof, the receipt of any commissions payable in connection therewith, and the selection of the affiliated broker/dealer effecting such transactions, will be fair and reasonable to the shareholders of the Fund. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges, and increasingly equity securities traded over-the-counter, involve the payment of negotiated brokerage

 

107


commissions and the cost of transactions may vary among different brokers. Over-the-counter transactions in equity securities also may involve the payment of negotiated commissions to brokers. Transactions on foreign stock exchanges involve payment for brokerage commissions, which generally are fixed by applicable regulatory bodies. Many over-the-counter issues, including corporate debt and government securities, are often traded on a “net” basis (i.e., without commission) through dealers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of an instrument. With respect to over-the-counter transactions, the Investment Adviser will normally deal directly with dealers who make a market in the instruments involved except in those circumstances where more favorable prices and execution are available elsewhere. The cost of foreign and domestic securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down.

The Investment Adviser or a Sub-Adviser may use an affiliated person of the Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser as a broker for a Fund. In order for an affiliate, acting as agent, to effect any portfolio transactions for a Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by the affiliate must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or futures contracts. Furthermore, the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested” Trustees, has adopted procedures, which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to an affiliate are consistent with the foregoing standard.

Brokerage commissions may be paid to Northern Trust Securities, Inc. and/or Northern Trust Securities LLP, each an affiliated person of the Investment Adviser, which generally charge lower commission rates. The following table sets forth certain information regarding commissions paid to Northern Trust Securities, Inc. for the last three fiscal years ended March 31:

 

Fund

  Total Dollar Amount of
Commissions Paid to
Affiliated Person
    % of Total Commissions
Paid to Affiliated Person
    % of Total Dollar Amount
of Transactions Involving
Payment of Commissions
Effected through
Affiliated Person
 
    2020     2021     2022     2022     2022  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  $ 31,956     $ 372     $ 0       N/A       N/A  

Active M International Equity Fund

  $ 27,485     $ 11,961     $ 0       N/A       N/A  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

  $ 38,500     $ 13,617     $ 0       N/A       N/A  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

  $ 0     $ 9,051     $ 0       N/A       N/A  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

  $ 0     $ 2,066     $ 455       2.47     2.79

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the Trust, Investment Adviser and with respect to the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds, the Sub-Advisers, directed brokerage transactions to brokers because of research services provided. The amounts of such transactions and related commissions are as follows:

 

     Amount of
Research
Commission
Transactions
(if applicable)
     Amount of
Research
Commissions
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 132,728      $ 30  

International Equity Fund

     121,349        3  

Large Cap Core Fund

     129,441,274        4,697  

Large Cap Value Fund

     60,183,422        2,323  

Small Cap Core Fund

     35,481,539        3,781  

Small Cap Value Fund

     556,735,331        65,908  

US Quality ESG Fund

     226,482,294        8,296  

 

108


     Amount of
Research
Commission
Transactions
(if applicable)
     Amount of
Research
Commissions
 

Income Equity Fund

   $ 100,736,199      $ 5,277  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     223,503,680        255,695  

Active M International Equity Fund

     329,345,696        186,296  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     272,551,475        105,920  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     73,718,641        28,616  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     131,417,981        52,807  

The Trust is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act or of their parents that the Funds acquired during the most recent fiscal year. “Regular brokers or dealers” under Rule 10b-1 include: (a) the ten brokers or dealers that received the greatest amount of brokerage commissions by virtue of direct or indirect participations in the company’s portfolio transactions; (b) the ten brokers or dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions of the investment company; and (c) the ten brokers or dealers that sold the largest amount of securities of the investment company. The regular brokers or dealers whose securities (or whose parent companies’ securities) the Funds acquired during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 and the amount of securities of such regular brokers or dealers held by the Funds at March 31, 2022 are as follows:

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 16  

Income Equity Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Citigroup, Inc.

   $ 1,543  

Bank of America Corp.

     538  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     1,024  

Northern Institutional Funds

     1,445  

International Equity Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Societe General S.A.

   $ 231  

Barclays PLC

     1,069  

UBS Group A.G.

     64  

Northern Institutional Funds

     1,627  

 

109


Large Cap Core Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

   $ 2,449  

Citigroup, Inc.

     2,115  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     1,631  

Northern Institutional Funds

     811  

Large Cap Value Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Bank of America Corp.

   $ 1,584  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     261  

Citigroup, Inc.

     793  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     1,933  

Northern Institutional Funds

     403  

Small Cap Value Fund

 

     Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 88,840  

Small Cap Core Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Piper Sandler Cos.

   $ 527  

Northern Institutional Funds

     17,127  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Citigroup, Inc.

   $ 4,857  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     5,215  

Bank of America Corp.

     3,680  

Northern Institutional Funds

     3,516  

 

110


Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 41,401  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 23,490  

Macquarie Group Ltd.

     645  

International Equity Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Credit Suisse Group A.G.

   $ 6,203  

Societe Generale S.A.

     6,436  

UBS Group A.G.

     20,446  

Barclays PLC

     9,651  

Northern Institutional Funds

     9,601  

Macquarie Group Ltd.

     15,258  

Mid Cap Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 52,517  

Small Cap Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Piper Sandler Cos.

   $ 1,278  

Northern Institutional Funds

     9,745  

 

111


Stock Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Morgan Stanley

   $ 40,071  

Citigroup, Inc.

     33,846  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     35,592  

Northern Institutional Funds

     122,922  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     129,483  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Societe General S.A.

   $ 1,056  

Northern Institutional Funds

     14,982  

Bond Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 89,071  

Wells Fargo & Co.

     14,049  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     19,671  

Morgan Stanley

     447  

Citigroup, Inc.

     16,135  

Barclays PLC

     3,404  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     11,439  

Core Bond Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 973  

Barclays PLC

     996  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     3,915  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     988  

Citigroup, Inc.

     1,998  

Morgan Stanley

     1,843  

Credit Suisse Group A.G.

     818  

 

112


Fixed Income Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 4,641  

Barclays PLC

     3,305  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     10,599  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     5,644  

Morgan Stanley

     8,207  

Citigroup, Inc.

     7,626  

BNP Paribas S.A.

     1,000  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Jefferies Financial Group, Inc.

   $ 10,772  

Northern Institutional Funds

     190,682  

Barclays PLC

     16,765  

Short Bond Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 7,664  

Wells Fargo & Co.

     18,895  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     5,254  

Royal Bank of Canada

     1,509  

Citigroup, Inc.

     4,391  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     1,824  

Morgan Stanley

     583  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 92  

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 9,967  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     35,948  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     39,993  

 

113


Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Citigroup, Inc.

   $ 15,442  

Royal Bank of Canada

     24,650  

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 204,346  

Citigroup, Inc.

     36,462  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     63,688  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     48,960  

Royal Bank of Canada

     40,440  

Bank of America Corp.

     57,714  

U.S. Government Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 391  

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 691  

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 10,279  

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 16,391  

 

114


California Tax-Exempt Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 12,354  

High Yield Municipal Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 42,137  

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 72,206  

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 24,998  

Tax-Exempt Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 73,582  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 17,729  

Active M International Equity Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Barclays PLC

   $ 1,838  

UBS Group A.G.

     3,698  

Northern Institutional Funds

     35,464  

 

115


Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 5,265  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 39,055  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Northern Institutional Funds

   $ 6,523  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Bank of America Corp.

   $ 76  

Northern Institutional Funds

     11,179  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     151  

Citigroup, Inc.

     122  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     50  

Barclays PLC

     211  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

 

Name of Regular Broker/ Dealer

   Approximate
Aggregate Market Value of
Securities Held
(in thousands)
 

Bank of America Corp.

   $ 555  

Northern Institutional Funds

     11,672  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

     702  

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

     1,288  

 

116


PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The portfolio managers for the Funds are listed in the chart below.

 

Fund

 

Portfolio Manager(s)

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund   James D. McDonald, Daniel J. Phillips, Christopher Shipley* and Timothy Johnson*
Income Equity Fund  

Sridhar Kancharla, Reed A. LeMar and Jeffrey D. Sampson

International Equity Fund   Mark C. Sodergren and Michael R. Hunstad
Large Cap Core Fund   Mark C. Sodergren and Michael R. Hunstad
Large Cap Value Fund   Mark C. Sodergren and Sridhar Kancharla
Small Cap Value Fund   Robert H. Bergson and Michael R. Hunstad
Small Cap Core Fund   Robert H. Bergson and Michael R. Hunstad
Global Sustainability Index Fund   Brent D. Reeder and Steven J. Santiccioli
Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund   Robert D. Anstine and Brent D. Reeder
Global Real Estate Index Fund   Brent D. Reeder and Volter Bagriy
International Equity Index Fund   Brendan E. Sullivan and Brent D. Reeder
Mid Cap Index Fund   Brent D. Reeder and Lucy A. Johnston
Small Cap Index Fund   Brent D. Reeder and Shivani Shah
Stock Index Fund   Brent D. Reeder and Chris J. Jaeger
Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund  

Stephanie L. Woeppel*, Adam M. Shane* and Patrick D. Quinn*

Bond Index Fund  

Kevin J. O’Shaughnessy and Chaitanya Mandavakuriti

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund  

Stephanie L. Woeppel*, Adam M. Shane* and Patrick D. Quinn*

California Tax-Exempt Fund  

Stephanie L. Woeppel*, Adam M. Shane* and Patrick D. Quinn*

Core Bond Fund   Morten Olsen and Daniel J. Personette
Fixed Income Fund   Morten Olsen and Daniel J. Personette
High Yield Fixed Income Fund   Eric R. Williams and Benjamin J. McCubbin
High Yield Municipal Fund  

Adam M. Shane, Stephanie L. Woeppel and Patrick D. Quinn*

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   Timothy T. A. McGregor and Nate Miller
Short Bond Fund   Bilal Memon and Mousumi Chinara
Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund  

Stephanie L. Woeppel*, Adam M. Shane* and Patrick D. Quinn*

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund   Michael R. Chico and Daniel J. Personette
Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund  

Patrick D. Quinn, Stephanie L. Woeppel* and Adam M. Shane*

Tax-Exempt Fund   Timothy T. A. McGregor and Frederick A. Azar
Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund   Morten Olsen and Bilal Memon
U.S. Government Fund   Michael R. Chico and Daniel J. Personette
U.S. Treasury Index Fund   Michael R. Chico and Daniel J. Personette
U.S. Quality ESG Fund   Jeffrey D. Sampson and Peter M. Zymali
Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund   Christopher E. Vella
Active M International Equity Fund   Christopher E. Vella

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

  Christopher E. Vella
Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund   Christopher E. Vella
Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund   Christopher E. Vella
Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund   Christopher E. Vella
Northern Engage360TM Fund   Christopher E. Vella and Luis Diez

*

Became a Portfolio Manager effective July 29, 2022.

 

117


Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The following tables describe certain information with respect to accounts for which the portfolio managers have day-to-day responsibility, including all Northern Funds managed by the portfolio manager.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Robert D. Anstine was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 1,918       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    5       10,446       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    2       676       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    2       249       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Volter Bagriy was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 1,465       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    3       1,088       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    13       1,545       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    7       3,381       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Robert H. Bergson was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    2     $ 2,798       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    8       1,025       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Michael R. Chico was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    3     $ 194       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       473       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    1       298       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    18       7,073       0       0  

 

118


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Mousumi Chinara was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    7     $ 12,188       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    23       3,215       0       0  

The table below discloses accounts within each type of category listed below for which Luis Diez* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of May 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    0     $ 0       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

*

Luis Diez became a Portfolio Manager of the Northern Engage360 Fund effective June 21, 2022.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Michael R. Hunstad was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    4     $ 3,213       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Chris J. Jaeger was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 12,318       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    2       901       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    10       28,812       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    13       10,533       0       0  

 

119


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Timothy Johnson* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of May 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    0     $ 0       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

*

Timothy Johnson became a Portfolio Manager of the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund effective July 29, 2022.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Lucy A. Johnston was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 2,385       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    3       4,878       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    10       91,997       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    17       15,123       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Sridhar Kancharla was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    2     $ 233       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    21       8,052       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    21       6,643       1       300  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Reed A. LeMar was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 165       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    22       8,120       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    21       6,643       1       300  

 

120


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Chaitanya Mandavakuriti was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    2     $ 887       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    3       368       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    2       4,226       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    40       4,046       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Benjamin J. McCubbin was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 3,885       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    2       893       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    1       88       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which James D. McDonald was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 128       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

The table below discloses accounts within each type of category listed below for which Bilal Memon was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    2     $ 3,605       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       572       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    39       4,524       0       0  

 

121


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Kevin J. OShaughnessy was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 2,679       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       109       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    4       11,060       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    14       14,453       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Morten Olsen was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    3     $ 4,132       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       133       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    1       1,172       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Daniel J. Personette was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    4     $ 855       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    3       3,019       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    4       5,960       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    30       6,057       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Daniel J. Phillips, CFA was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 128       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    82       787       0       0  

 

122


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Patrick D. Quinn* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 3,995       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       572       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    25       5,141       0       0  

*

Patrick D. Quinn became a Portfolio Manager of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund and Tax-Exempt Fund effective July 29, 2022.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Brent D. Reeder was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    7     $ 25,893       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    12       10,095       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Steven J. Santiccioli was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 1,450       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    5       553       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    4       31,359       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    5       2,999       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Jeffrey D. Sampson, CFA, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    2     $ 649       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    17       2,771       0       0  

 

123


The table below discloses accounts within each type of category listed below for which Shivani Shah* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 1,521       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       219       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    7       25,067       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    15       5,804       0       0  

*

Ms. Shah became a Portfolio Manager of the Small Cap Index Fund effective December 2021.

The table below discloses accounts within each type of category listed below for which Adam M. Shane* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    3     $ 1,461       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    187       1,066       0       0  

*

Adam M. Shane became a Portfolio Manager of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term Tax-Exempt, Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and Tax-Exempt Fund effective July 29, 2022.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Christopher Shipley* was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of May 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    0     $ 0       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

*

Christopher Shipley became a Portfolio Manager of the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund effective July 29, 2022.

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Brendan E. Sullivan was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
    Total Assets with
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 4,950       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    21       17,780       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    4       11,890       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    2       1,760       0       0  

 

124


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Mark C. Sodergren was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    3     $ 483       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    2       9,390       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    14       4,240       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    11       4,461       1       299  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Christopher E. Vella, CFA, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    7     $ 2,821       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Eric R. Williams, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 3,885       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    1       134       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    1       275       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    2       478       0       0  

The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Stephanie L. Woeppel*, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022.

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 655       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    0       0       0       0  

*

Stephanie L. Woeppel became a Portfolio Manager of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund, Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and Tax-Exempt Fund effective July 29, 2022.

 

125


The table below discloses the accounts within each type of category listed below for which Peter M. Zymali, CFP®, was jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of March 31, 2022:

 

Type of Accounts

  Total
Number of
Accounts
Managed
    Total Assets
(in Millions)
    Number of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
    Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
(in Millions)
 

Northern Funds:

    1     $ 485       0     $ 0  

Other Registered Investment Companies:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

    0       0       0       0  

Other Accounts:

    12       625       0       0  

Material Conflicts of Interest

NTI’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more Northern Funds, as well as other client accounts, including ETFs, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles. A Fund’s manager may manage various client accounts that may have materially higher or lower fee arrangements than the Fund. The side-by-side management of these accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, while portfolio managers generally only manage accounts with similar investment strategies, it is possible, that due to varying investment restrictions among accounts certain investments are made for some accounts and not others or conflicting investment positions could be taken among accounts. Some portfolio managers may be dual officers of one or more NTI affiliates and undertake investment advisory duties for the affiliates. The portfolio managers have a responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. NTI seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, NTI has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management.

NTI may have a financial incentive to favor accounts with performance-based fees because there may be an opportunity to earn greater fees on such accounts compared to accounts without performance-based fees. As a result, NTI may have an incentive to allocate investment opportunities and aggregate or allocate trades in favor of the account that pays a performance fee. NTI may also have an incentive to recommend investments that may be riskier or more speculative than those that it would recommend under a different fee arrangement.

NTI may invest client accounts in affiliated investment pools. If appropriate and consistent with the client’s investment objectives and applicable law, NTI may recommend to clients investment pools in which it or an affiliate provides services for a fee. NTI has an incentive to allocate investments to these types of affiliated investment pools in order to generate additional fees for NTI or its affiliates. In addition, NTI could direct its best investment ideas to these investment products or investment pools to the potential disadvantage of the Funds.

As NTI becomes aware of additional potential or actual conflicts of interest, they will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

NTI manages its client accounts consistent with applicable law and follows its own policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to treat clients fairly and to prevent any client or group of clients from being systematically favored or disadvantaged.

NTI provides advice and makes investment decisions for client accounts that it believes are consistent with each client’s stated investment objectives and guidelines. Advice given to clients or investment decisions made for clients may differ from, or may conflict with, advice given or investment decisions made for clients of an NTI affiliate. Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Trust may benefit NTI or its affiliates

 

126


or another account or fund managed by NTI or its affiliates. Actions taken with respect to NTI’s and its affiliates’ other funds or accounts managed by them may adversely impact the Funds, and actions taken by the Funds may benefit NTI or its affiliates or their other funds or accounts. NTI may also invest in the same securities that it or its affiliates recommend to clients. When NTI or an affiliate currently holds for its own benefit the same securities as a client, it could be viewed as having a potential conflict of interest.

Generally, NTI will not, as principal for its own account, buy securities from or sell securities to any client. It is possible that an affiliate, will, as principal, purchase securities from or sell securities to its clients.

From time to time, securities to be sold on behalf of a client may be suitable for purchase by another client. In such instances, if NTI determines in good faith that the transaction is in the best interest of each client, it may arrange for the securities to be crossed between client accounts in compliance with the 1940 Act, if applicable. Cross-trades present conflicts of interest, as there may be an incentive for NTI to favor one client to the disadvantage of another. NTI and the Trust have adopted policies on cross-trades that may be effected between the Funds and another client account. NTI conducts periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies.

NTI has established certain policies and procedures designed to address conflicts of interest that may arise between its employees and clients as well as between clients and NTI or its affiliates. NTI’s employees must act in the best interests of its clients and generally do not have knowledge of proprietary trading positions or certain other operations of affiliates.

Receipt of research from brokers who execute client transactions involve conflicts of interest. To the extent that NTI uses commissions to obtain research services for NTI or TNTC, NTI or TNTC will receive a benefit as it will not have to pay for the research, products or services itself. NTI may, therefore, have an incentive to select or recommend a broker-dealer based on its interest in receiving research rather than in obtaining the lowest commission rate on the transaction. NTI or TNTC may also obtain research services from brokerage commissions incurred by client accounts that may not directly benefit such client accounts. Similarly, clients may benefit from research even if trades placed on their behalf did not contribute to the compensation of the broker-dealer providing such research. NTI and TNTC do not seek to allocate research services to client accounts proportionately to the commissions that the client accounts generate.

Also, NTI and TNTC may receive products and services that are mixed use. In these cases, NTI or TNTC will use commissions to pay only for the eligible portion of the product or service that assists NTI or TNTC in the investment decision-making process. Any ineligible portion of the product will be paid directly by NTI or TNTC. NTI or TNTC makes a good faith effort to reasonably allocate such items and keeps records of such allocations although clients should be aware of the potential conflicts of interest.

NTI may provide investment advice to its affiliates and may provide investment advisory services to affiliates’ clients or as an investment adviser to the registered or unregistered investment pools in which these clients may invest. TNTC and NTI share a common trading desk and may have shared arrangements with investment research vendors. Also, these affiliates may provide marketing services to NTI, including the referral of certain clients.

NTI may have common management and officers with some of its affiliates. NTI shares facilities with affiliates and relies on TNTC and other affiliates for various administrative support, including information technology, human resources, business continuity, legal, compliance, finance, enterprise risk management, internal audit and general administrative support.

NTI’s affiliations may create potential conflicts of interest. NTI seeks to mitigate the potential conflicts of interest to ensure accounts are managed at all times in a client’s best interests and in accordance with client investment objectives and guidelines through regular account reviews attended by investment advisory,

 

127


compliance and senior management staff. NTI also seeks to mitigate potential conflicts of interest through a governance structure and by maintaining policies and procedures that include, but are not limited to, personal trading, custody and trading.

Various non-affiliated investment advisers that may manage NTI client accounts, or may be recommended to NTI clients, may use an NTI affiliate for banking, trust, custody, administration, brokerage and related services for which NTI’s affiliate may receive fees. NTI does not recommend or utilize non-affiliated investment advisers based upon their use of NTI affiliates.

Given the interrelationships among NTI and its affiliates, there may be other or different potential conflicts of interest that arise in the future that are not included in this section.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, NTI may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) from time to time to promote the Funds. These payments may be made out of NTI’s assets, or amounts payable to NTI rather than as a separately identifiable charge to the Funds. These payments may compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing the Funds; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; marketing support; and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Funds. The payments may also, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote certain products, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or for sub-accounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the fees paid for these services for such products.

Conflicts Associated with Sub-Advisers

The Sub-Advisers to the Active M/Multi-Manager Funds have interests and relationships that may create conflicts of interest related to their management of the assets of the Funds allocated to such Sub-Advisers. Such conflicts of interest may be similar to or different from those conflicts described herein relating to NTI. Such conflicts may relate to the Sub-Advisers’ trading and investment practices, including their selection of broker-dealers, soft-dollar arrangements, aggregation of orders for multiple clients or netting of orders for the same client and the investment of client assets in companies in which they have an interest.

A Sub-Adviser may manage or advise multiple accounts (the “Sub-Adviser’s Accounts”) that have investment objectives that are similar to those of the Funds and that may make investments or sell investments in the same securities or other instruments, sectors or strategies as the Funds. This creates potential conflicts, particularly in circumstances where the availability of such investment opportunities is limited (e.g., in local and emerging markets, high yield securities, fixed income securities, regulated industries, small capitalization securities, investments in MLPs in the oil and gas industry and initial public offerings/new issues), where the liquidity of such investment opportunities is limited or where a Sub-Adviser limits the number of clients whose assets it manages. The Sub-Advisers have established policies with respect to the Sub-Adviser’s Accounts to mitigate these conflicts.

The Sub-Advisers do not receive performance-based compensation for their investment management activities on behalf of the Funds. However, a Sub-Adviser may simultaneously manage Sub-Adviser’s Accounts for which the Sub-Adviser receives a higher rate of fees or other compensation (including performance-based fees or allocations) than it receives from a Fund. The simultaneous management of Sub-Adviser’s Accounts that pay higher fees or other compensation and the Funds creates a conflict of interest as a Sub-Adviser may have an incentive to favor Sub-Adviser’s Accounts with the potential to receive higher fees to the detriment of a Fund. For instance, a Sub-Adviser may be faced with a conflict of interest when allocating scarce investment opportunities given the possibly greater fees from Accounts that pay performance-based fees. Certain of the Sub-Advisers may engage in transactions with affiliated brokers as governed by Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

128


Sub-Advisers may also utilize soft dollars as described under “Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreements.” The Sub-Advisers have adopted policies and procedures that they believe will mitigate the conflicts that may arise from their respective brokerage practices.

To address these potential conflicts, each Sub-Adviser has developed policies and procedures that provide that personnel making portfolio decisions for the Sub-Adviser’s Accounts will make purchase and sale decisions for, and allocate investment opportunities among, the Sub-Adviser’s Accounts (including the Funds) consistent with the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations.

Certain Business Relationships. In certain instances, employees of Polen Credit, including portfolio managers of the Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund, may sit on the board of a portfolio company held by one or more Polen Credit clients, including the Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund. Such service may give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest (or perceived conflicts of interest). For example, Polen Credit may receive material non-public information of a company because one of its employees sits on its board of directors. In such circumstances, the issuer of such security will be placed on Polen Credit’s “Restricted List,” and Polen Credit will not trade securities issued by such issuer in secondary transactions until the material, non-public information becomes public and/or no longer material, or trading is otherwise permitted in accordance with applicable law. The length of time that Polen Credit may be subject to such restrictions on trading with respect to its client portfolios may cause such investments to be classified as illiquid and may be significant. This may prevent the Fund from acquiring or disposing of securities at a favorable time and may cause the Fund to forego certain investment opportunities. Polen Credit has adopted written guidelines designed to address potential conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with a portfolio manager’s service on the board of a portfolio company held by one or more Polen Credit clients. Specifically, these guidelines, among other items (i) establishes reporting guidelines for any actual or potential conflicts of interest; (ii) depending on the facts and circumstances, requires the employee to recuse themselves from also participating in any investment decision with respect to Polen Credit’s clients (with another Polen Credit investment professional, such as a co-portfolio manager, thereby assuming the responsibility to take any appropriate investment management activities on behalf of the Fund in accordance with Polen Credit’s fiduciary responsibilities); and (iii) where recusal does not mitigate the conflict or as otherwise required, provides for disclosure to affected Polen Credit clients of the material facts and circumstances of the conflict.

Additional information about potential conflicts of interest regarding the Sub-Advisers is set forth in each Sub-Adviser’s Form ADV, which prospective shareholders should review prior to purchasing Fund shares. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2A of each Sub-Adviser and NTI’s Forms ADV are available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

Portfolio Manager Compensation Structure

As of the date of this registration statement, the compensation for the NTI portfolio managers of the Equity Funds, Equity Index Funds and Active M/Multi-Manager Funds is based on the competitive marketplace and consists of a fixed base salary plus a variable annual cash incentive award. Certain portfolio managers may receive part of their incentive award in the form of phantom shares of a Fund that they manage. The award tracks the performance of the Fund and is settled in cash when vested. In addition, non-cash incentives, such as stock options or restricted stock of Northern Trust Corporation, may be awarded from time to time. The annual cash incentive award is discretionary and is based on a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each portfolio manager’s investment performance and contribution to his or her respective product team plus the financial performance of the investment business unit and Northern Trust Corporation as a whole. Performance is measured against each Fund’s Prospectus benchmark(s) and in some cases its Lipper peer group for the prior one-year and three-year periods on a pre-tax basis. The portfolio managers’ annual cash incentive award is not based on the amount of assets held in the Funds. Moreover, no material differences exist between the compensation structure for mutual fund accounts and other types of accounts.

 

129


As of the date of this registration statement, the compensation for the portfolio managers of the Fixed Income Funds (except the Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Sort Fixed Income Fund, Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund) and Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds (except the Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund) is based on the competitive marketplace and consists of a fixed base salary plus a variable annual cash incentive award. In addition, non-cash incentives, such as stock options or restricted stock of Northern Trust Corporation, may be awarded from time to time. The annual cash incentive award is discretionary and is based on the overall financial performance of Northern Trust Corporation, the performance of its investment management business unit plus a qualitative evaluation of each portfolio manager’s investment performance and contribution to his or her fixed-income product strategy team. For the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, Bond Index Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, Fixed Income Fund, High Yield Fixed Income Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term U.S. Government Fund, Tax-Exempt Fund and U.S. Government Fund portfolio managers, while a quantitative evaluation of the performance of the Funds is a factor, the annual cash incentive award is not directly based on such performance. It is also not based on the amount of assets held in the Funds. Moreover, no material differences exist between the compensation structure for mutual fund accounts and other types of accounts.

As of the date of this registration statement, the compensation for the portfolio managers of the Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund is based on the competitive marketplace and consists of a fixed base salary plus a variable annual cash incentive award. In addition, non-cash incentives, such as stock options or restricted stock of Northern Trust Corporation, may be awarded from time to time. The annual cash incentive award is discretionary and is based on a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each portfolio manager’s investment performance and contribution to his or her respective team plus the financial performance of the investment business unit and Northern Trust Corporation as a whole. The portfolio manager’s annual cash incentive award is not based on the investment performance of the Funds or the amount of assets held in the Fund. Moreover, no material differences exist between the compensation structure for mutual fund accounts and other types of accounts.

Disclosure of Securities Ownership

As of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the table below provides beneficial ownership of shares of the portfolio managers of the Funds. Please note that the table provides a dollar range of each portfolio manager’s holdings in each Fund (None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001-$500,000, $500,001-$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000).

 

Shares Beneficially Owned by

 

Fund

 

Dollar ($) Range of Shares
Beneficially Owned by Portfolio
Manager Because of Direct or
Indirect
Pecuniary Interest

Robert D. Anstine

  Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund   None

Volter Bagriy

  Global Real Estate Index Fund   None

Robert H. Bergson*

  Small Cap Value Fund   $50,001 – $100,000

Robert H. Bergson*

  Small Cap Core Fund   $100,001 – $500,000

Michael R. Chico

  U.S. Treasury Index Fund   None

Michael R. Chico

  Limited Term U.S. Government Fund   None

Michael R. Chico

  U.S. Government Fund   None

Mousumi Chinara

  Short Bond Fund   None

Luis Diez**

  Northern Engage360TM Fund**   None

Michael R. Hunstad

  International Equity Fund   None

Michael R. Hunstad

  Large Cap Core Fund   None

Michael R. Hunstad

  Small Cap Value Fund   $50,001 – $100,000

Michael R. Hunstad

  Small Cap Core Fund   None

Chris J. Jaeger

  Stock Index Fund   None

 

130


Shares Beneficially Owned by

 

Fund

 

Dollar ($) Range of Shares
Beneficially Owned by Portfolio
Manager Because of Direct or
Indirect
Pecuniary Interest

Timothy Johnson***

  Global Tactical Asset Allocation   None

Lucy A. Johnston

  Mid Cap Index Fund   None

Sridhar Kancharla

  Income Equity Fund   None

Sridhar Kancharla

  Large Cap Value Fund   None

Reed A. LeMar

  Income Equity Fund   $1 – $10,000

Chaitanya Mandavakuriti

  Bond Index Fund   None

Benjamin J. McCubbin

  High Yield Fixed Income Fund   $1 – $10,000

James D. McDonald

  Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund   $500,001 – $1,000,000

Bilal Memon

  Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund   None

Bilal Memon

  Short Bond Fund   None

Kevin J. O’Shaughnessy

  Bond Index Fund   None

Morten Olsen

  Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund   None

Morten Olsen

  Core Bond Fund   None

Morten Olsen

  Fixed Income Fund   None

Daniel J. Personette

  Core Bond Fund   None

Daniel J. Personette

  Fixed Income Fund   None

Daniel J. Personette

  Limited Term U.S. Government Fund   None

Daniel J. Personette

  U.S. Government Fund   None

Daniel J. Personette

  U.S. Treasury Index Fund   None

Daniel J. Phillips

  Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  California Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  High Yield Municipal Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund   None

Patrick D. Quinn

  Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  Small Cap Index Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  Stock Index Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  Mid Cap Index Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  Global Real Estate Index Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  Global Sustainability Index Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  International Equity Index Fund   None

Brent D. Reeder

  Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund   None

Jeffrey D. Sampson

  Income Equity Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

Jeffrey D. Sampson

  U.S. Quality ESG Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

Steven J. Santiccioli

  Global Sustainability Index Fund   None

Shivani Shah****

  Small Cap Index Fund***   None

Adam M. Shane

  Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Adam M. Shane

  California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Adam M. Shane

  California Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Adam M. Shane

  High Yield Municipal Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

Adam M. Shane

  Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Adam M. Shane

  Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Adam M. Shane

  Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund   None

Adam M. Shane

  Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Christopher Shipley***

  Global Tactical Asset Allocation   None

 

131


Shares Beneficially Owned by

 

Fund

 

Dollar ($) Range of Shares
Beneficially Owned by Portfolio
Manager Because of Direct or
Indirect
Pecuniary Interest

Mark C. Sodergren

  Large Cap Core Fund   $100,001 – $500,000

Mark C. Sodergren

  Large Cap Value Fund   $100,001 – $500,000

Mark C. Sodergren

  International Equity Fund   $50,001 – $100,000

Brendan E. Sullivan

  International Equity Index Fund   None

Christopher E. Vella

  Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

Christopher E. Vella

  Active M International Equity Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

Christopher E. Vella

  Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund   None

Christopher E. Vella

  Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund   None

Christopher E. Vella

  Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund   None

Christopher E. Vella

  Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund   None

Christopher E. Vella

  Northern Engage360TM Fund   None

Eric R. Williams

  High Yield Fixed Income Fund   $100,001 – $500,000

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  California Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  High Yield Municipal Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund   None

Stephanie L. Woeppel

  Tax-Exempt Fund   None

Peter M. Zymali

  U.S. Quality ESG Fund   $10,001 – $50,000

*

Includes amounts designated as Long Term Incentive Compensation.

**

Mr. Diez became a Portfolio Manager of the Northern Engage360TM Fund effective June 2022.

***

Messrs. Johnson and Shipley became Portfolio Managers of the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund effective July 29, 2022. Information provided is as of May 31, 2022.

****

Ms. Shah became a Portfolio Manager of the Small Cap Index Fund effective December 2021.

Messrs. Quinn and Shane and Ms. Woeppel became Portfolio Managers of the noted Funds effective July 29, 2022. Information provided is as of May 31, 2022.

PROXY VOTING

The Trust has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to its Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser has adopted the proxy voting policies and procedures applicable to Northern Trust Corporation and its affiliates (the “Northern Proxy Voting Policy”) for the voting of proxies on behalf of all of the Funds, except for the Global Sustainability Index Fund and the U.S. Quality ESG Fund.

A Proxy Committee comprised of senior investment and compliance officers of Northern Trust Corporation, including officers of the Investment Adviser, has adopted certain guidelines (the “Proxy Guidelines”) concerning various corporate governance issues. The Proxy Committee has the responsibility for the content, interpretation and application of the Proxy Guidelines and may apply these Proxy Guidelines with a measure of flexibility. The Investment Adviser has retained an independent third party proxy voting service (the “Service Firm”) to review proxy proposals and to make voting recommendations to the Proxy Committee in a manner consistent with the Proxy Guidelines. The Proxy Committee will apply the Proxy Guidelines to any such recommendation. See Appendix C for the Northern Proxy Voting Policy.

With regard to the Global Sustainability Index Fund and the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, the Investment Adviser has adopted the Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) United States SRI Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

132


(“SRI US Guidelines”) for the voting of U.S. proxies and the ISS International SRI Proxy Voting Guidelines (“SRI International Guidelines” and together with the SRI US Guidelines, the “SRI Guidelines”) for voting of international proxies.

On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation and corporate structure, the SRI Guidelines, as developed by ISS, seek to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance consistent with responsibilities to society as a whole. The SRI Guidelines include certain country-specific guidelines that respond to social concerns in that country. The SRI Guidelines do not take into consideration any interest that the Investment Adviser, Distributor, or any affiliated person of the Global Sustainability Index Fund or U.S. Quality ESG Fund, Investment Adviser or Distributor may have in the proposed proxy issue. See Appendix D for a complete list of the SRI Guidelines.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available, without charge, upon request, by contacting Northern Trust or by visiting the Northern Funds’ website at northerntrust.com/funds or the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

DISTRIBUTOR

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) under which NFD, with principal offices at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, as agent, distributes the shares of each Fund on a continuous basis. NFD continually distributes shares of the Funds on a best efforts basis. NFD has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares. NFD and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust. The Investment Adviser pays the cost of printing and distributing prospectuses to persons who are not shareholders of the Trust (excluding preparation and typesetting expenses) and of certain other distribution efforts. No compensation is payable by the Trust to NFD for such distribution services. However, the Investment Adviser has entered into an agreement (the “Distribution Services Agreement”) with NFD under which it makes payments to NFD in consideration for certain distribution related services. The payments made by the Investment Adviser to NFD under the Distribution Services Agreement do not represent an additional expense to the Trust or its shareholders. The Distribution Agreement provides that the Trust will indemnify NFD against certain liabilities relating to untrue statements or omissions of material fact except those resulting from the reliance on information furnished to the Trust by NFD, or those resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of NFD, or NFD’s breach of confidentiality.

Under a License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Foreside Distributors, LLC (“Foreside Distributors”), Northern Trust Corporation agrees that the name “Northern Funds” may be used by Foreside Distributors and its subsidiary, NFD, in connection with providing services to the Trust on a royalty-free basis. Northern Trust Corporation has reserved to itself the right to grant the non-exclusive right to use the name “Northern Funds” to any other person. The License Agreement provides that at such time as the License Agreement is no longer in effect, Foreside Distributors and NFD will cease using the name “Northern Funds.”

SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS

As stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses, the Funds may enter into agreements from time to time with Service Organizations providing for support services to customers of the Service Organizations who are the beneficial owners of Shares Class shares or as applicable, Class I shares of Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund. Under the agreements, the Funds may pay Service Organizations up to 0.15% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily NAV of the Shares Class and Class I shares beneficially owned by their customers. Class K shares of the Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund are not subject to fees under agreements with Service Organizations. Support services provided by Service Organizations under their agreements may include: (i) processing dividend and distribution payments from the Funds; (ii) providing information periodically to customers showing their share positions;

 

133


(iii) arranging for bank wires; (iv) responding to customer inquiries; (v) providing subaccounting with respect to shares beneficially owned by customers or the information necessary for subaccounting; (vi) forwarding shareholder communications; (vii) assisting in processing share purchase, exchange and redemption requests from customers; (viii) assisting customers in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; and (ix) other similar services requested by the Funds.

The Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations under the agreements are governed by an Amended and Restated Service Plan, which has been adopted by the Board. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Service Plan, the Board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended in connection with the Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations and the purposes for which the expenditures were made. In addition, the Funds’ arrangements with Service Organizations must be approved annually by a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act and have no direct or indirect financial interest in such arrangements (the “Disinterested Trustees”).

The Board believes that there is a reasonable likelihood that their arrangements with Service Organizations will benefit each Fund and its shareholders. Any material amendment to the arrangements with Service Organizations under the agreements must be approved by a majority of the Board (including a majority of the Disinterested Trustees).

NTI has agreed to contractually limit the fees paid under the Amended and Restated Service Plan to the following amounts (expressed as a percentage, on an annualized basis, of the net assets attributable to Class I shares of each Fund):

 

Fund

   Service Organization
Payment Limit for
Class I Shares
 

Small Cap Core Fund

     0.10

U.S. Quality ESG Fund

     0.10

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     0.05

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein. Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares. Investors purchasing shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary. The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the intermediary.

For the fiscal years or periods indicated below, the following Funds paid fees under the Amended and Restated Service Plan:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 64,663      $ 48,377      $ 19,540  

Income Equity Fund

     153,122        101,836        97,300  

International Equity Fund

     3,458        3,928        3,211  

Large Cap Core Fund

     60,285        35,542        25,493  

Large Cap Value Fund

     35,551        25,594        34,667  

Small Cap Value Fund

     3,806,315        3,022,881        2,939,206  

Small Cap Core Fund*

     248,595        213,328        206,669  

 

134


     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

U.S. Quality ESG Fund*

   $ 715      $ 76      $ 0  

Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

     96,665        461,371        346,053  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     161,048        139,400        158,235  

International Equity Index Fund

     288,584        191,053        141,426  

Mid Cap Index Fund

     234,630        182,522        131,364  

Small Cap Index Fund

     54,525        78,587        37,035  

Stock Index Fund

     160,789        127,493        83,297  

Global Sustainability Index Fund*

     282,369        257,266        216,216  

Bond Index Fund

     114,893        127,478        107,428  

Core Bond Fund

     1,132        1,591        4,060  

Fixed Income Fund

     35,159        50,634        41,426  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     293,570        196,925        179,740  

Short Bond Fund

     830        609        1,961  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     3,397        4,884        5,835  

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     17,546        15,349        13,631  

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     72,524        54,422        25,470  

U.S. Government Fund

     299        1,445        614  

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     29        365        168  

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     122,912        88,316        66,095  

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     95,666        86,669        66,894  

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     80,044        77,662        67,139  

High Yield Municipal Fund

     52,305        37,470        32,069  

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     135,539        130,933        36,218  

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

     121,437        97,088        71,270  

Tax-Exempt Fund

     219,318        160,295        115,704  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     92,970        99,238        92,231  

Active M International Equity Fund

     18,361        16,623        17,594  

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     0        0        0  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     73,118        58,006        37,626  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     3,027        2,572        3,681  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     1,331        5,501        3,906  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     0        0        0  

*

The amounts listed for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 include fees paid under the Prior Service Plan prior to July 31, 2020 for the Shares class of the Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund. Fees paid after July 31, 2020 reflect the contractual limitations under the Amended and Restated Service Plan for the Class I shares outlined above.

COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, located at 2005 Market Street, Suite 2600, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as counsel to the Trust, as well as its non-interested Trustees.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, 111 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, has been appointed to serve as an independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. In addition to audit services, an affiliate of Deloitte & Touche LLP reviews the Trust’s federal and state tax returns.

 

135


IN-KIND PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

Payment for shares of a Fund may, in the discretion of Northern Trust, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund as described in the Prospectus. For further information about this form of payment, contact the Transfer Agent. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, a Fund will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by the Fund and that the Fund receive satisfactory assurances that it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; that the securities be in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and that adequate information be provided concerning the basis and other tax matters relating to the securities.

Although each Fund generally will redeem shares in cash, each Fund reserves the right to pay redemptions by a distribution in-kind of securities (instead of cash) from such Fund. The securities distributed in-kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Fund’s NAV per share. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

REDEMPTION FEES AND REQUIREMENTS

Shares of the Funds are sold and generally redeemed without any purchase or redemption charge imposed by the Trust. However, as described in the Prospectuses, for the Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund, Global Real Estate Index Fund, Global Sustainability Index Fund, International Equity Index Fund, High Yield Fixed Income Fund, International Equity Fund and each Active M/Multi-Manager Fund, there will be a 2% redemption fee (including redemption by exchange) on shares of the Fund exchanged 30 days or less after purchase.

AUTOMATIC INVESTING PLAN

The Automatic Investing Plan permits an investor to use “Dollar Cost Averaging” in making investments. Instead of trying to time market performance, a fixed dollar amount is invested in shares at predetermined intervals. This may help investors reduce their average cost per share because the agreed upon fixed investment amount allows more shares to be purchased during periods of lower share prices and fewer shares during periods of higher share prices. In order to be effective, Dollar Cost Averaging usually should be followed on a sustained, consistent basis. Investors should be aware, however, that shares bought using Dollar Cost Averaging are purchased without regard to their price on the day of investment or to market trends. Dollar Cost Averaging does not assure a profit and does not protect against losses in a declining market. In addition, while investors may find Dollar Cost Averaging to be beneficial, it will not prevent a loss if an investor ultimately redeems shares at a price that is lower than their purchase price. An investor may want to consider his or her financial ability to continue purchases through periods of low price levels.

DIRECTED REINVESTMENTS

In addition to having your income dividends and/or capital gains distributions reinvested in shares of the Fund from which such distributions are paid, you may elect the directed reinvestment option and have dividends and capital gains distributions automatically invested in another Northern Fund. Reinvestments can only be directed to an existing Northern Funds account (which must meet the minimum investment requirement).

Directed reinvestments may be used to invest funds from a regular account to another regular account, from a qualified plan account to another qualified plan account, or from a qualified plan account to a regular account.

Directed reinvestments from a qualified plan account to a regular account may have adverse tax consequences including imposition of a penalty tax and, therefore, you should consult your own tax adviser before commencing these transactions.

 

136


REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES

Exchange requests received on a business day prior to the time shares of the Funds involved in the request are priced will be processed on the date of receipt. “Processing” a request means that shares in a Fund from which the shareholder is withdrawing an investment will be redeemed at the NAV per share next determined on the date of receipt. Shares of the new Fund into which the shareholder is investing also normally will be purchased at the NAV per share next determined coincident to or after the time of redemption. Exchange requests received on a business day after the time shares of the Funds involved in the request are priced and will be processed on the next business day in the manner described above. Shareholders who wish to exchange Class I shares or Class K shares of a Fund may do so for shares of the same class of Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund or for Shares Class shares of another Fund of the Trust. If a shareholder holds shares through certain financial intermediaries, exchangeability among Funds may be limited.

The Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder that is applicable to Fund shares as provided in the Funds’ Prospectus from time to time. The Trust reserves the right on 30 days’ written notice, to redeem the shares held in any account if at the time of redemption, the NAV of the remaining shares in the account falls below $1,000. Such involuntary redemptions will not be made if the value of shares in an account falls below the minimum solely because of a decline in the Fund’s NAV. The Trust also may involuntarily redeem shares held by any shareholder who provides incorrect or incomplete account information or when such redemptions are necessary to avoid adverse consequences to the Funds and their shareholders or the Transfer Agent. Additionally, subject to applicable law, the Trust reserves the right to involuntarily redeem an account at the Fund’s then current NAV, in cases of disruptive conduct, suspected fraudulent or illegal activity, inability to verify the identity of an investor, or in other circumstances where redemption is determined to be in the best interest of the Trust and its shareholders.

The Trust, Northern Trust and their agents also reserve the right, without notice, to freeze any account and/or suspend account services when: (i) notice has been received of a dispute regarding the assets in an account, or a legal claim against an account; (ii) upon initial notification to Northern Trust of a shareholder’s death until Northern Trust receives required documentation in correct form; or (iii) if there is reason to believe a fraudulent transaction may occur or has occurred.

RETIREMENT PLANS

Shares of the Funds may be purchased in connection with certain tax-sheltered retirement plans, including profit-sharing plans, 401(k) plans, money purchase pension plans, target benefit plans and individual retirement accounts. Further information about how to participate in these plans, the fees charged and the limits on contributions can be obtained from Northern Trust. To invest through any of the tax-sheltered retirement plans, please call Northern Trust for information and the required separate application. To determine whether the benefits of a tax-sheltered retirement plan are available and/or appropriate, a shareholder should consult with a tax adviser.

EXPENSES

Except as set forth above and in this SAI, each Fund is responsible for the payment of its expenses. These expenses include, without limitation: the fees and expenses payable to the Investment Adviser, Transfer Agent and Custodian; brokerage fees and commissions; fees for the registration or qualification of Fund shares under federal or state securities laws taxes; interest; costs of liability insurance, fidelity bonds, indemnification or contribution; any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Trust for violation of any law; legal, tax and auditing fees and expenses; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy materials, reports and notices

 

137


and distributing of the same to the Funds’ shareholders and regulatory authorities; compensation and expenses of its non-interested Trustees; payments to service organizations; fees of industry organizations such as the Investment Company Institute and Mutual Fund Directors Forum; acquired fund fees and expenses; expenses of third party consultants engaged by the Board; expenses in connection with the negotiation and renewal of the revolving credit facility; and miscellaneous and extraordinary expenses incurred by the Trust.

NTI has contractually agreed to reimburse a portion of the operating expenses of each Fund (excluding, as applicable: (i) acquired fund fees and expenses; (ii) service fees (for Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund); (iii) the compensation paid to each Independent Trustee of the Trust; (iv) expenses of third-party consultants engaged by the Board; (v) membership dues paid to the Investment Company Institute and Mutual Fund Directors Forum; (vi) expenses in connection with the negotiation and renewal of the revolving credit facility; and (vii) extraordinary expenses and interest) so that “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” do not exceed the amount shown in the footnote to the table under the caption “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in each Fund’s Fund Summary during the current fiscal year. The “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement” for the Funds may be higher than the contractual limitation for the Funds as a result of certain excepted expenses that are not reimbursed. The contractual expense reimbursement arrangement with respect to each Fund is expected to continue until at least July 31, 2023. The expense reimbursement arrangement with respect to each Fund will continue automatically for periods of one year (each such one-year period, a “Renewal Year”). The arrangement may be terminated, as to any succeeding Renewal Year, by NTI or a Fund upon 60 days’ written notice prior to the end of the current Renewal Year. The Board may terminate the arrangement at any time with respect to a Fund if it determines that it is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The expense reimbursement amounts below do not include expense reimbursements for any duplicative advisory fees attributable to Fund assets invested in an affiliated money market fund.

For the fiscal years indicated below, NTI contractually reimbursed expenses for each of the Funds as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

   $ 165,695      $ 162,582      $ 126,200  

Income Equity Fund

     248,177        230,236        199,177  

International Equity Fund

     164,764        235,569        223,726  

Large Cap Core Fund

     282,413        263,525        241,932  

Large Cap Value Fund

     154,975        174,649        190,251  

Small Cap Value Fund

     3,968,765        3,213,681        2,771,225  

Small Cap Core Fund

     254,410        402,158        412,909  

U. S. Quality ESG Fund

     206,555        237,585        184,646  

Emerging Markets Equity Index

     794,090        808,600        1,031,392  

Global Real Estate Index Fund

     0        1,164        1,689  

International Equity Index Fund

     0        21,943        227,996  

Mid Cap Index Fund

     1,042,916        874,183        666,489  

Small Cap Index Fund

     656,009        510,572        376,273  

Stock Index Fund

     3,579,808        2,782,213        1,891,216  

Global Sustainability Index Fund

     0        108,400        622  

Bond Index Fund

     1,104,230        1,086,080        774,141  

Core Bond Fund

     136,700        140,212        126,212  

Fixed Income Fund

     327,585        345,640        252,182  

High Yield Fixed Income Fund

     1,687,708        1,517,373        1,262,776  

Short Bond Fund*

     206,712        192,842        171,110  

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund*

     93,056        89,727        112,408  

 

138


     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2022
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2021
     Fiscal Year Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Tax-Advantaged Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

   $ 943,364      $ 792,981      $ 445,543  

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     930,906        677,657        520,631  

U.S. Government Fund*

     87,767        80,693        106,942  

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     100,085        116,227        104,920  

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     232,446        187,433        167,883  

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     296,129        256,064        221,627  

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     198,648        182,273        166,370  

High Yield Municipal Fund

     1,739,154        1,224,877        1,187,662  

Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     785,813        669,511        251,665  

Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund

     401,699        389,240        269,028  

Tax-Exempt Fund

     778,948        587,240        332,611  

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     629,355        570,381        941,077  

Active M International Equity Fund

     400,844        427,409        578,826  

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     89,039        86,115        118,254  

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     0        388        622  

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     172,895        175,778        167,841  

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     162,002        167,096        283,598  

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     242,030        240,635        275,026  

*

Amounts include reimbursement of all fees and expenses attributable to investments in affiliated non-money market investment companies.

NTI may voluntarily reimburse additional expenses or waive all or a portion of the management fees of the Funds. Any such additional expense reimbursement or waiver would be voluntary and could be implemented, increased or decreased, or discontinued at any time.

NTI did not voluntarily reimburse any fees for the Funds during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022.

 

139


NET ASSET VALUE

Securities are valued at fair value. Securities traded on U.S. securities exchanges or in the NASDAQ National Market System, including shares of ETFs, are valued at the regular trading session closing price on the exchange or system in which such securities are principally traded. If any such security is not traded on a valuation date, it is valued at the most recent quoted bid price. Over-the-counter securities that are not reported in the NASDAQ National Market System also generally are valued at the most recent quoted bid price. Fixed-income securities, however, may be valued on the basis of evaluated prices provided by independent pricing services when such prices are believed to reflect the fair value of such securities. Such prices may be determined taking into account other similar securities prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings, strength of issuer, insurance guarantees, institutional size trading in similar groups of securities and developments related to specific securities. The values of securities of foreign issuers generally are based upon market quotations which, depending upon local convention or regulation, may be the last sale price, the last bid or asked price or the mean between the last bid and asked price as of, in each case, the close of the appropriate exchange or other designated time. Foreign fixed-income securities, however, may, like domestic fixed-income securities, be valued based on evaluated prices provided by independent pricing services when such prices are believed to reflect the fair value of such securities. Shares of open-end investment companies are valued at NAV. Spot and forward currency exchange contracts generally are valued using an independent pricing service. Exchange-traded financial futures and options are valued at the settlement price as established by the exchange on which they are traded. Over-the-counter options are valued at broker-provided bid prices, as are swaps, caps, collars and floors. The foregoing prices may be obtained from one or more independent pricing services or, as needed or applicable, independent broker-dealers. Short-term investments are valued at amortized cost, which the Investment Adviser has determined, pursuant to Board authorization, approximates fair value. If a Fund invests in other underlying funds, other than funds that are exchange-traded, the investing Fund will calculate its NAV using the NAV of the underlying fund in which it invests.

Any securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are believed to be incorrect are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Investment Adviser under the supervision of the Board. Circumstances in which securities may be fair valued include periods when trading in a security is limited, corporate actions and announcements take place, or regulatory news is released such as government approvals. Additionally, the Trust, in its discretion, may make adjustments to the prices of securities held by a Fund if an event occurs after the publication of market values normally used by a Fund but before the time as of which a class of shares of a Fund calculates its NAV, depending on the nature and significance of the event, consistent with applicable regulatory guidance. This may occur particularly with respect to certain foreign securities held by a Fund, in which case the Trust may use adjustment factors obtained from an independent evaluation service that are intended to reflect more accurately the fair value of those securities as of the time a class of shares of a Fund’s NAV is calculated. Other events that can trigger fair valuing of foreign securities include, for example, significant fluctuations in general market indicators, government actions, or natural disasters. The use of fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Funds to price their investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other unaffiliated investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. The Trust reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were processed at a NAV other than a Fund’s official closing NAV for a class of shares. For instance, if a pricing error is discovered that impacts a Fund’s NAV for a class of shares, the corrected NAV would be the official closing NAV for a class of shares and the erroneous NAV would be a NAV other than the Fund’s official closing NAV for a class of shares. Those transactions that were processed using the erroneous NAV may then be reprocessed using the official closing NAV. In addition, each Fund may compute its NAV as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

 

140


The Funds may close on days when the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“New York Fed”) is open but the New York Stock Exchange is closed, such as Good Friday. If a Fund does so, it will cease granting same day credit for purchase and redemption orders received at the Fund’s closing time and credit will be given on the next business day. On days when the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) recommends that the bond markets close early, the Funds may cease or advance the deadline for accepting purchase and redemption orders for same business day credit up to one hour before the SIFMA recommended closing time (the “advanced closing time”). On days on which the Funds close early because of SIFMA’s recommendations, purchase and redemption orders received after the advanced closing time shall be effected on the next business day. The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC.

A “business day” is defined as each Monday through Friday that the New York Fed is open for business, except as noted below. The New York Fed is closed on the following national holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The Investment Adviser is not required to calculate the NAV of a Fund on days during which no shares are tendered to a Fund for redemption and no orders to purchase or sell shares are received by a Fund, or on days on which there is an insufficient degree of trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities for changes in the value of such securities to affect materially the NAV per share.

 

141


TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Funds or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

FEDERAL—GENERAL INFORMATION

Each Fund has elected to qualify and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As a regulated investment company, each Fund generally is exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains which it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, it must meet three important tests each year.

First, each Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of each Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which (a) the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and (b) the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (including MLPs).

Third, each Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss), before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If a Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions (including distributions attributable to tax-exempt income) to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a non-deductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to currently distribute an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income with certain modifications

 

142


and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, by the end of each calendar year. Each Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income each calendar year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

The Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund may invest in municipal instruments, the income of which is exempt from federal income tax. However, unless at least 50% in value of the Fund’s assets consist of such municipal obligations, the Fund will not be able to declare exempt interest dividends. Under the 2017 Act, the rules related to credit tax bonds and the exclusion from gross income for interest on a bond issued to advance refund another bond were repealed and related interest will not be exempt from federal income tax for such bonds issued after December 31, 2017. The Fund does not expect to meet this 50% test.

The capital losses of a Fund, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Fund may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Fund has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Fund that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Fund in succeeding taxable years.

The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Fund. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a 3-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate, thereby reducing the Fund’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Fund’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Fund undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another fund. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Fund’s control, there can be no assurance that the Fund will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change. Additionally, if the Fund engages in a tax-free reorganization with another fund, the effect of these and other rules not discussed herein may be to disallow or postpone the use by the Fund of its capital loss carryovers (including any current year losses and built-in losses when realized) to offset its own gains or those of the other fund, or vice versa, thereby reducing the tax benefits Fund shareholders would otherwise have enjoyed from use of such capital loss carryovers.

FEDERAL TAX ON FUND DISTRIBUTIONS

Except for the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds, discussed below, a Fund anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year. Distributions by the Fund will be treated in the manner described below regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund (or of another fund). The Fund will send you information annually as to the federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year.

A Fund receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. The Fund may also recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund, constitutes the Fund’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits.

 

143


Distributions by a Fund of investment company taxable income (excluding any short-term capital gains) whether received in cash or shares will be taxable either as ordinary income or as qualified dividend income, eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 20% to the extent each Fund receives qualified dividend income on the securities it holds and such Fund designates the distribution as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that: (i) the shareholder has not held the shares on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares become ex dividend with respect to such dividend (and each Fund also satisfies those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder); (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property; or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Code. Distributions by a Fund of its net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income. Capital gain distributions consisting of a Fund’s net capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains except to the extent of any “unrecaptured section 1250 gains” which are taxed at a maximum rate of 25%.

A Fund’s dividends that are paid to its corporate shareholders and are attributable to qualifying dividends it received from U.S. domestic corporations may be eligible, in the hands of such shareholders, for the corporate dividends received deduction, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations.

The Fund may derive capital gain and loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions paid from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Fund. Any net short-term or long-term capital gain realized by the Fund (net of any capital loss carryovers) generally will be distributed once each year and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Fund.

Distributions by the Fund that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Fund shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of such Fund shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Fund over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity REITs.

At the time of your purchase of shares, the Fund’s NAV may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Fund. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income, capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Fund may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into account in the year in which the distributions are made. However, dividends declared in October, November, or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders (and made by the Fund) on Dec. 31 of such calendar year if such dividends are actually paid in January of the following year.

 

144


A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). Net investment income does not include exempt-interest dividends. This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

FEDERAL—TAX-EXEMPT INFORMATION

As described in the Prospectuses, the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, California Tax-Exempt Fund, High Yield Municipal Fund, Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund, Limited Term Tax-Exempt Fund and Tax-Exempt Fund (collectively referred to in this section as the “Funds” or the “Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds”) are designed to provide investors with federally tax-exempt interest income. The Funds, however, may still make distributions that are taxable as ordinary income or capital gains. The Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds are not intended to constitute a balanced investment program and are not designed for investors seeking capital appreciation or maximum tax-exempt income irrespective of fluctuations in principal. Tax-exempt institutions and retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code, H.R. 10 plans and individual retirement accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, would not gain any additional benefit from the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds’ dividends being tax-exempt. In addition, the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds may not be an appropriate investment for persons or entities that are “substantial users” of facilities financed by private activity bonds or “related persons” thereof. “Substantial user” is defined under U.S. Treasury Regulations to include a non-exempt person which regularly uses a part of such facilities in its trade or business and whose gross revenues derived with respect to the facilities financed by the issuance of bonds are more than 5% of the total revenues derived by all users of such facilities, or which occupies more than 5% of the usable area of such facilities or for which such facilities or a part thereof were specifically constructed, reconstructed or acquired. “Related persons” include certain related natural persons, affiliated corporations, partnerships and their partners and S corporations and their shareholders. Exempt-interest dividends must be taken into account in computing the portion, if any, of social security or railroad retirement benefits that must be included in an individual shareholder’s gross income subject to federal income tax. Further, a shareholder of a Tax-Exempt Fund is denied a deduction for interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of a Tax-Exempt Fund.

In order for the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds to pay federal exempt-interest dividends with respect to any taxable year, at the close of each taxable quarter at least 50% of the aggregate value of the total assets of the Fund must consist of tax-exempt obligations. It should be noted that under the 2017 Act, the rules related to credit tax bonds and the exclusion from gross income for interest on a bond issued to advance refund another bond were repealed and related interest will not be exempt from federal income tax for such bonds issued after December 31, 2017. An exempt-interest dividend is any dividend or part thereof (other than a capital gain dividend) paid by a Tax-Exempt Fund and designated as an exempt-interest dividend in a written notice furnished to shareholders. But the aggregate amount of dividends so designated by a Tax-Exempt Fund cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest exempt from tax under Section 103 of the Code received by the Fund during the taxable year over any amounts disallowed as deductions under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Code. The percentage of total dividends paid by a Tax-Exempt Fund with respect to any taxable year which qualifies as federal exempt-interest dividends will be the same for all shareholders receiving dividends from the Fund with respect to such year.

In purchasing tax-exempt obligations, the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds intend to rely on opinions of bond counsel or counsel to the issuers of the tax-exempt obligations as to the excludability of interest on those obligations from gross income for federal income tax purposes. The Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds will not

 

145


undertake independent investigations concerning the tax-exempt status of such obligations, nor do they guarantee or represent that bond counsels’ opinions are correct. Bond counsels’ opinions will generally be based in part upon covenants by the issuers and related parties regarding continuing compliance with federal tax requirements. Tax laws not only limit the purposes for which tax-exempt bonds may be issued and the supply of such bonds, but also contain numerous and complex requirements that must be satisfied on a continuing basis in order for bonds to be and remain tax-exempt. If the issuer of a bond or a user of a bond-financed facility fails to comply with such requirements at any time, interest on the bond could become taxable, retroactive to the date the obligation was issued. In that event, a portion of a Tax-Exempt Fund’s distributions attributable to interest the Fund received on such bond for the current year and for prior years could be characterized or recharacterized as taxable income.

The Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds will determine annually the percentages of their respective net investment income which are exempt from tax, which constitute an item of tax preference for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax for noncorporate shareholders, and which are fully taxable, and will apply these percentages uniformly to all dividends declared from net investment income during that year. These percentages may differ significantly from the actual percentages for any particular day.

Shareholders will be advised annually as to the federal income tax consequences of distributions made by the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds. The Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds are required to report to the Internal Revenue Service the amount of exempt interest dividends paid to a shareholder.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXES

Although each Fund expects to qualify as a “regulated investment company” and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, each Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

Many states grant tax-free status to dividends paid to shareholders of a fund from interest income earned by that fund from direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment requirements that must be met by the fund. Investments in securities issued by Ginnie Mae or Fannie Mae, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities do not generally qualify for tax-free treatment.

The Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to its investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

SPECIAL STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS PERTAINING TO THE CALIFORNIA FUNDS

Assuming each of the California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund and California Tax-Exempt Fund (the “California Funds”) qualifies as a regulated investment company, it will be relieved of liability for California

 

146


State franchise and corporate income tax to the extent its earnings are distributed to its shareholders. Each of the California Funds may be taxed on its undistributed taxable income. If for any year one of the California Funds does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of that Fund’s taxable income (including interest income on California municipal instruments for franchise tax purposes only) may be subject to California State franchise or income tax at regular corporate rates.

A regulated investment company, or series thereof, will be qualified to pay dividends exempt from California State personal income tax to its non-corporate shareholders (hereinafter referred to as “California exempt-interest dividends”) if, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the total assets of a regulated investment company, or series thereof, consists of obligations the interest on which, if held by an individual, is exempt from taxation by California (“California municipal instruments”). A “series” of a regulated investment company is defined as a segregated portfolio of assets, the beneficial interest in which is owned by the holders of a class or series of stock of the regulated investment company that is preferred over all other classes or series with respect to that portfolio of assets. Each of the California Funds intends to qualify under the above requirements so that it can pay California exempt-interest dividends. If one of the California Funds fails to so qualify, no part of that Fund’s dividends to shareholders will be exempt from the California State personal income tax. Each of the California Funds may reject purchase orders for shares if it appears desirable to avoid failing to so qualify.

Within 60 days after the close of its taxable year, each of the California Funds will notify each shareholder of the portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to the shareholder with respect to such taxable year that is exempt from California State personal income tax. The total amount of California exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund with respect to any taxable year cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest received by the Fund for such year on California municipal instruments over any amounts that, if the Fund were treated as an individual, would be considered expenses related to tax-exempt income or amortizable bond premium and would thus not be deductible under federal income or California State personal income tax law. The percentage of total dividends paid by the Fund that qualifies as California exempt-interest dividends with respect to any taxable year, will be the same for all shareholders receiving dividends from the Fund with respect to such year.

In cases where shareholders are “substantial users” or “related persons” with respect to California municipal instruments held by one of the California Funds, such shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine whether California exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund with respect to such obligations retain California State personal income tax exclusion. In this connection, rules similar to those regarding the possible unavailability of federal exempt-interest dividend treatment to “substantial users” are applicable for California State tax purposes.

To the extent any dividends paid to shareholders are derived from the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, such dividends will not constitute California exempt-interest dividends and generally will be taxed as long-term capital gains under rules similar to those regarding the treatment of capital gain dividends for federal income tax purposes, but at rates that are the same as the California rates for ordinary income. See “Federal—General Information” above. Moreover, interest on indebtedness incurred by a shareholder to purchase or carry shares of one of the California Funds is not deductible for California State personal income tax purposes if that Fund distributes California exempt-interest dividends during the shareholder’s taxable year.

In addition, any loss realized by a shareholder of the California Funds upon the sale of shares held for six months or less may be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received with respect to such shares. Moreover, any loss realized upon the redemption of shares within six months from the date of purchase of such shares and following receipt of a long-term capital gains distribution will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such long-term capital gains distribution. Finally, any loss realized upon the redemption of shares within thirty days before or after the acquisition of other shares of the same Fund may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules.

 

147


California may tax income derived from repurchase agreements involving federal obligations because such income represents a premium paid at the time the government obligations are repurchased rather than interest paid by the issuer of the obligations.

The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important California State personal income tax considerations generally affecting the California Funds and their shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the California State personal income tax treatment of the California Funds or their shareholders, and this discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful planning. Further, potential corporate investors in the California Funds should note that California exempt-interest dividends may be subject to California State franchise tax or California State corporate income tax notwithstanding that all or a portion of such dividends are exempt from California State personal income tax. Potential investors in the California Funds should consult their tax advisers with respect to the application of California State taxes to the receipt of Fund dividends and as to their own California State tax situation, in general.

SPECIAL STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS PERTAINING TO THE ARIZONA TAX-EXEMPT FUND

Individuals, trusts and estates who are subject to Arizona income tax will not be subject to such tax on dividends paid by the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, to the extent that such dividends qualify as exempt-interest dividends of a regulated investment company under Section 852(b)(5) of the Code and are attributable to obligations of the State of Arizona or its political subdivisions. In addition, dividends paid by the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund which are attributable to interest payments on direct obligations of the U.S. government will not be subject to Arizona income tax to the extent the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Other distributions from the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund, however, such as distributions of short-term or long-term capital gains, generally will not be exempt from Arizona income tax.

There are no municipal income taxes in Arizona. Moreover, because shares of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund are intangibles, they are not subject to Arizona property tax. Shareholders of the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund should consult their tax advisors about other state and local tax consequences of their investment in the Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund.

FOREIGN TAXES

The Funds may be subject to foreign withholding or foreign taxes on income, including dividends and interest received from sources in foreign countries or gain from certain foreign securities. With respect to the Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund, these foreign taxes will generally reduce the taxable income of the Fund, but will not be passed through to shareholders to be taken as potential foreign tax credits or as a deduction on their personal income tax return unless the Fund is a qualifying fund of funds and makes an election to pass through foreign taxes passed through to it. A qualified fund of funds is a regulated investment company if at the close of each quarter of the taxable year at least 50 percent of its assets are interests in other regulated investment companies. With respect to the other Funds, if more than 50% of the value of the total assets of a Fund consists of stocks and securities (including debt securities) of foreign corporations at the close of a taxable year, the Fund may elect, for federal income tax purposes, to treat certain foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by it, including generally any withholding and other foreign income taxes, as paid by its shareholders. It is anticipated that the Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund, Global Real Estate Index Fund, International Equity Fund, International Equity Index Fund, Global Sustainability Index Fund, Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Active M International Equity Fund, Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund, Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund and Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund and Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund will generally be eligible to make this election. If these Funds make this election, the amount of such foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Funds will be included in their shareholders’ income pro rata (in addition to taxable distributions actually received by them), and each such shareholder will be entitled either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit

 

148


(subject to applicable limitations) or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction. If a Fund that is not eligible or chooses not to make this election, it will be entitled to deduct such taxes in computing the amounts it is required to distribute.

SALE, EXCHANGE OR REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

The Fund is required to report to you and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares purchased or acquired on or after Jan. 1, 2012 where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Fund (referred to as “covered shares”) and that are disposed of after that date. However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Fund through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. When required to report cost basis, the Fund will calculate it using the Fund’s default method, unless you instruct the Fund to use a different calculation method. For additional information regarding the Fund’s available cost basis reporting methods, including its default method, please contact the Fund. the Fund is not required to, and in many cases the Fund does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore, shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund.

All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Fund shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Fund (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) 30 days or less after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Any loss incurred on a redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Fund on those shares. Any loss incurred on the redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends paid to you with respect to your Fund shares, and any remaining loss will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Fund on those shares. However, this rule does not apply to any loss incurred on a redemption or exchange of shares of a tax-free money market fund or other fund that declares exempt-interest dividends daily and distributes them at least monthly for which your holding period began after Dec. 22, 2010.

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

By law, the Fund may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you: (i) provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number, (ii) certify that this number is correct, (iii) certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and (iv) certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). The Fund also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting.

 

149


TAXATION OF INCOME FROM CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND PFICS

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, including futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Additionally, they may generate items of tax preference or adjustment for the alternative minimum tax that may be allocable to the shareholder.

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS

The Funds (except the Bond Index Fund, Core Bond Fund, Short Bond Fund, Limited Term U.S. Government Fund, U.S. Government Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund) may invest in REITs.

The Global Real Estate Index Fund and the Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund will invest its assets primarily in REITs, some of which will qualify as real estate investment trusts under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code (“qualified REITs”). In general, qualified REITs are taxed only on their income that is not distributed to their shareholders. Even if a REIT meets all of the requirements to be generally exempt from federal income tax on its income, under Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, REITs will be taxed on income, if any, from real estate mortgage investment conduits and possibly income from equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (so-called “excess inclusions”). These regulations may require excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Global Real Estate Index Fund and Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund (or, to the extent applicable, another Fund of the Trust that invests in REITs) be allocated to the shareholders of the regulated investment company with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the interests directly.

With respect to shareholders who are not nominees, a Fund must report excess inclusion income to its shareholders in two cases:

(i) If the excess inclusion income received a Fund from all sources exceeds 1% of its gross income, it must inform the non-nominee shareholders of the amount and character of the excess inclusion income allocated to them; and

(ii) If a Fund receives excess inclusion income from a qualified REIT, the excess inclusion income of which in its most recent tax year ending no later than nine months before the first day of the Fund’s taxable year exceeded 3% of the REIT’s total dividends, the Fund must inform its non-nominee shareholders of the amount and character of the excess inclusion income allocated to them from the REIT.

The U.S. Quality ESG Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests REMICs. Under Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, but may apply retroactively, a portion of the U.S. Quality ESG Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. These regulations are also expected to provide that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the U.S. Quality ESG Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. The IRS in Notice 2006-97 set forth some basic principles for the application of these rules until such regulations are issued.

 

150


In general, the applicable rules under the Code and expected rules under the regulations will provide that the excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code to include governmental units, tax-exempt entities and certain cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. It is not anticipated that a substantial portion of the Global Real Estate Index Fund’s and Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund’s assets will be invested in REITs that generate excess inclusion income.

The Funds (except the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Funds, Bond Index Fund, Core Bond Fund, Short Bond Fund, Limited Term U.S. Government Fund, U.S. Government Fund and U.S. Treasury Index Fund) may make distributions to you of “section 199A dividends” with respect to qualified dividends that it receives with respect to such Fund’s investments in REITs. A section 199A dividend is any dividend or part of such dividend that the Fund pays to you and reports as a section 199A dividend in written statements furnished to you. Distributions paid by a Fund that are eligible to be treated as section 199A dividends for a taxable year may not exceed the “qualified REIT dividends” received by the Fund from a REIT reduced by the Fund’s allocable expenses. Section 199A dividends may be taxed to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders at a reduced effective federal income tax rate, provided you have satisfied a holding period requirement for the Fund’s shares and satisfied certain other conditions. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, but only to the extent that you are not under an obligation (under a short-sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

TAXATION OF NON-U.S. SHAREHOLDERS

Subject to the discussion of special tax consequences under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) below, dividends paid by a Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. Certain interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends as designated by a Fund are not subject to this 30% withholding tax if the shareholder provides a properly completed Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate (as discussed above).

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund.

 

151


Ordinary dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder that fails to make certain required certifications, or that is a “foreign financial institution” as defined in Section 1471 of the Code and that does not meet the requirements imposed on foreign financial institutions by Section 1471, are generally subject to a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The extent, if any, to which such withholding tax may be reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty is unclear. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

The Global Real Index Estate Fund and Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund will invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in U.S. real property. The sale of a U.S. real property interest may trigger special tax consequences to non-U.S. shareholders under FIRPTA.

Non-U.S. persons are subject to U.S. tax on a disposition of a U.S. real property interest as if he or she were a U.S. person. If the Global Real Estate Index Fund or Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund invests more than 50% of its assets in REITs and other U.S. corporations more than 50% of the assets of which are interests in U.S. real estate (“U.S. real property holding corporations” or “USRPHCs”), it will be a U.S. real property holding corporation and “qualified investment entity” for certain purposes, and a look-through rule will apply to distributions that are attributable to gain from the sale or disposition of a U.S. real property interest.

For non-U.S. persons owning more than 5% of the Global Real Estate Index Fund or Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the distribution date, if the Fund is classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation and qualified investment entity, distributions attributable to gain from REITs (so-called “FIRPTA gain”) in which the Fund or Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund invests will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of up to 21%. Non-U.S. persons owning 5% or less of the Global Real Estate Index Fund are subject to withholding at 30% or a lower treaty rate on distributions attributable to such gain. Certain anti-avoidance rules apply and subject all or a portion of any income or gain to tax under FIRPTA in the case of non-U.S. shareholders that dispose of their interest in the Global Real Estate Index Fund or Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund during the 30 day period preceding a distribution that would be treated as a distribution from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest and acquires an identical interest during the 60 day period beginning 30 days prior to the distribution and do not receive a distribution in a manner that subjects the non-U.S. shareholders to tax under FIRPTA. These anti-avoidance rules also apply to “substitute dividend payments” and other similar arrangements.

The sale or redemption of shares in the Global Real Estate Index Fund or Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund will result in FIRPTA gain subject to U.S. withholding and U.S. income tax for a non-U.S. shareholder owning more than 5% of the Fund at any time during the 5-year period ending on the date of sale only if more than 50% of the Fund’s assets are in U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period the shareholder holds its interest in the Fund or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition.

 

152


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The Trust Agreement permits the Trust’s Board to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of one or more separate series representing interests in one or more investment portfolios. The Trustees of the Trust may hereafter create series in addition to the Trust’s 41 existing series, which represent interests in the Trust’s 41 respective portfolios, 39 of which are described in this SAI. The Trust Agreement also permits the Board to classify or reclassify any unissued shares into classes within a series. Pursuant to such authority, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of an unlimited number of shares in two separate classes of shares in each of the Small Cap Core Fund, U.S. Quality ESG Fund and Global Sustainability Index Fund effective July 31, 2020: Class I shares and Class K shares. The Trustees have also authorized the issuance of the Siebert Williams Shank Shares class of the Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund, effective December 5, 2021, which is described in a separate prospectus and SAI.

The Trustees may appoint separate Trustees with respect to one or more series or classes of the Trust’s shares (the “Series Trustees”). To the extent provided by the Trustees in the appointment of Series Trustees, Series Trustees: (i) may, but are not required to, serve as Trustees of the Trust or any other series or class of the Trust; (ii) may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustee of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Trust Agreement with respect to such series or class; and/or (iii) may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class. There are currently no Series Trustees for the Trust.

Under the terms of the Trust Agreement, each share of each Fund has a par value of $0.0001, which represents a proportionate interest in the particular Fund with each other share of its class in the same Fund and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Trustees. Upon any liquidation of a Fund, shareholders of each class of a Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets belonging to that class available for distribution. Shares do not have any preemptive or conversion rights. The right of redemption is described under “Account Policies and Other Information” in the Prospectus. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the 1940 Act, the right of a shareholder to redeem shares and the date of payment by a Fund may be suspended for more than seven days (i) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, other than the customary weekends or holidays, or trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is closed or is restricted as determined by the SEC, (ii) during any emergency, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to dispose of instruments owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its net assets, or (iii) for such other period as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of the shareholders of the Fund. The Trust also may suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions. In addition, shares of each Fund are redeemable at the unilateral option of the Trust. Shares when issued as described in the Prospectus are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, except as stated below. In the interests of economy and convenience, certificates representing shares of the Funds are not issued.

The proceeds received by each Fund for each issue or sale of its shares, and all net investment income, realized and unrealized gain and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, will be specifically allocated to and constitute the underlying assets of that Fund. The underlying assets of each Fund will be segregated on the books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect to that Fund and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses with respect to the Funds and other funds of the Trust normally are allocated in proportion to the NAV of the respective funds except where allocations of direct expenses can otherwise be fairly made.

NOTICE: Under Section 72.1021(a) of the Texas Property Code, initial investors in the Funds who are Texas residents may designate a representative to receive notices of abandoned property in connection with Fund shares. Texas shareholders who wish to appoint a representative should notify the Trust’s Transfer Agent by writing to the Northern Funds Center, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986 or by calling 800-595-9111 to obtain a form for providing written notice to the Trust.

 

153


Each Fund and other funds of the Trust entitled to vote on a matter will vote in the aggregate and not by fund, except as required by law or when the matter to be voted on affects only the interests of shareholders of a particular fund.

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required by the provisions of the 1940 Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each investment portfolio affected by such matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that an investment portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless the interests of each investment portfolio in the matter are substantially identical or the matter does not affect any interest of the investment portfolio. Under the Rule, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in a fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to an investment portfolio only if approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of such investment portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the appointment of independent accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts and the election of Trustees are exempt from the separate voting requirements stated above.

The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders and does not intend to hold such meetings. In the event that a meeting of shareholders is held, each share of the Trust will be entitled, as determined by the Trustees without the vote or consent of shareholders, either to one vote for each share (and proportionate fractional votes for fractional shares held) or to one vote for each dollar of NAV represented by such shares on all matters presented to shareholders, including the election of Trustees (this method of voting being referred to as “dollar-based voting”). However, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or otherwise determined by the Trustees, series and classes of the Trust will vote separately from each other. Shareholders of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of Trustees and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the Trust may elect all of the Trustees, irrespective of the vote of the other shareholders. Meetings of shareholders of the Trust, or any series or class thereof, may be called by the Trustees, certain officers or upon the written request of holders of 10% or more of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. The power to call a vote with respect to shareholders of the Funds is vested exclusively in the Board. To the extent required by law, the Trust will assist in shareholder communications in connection with a meeting called by shareholders. The shareholders of the Trust will have voting rights only with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Trust Agreement and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

The Trust Agreement authorizes the Trustees, without shareholder approval (except as stated in the next paragraph), to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust, or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a “master-feeder” structure by investing substantially all of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company or pooled portfolio.

The Trust Agreement also authorizes the Trustees, in connection with the merger, consolidation, termination or other reorganization of the Trust or any series or class, to classify the shareholders of any class into one or more separate groups and to provide for the different treatment of shares held by the different groups, provided that such merger, consolidation, termination or other reorganization is approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of each group of shareholders that are so classified.

The Board may not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust, amend or otherwise supplement the Trust Agreement or amend and restate a trust investment to reduce the rights, duties, powers, authorities and responsibilities of the Trustees, except to the extent such action does not violate the 1940 Act. Subject to the foregoing, the Trust Agreement permits the Trustees to amend the Trust Agreement without a shareholder vote. However, shareholders of the Trust have the right to vote on any

 

154


amendment: (i) that would adversely affect the voting rights of shareholders; (ii) that is required by law to be approved by shareholders; (iii) that would amend the voting provisions of the Trust Agreement; or (iv) that the Trustees determine to submit to shareholders.

The Trust Agreement permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust: (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine that such action is in the best interest of the Trust or its shareholders. The factors and events that the Trustees may take into account in making such determination include: (i) the inability of the Trust or any series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust, or any series or class thereof, or affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or (iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on their business or operations.

Under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “Delaware Act”), shareholders are not personally liable for obligations of the Trust. The Delaware Act entitles shareholders of the Trust to the same limitation of liability as is available to shareholders of private for-profit corporations. However, no similar statutory or other authority limiting statutory trust shareholder liability exists in many other states. As a result, to the extent that the Trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of courts in such other states, those courts may not apply Delaware law and may subject the shareholders to liability. To offset this risk, the Trust Agreement: (i) contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation and instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or its Trustees and (ii) provides for indemnification out of the property of the applicable series of the Trust of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss beyond his or her investment because of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which all of the following factors are present: (i) a court refuses to apply Delaware law; (ii) the liability arises under tort law or, if not, no contractual limitation of liability is in effect; and (iii) the applicable series of the Trust is unable to meet its obligations.

The Trust Agreement provides that the Trustees will not be liable to any person other than the Trust or a shareholder and that a Trustee will not be liable for any act as a Trustee. However, nothing in the Trust Agreement protects a Trustee against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The Trust Agreement provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

The Trust Agreement provides that each shareholder, by virtue of becoming such, will be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of the Trust Agreement and to have become a party thereto.

In addition to the requirements of Delaware law, the Trust Agreement provides that a shareholder of the Trust may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust only if the following conditions are met: (i) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the series or class to which such action relates, must join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (ii) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trust Agreement also provides that no person, other than the Trustees, who is not a shareholder of a particular series or class shall be entitled to bring any derivative action, suit or other proceeding on behalf of or with respect to such series or class. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

 

155


The term “majority of the outstanding shares” of either the Trust or a fund or investment portfolio means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment policy, the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Trust or such Fund or portfolio present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or such Fund or portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or such Fund or portfolio.

The Trust’s by-laws state that, unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forums for any Shareholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust, (ii) any action asserting a claim or breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Trustee, officer or employee, if any, of the Trust to the Trust or the Trust’s Shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Trust, its Trustees, officers or employees, if any, arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act or the Trust’s Trust Instrument or bylaw; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Trust, its Trustees, officers or employees, if any, governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. The Trust’s by-laws also state that any persons or entity that is a shareholder of the Trust shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provision of the Trust’s by-laws.

As of June 30, 2022, TNTC and its affiliates held of record outstanding shares of the Funds as agent, custodian, trustee or investment adviser on behalf of their customers. For certain Funds, the amount of shares held of record may be more than 25%. TNTC has advised the Trust that the following persons (whose mailing address, unless otherwise indicated, is: c/o The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603) owned of record or are known by the Funds to have beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any Fund as of June 30, 2022:

 

     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     2,824,562        30.75

Reliance Trust Co.

PO Box 28004

FBO MassMutual Rp

Atlanta, GA 30358

     1,388,153        15.11

Income Equity Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     3,240,072        30.10

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     2,554,996        23.73

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     576,527        5.36

International Equity Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     2,411,416        18.76

 

156


     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     1,282,382        9.98

Large Cap Core Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     2,803,593        25.11

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     576,880        5.17

Large Cap Value Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     1,287,672        41.06

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     199,507        6.36

Small Cap Value Fund

     

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, NJ 07302

     32,538,581        31.76

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     23,674,894        23.11

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     9,882,542        9.65

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     9,204,453        8.98

Small Cap Core Fund—Class K

     

Scripps Health General

     2,714,747        27.52

SEI Private Trust Company

One Freedom Valley Drive

Oaks, PA 19426

     594,597        6.03

Small Cap Core Fund—Class I

     

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     3,706,648        45.69

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     3,006,501        37.06

 

157


     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

U.S. Quality ESG Fund—Class K

     

Seminole Tribe of Florida Program 1

     5,505,761        19.80

Seminole Tribe of Florida Program 2

     3,444,470        12.39

Jessie Ball duPont Fund

     3,364,870        12.10

U.S. Quality ESG Fund—Class I

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     60,100        36.57

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     45,177        27.49

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, NJ 07302

     31,115        18.93

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     16,592        10.10

Lincoln Investment Planning LLC FBO Lincoln Customers

601 Office Center Drive, Suite 300

Fort Washington, PA 19034

     10,474        6.37

International Equity Index Fund

     

Ubatco & Co. FBO College Savings Group

P.O. Box 82535

Lincoln, NE 68501

     25,401,761        7.27

Mid Cap Index Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     6,395,550        6.10

Global Sustainability Index Fund—Class K

     

Mac & Co. LLC

500 Gran Street, Room 151-1010

Pittsburgh, PA 15258

     5,127,087        13.61

Seminole Tribe of Florida Program 1

     4,857,815        12.90

Seminole Tribe of Florida Program 2

     3,536,138        9.39

Pension Boards—United Church of Christ, Inc.

     1,895,619        5.03

Global Sustainability Index Fund—Class I

     

Bank of America NA

800 Capitol Street, Suite 1700

Houston, TX 77002

     20,082,517        52.53

Morgan Stanley Defined Contribution Master Trust

     4,358,563        11.40

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, NJ 07302

     3,124,944        8.17

 

158


     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     2,578,263        6.74

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     2,278,947        5.96

Core Bond Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     1,340,661        7.75

Chicago Community Foundation DAF—Income Mod Growth

     1,140,197        6.59

Chicago Community Foundation

DAF—Income

     1,077,102        6.22

Robert J Buford 2

     973,591        5.63

Short Bond Fund

     

R.R. Donnelly & Sons Co.

     1,661,951        7.63

Blueflame Insurance Services Ltd.

     1,594,437        7.32

Limited Term U.S. Government Fund

     

Inteleos, Inc.

     510,496        9.63

Saint Mary’s University of Minnesota

700 Terrace Heights

Winona, MN 55987

     473,906        8.94

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     382,659        7.21

U.S. Treasury Index Fund

     

Novartis

     3,474,641        84.82

Alliance Compressors, LLC Master Retirement Trust

     264,200        6.45

Arizona Tax-Exempt Fund

     

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     3,078,081        28.44

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     915,841        8.46

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     685,731        6.34

Ultra-Short Fixed Income Fund

     

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     20,304,990        6.53

 

159


     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

Health Care Service Corporation Retirement Pension Trust

     19,984,550        6.42

Seminole Tribe of Florida Program 2

     16,927,266        5.44

Catholic Health Services of Long Island

Good Samaritan MFP

992 N. Village Ave.

Rockville Centre, NY 11570

     17,772,090        5.71

U.S. Government Fund

     

Cummins Dynamo Insurance Co.

     1,823,901        37.41

R. Reilly and J. Reilly

P.O. Box 3093

Barrington, IL 60011

     487,501        10.00

California Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund

     

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     3,453,978        9.14

California Tax-Exempt Fund

     

Charles Schwab and Co. Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

     2,344,024        13.65

National Financial Services LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     1,259,988        7.34

Active M Emerging Markets Equity Fund

     

Mori & Co.

922 Walnut Street

Kansas City, MO 64106

     1,297,670        6.85

National Financial Services, LLC

499 Washington Blvd, 5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

     1,193,118        6.29

Multi-Manager Emerging Markets Debt Opportunity Fund

     

The Northern Trust Company Pension Trust

     3,054,538        27.80

Hubbell Incorporated Master Pension

     2,988,341        27.20

Archdiocese of Galveston – Houston

1700 San Jacinto St.

Houston, TX 77002

     847,843        7.72

Airline Pilots Association FedEx Pilots Post-Medicare Retiree Health Plan Trust

P.O. Box 1169

Herndon, VA 20172

     725,688        6.60

Airline Pilots Association Hawaiin Pilots Post Medicare Health Plan VEBA Trust

P.O. Box 1169

Herndon, VA 20172

     580,042        5.28

 

160


     Number of Shares      % of Fund  

Bear Paw Assets LLC

P.O. Box 2607

Havre, MT 59501

     635,858        5.79

BRP Directed Retirement Trust

     830,218        7.56

Schnucks Outstate Pension Plan Trust

     811,559        7.39

Multi-Manager Global Listed Infrastructure Fund

     

Charles Schwab & Co Inc.

     6,080,405        6.73

Multi-Manager Global Real Estate Fund

     

SEI Private Trust Company C O Principal Financial ID

     2,293,061        15.16

The Santa Ynez Band of Mission Indians

     1,178,330        7.79

Multi-Manager High Yield Opportunity Fund

     

Hubbell Incorporated Master Pension

     2,634,539        11.28

Shekels Group Investments LLC

888 S. Figueroa St., Suite 2150

Los Angeles, CA 90017

     2,535,646        10.86

FedEx Pilots Post-Medicare Retiree Health Plan VEBA Trust

     1,292,368        5.53

Northern Engage360TM Fund

     

The University of Chicago

     18,318,612        73.09

Chicago Community Trust Combined Funds

     3,650,082        14.56

To the extent that any shareholder is the beneficial owner of more than 25% of the outstanding shares of any Fund, such shareholder may be deemed a “control person” of that Fund for purposes of the 1940 Act.

As of June 30, 2022, the Trust’s Trustees and officers as a group owned beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Fund.

 

161


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the Funds and related reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the Annual Report to the Funds’ shareholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 (the “Annual Report”), are hereby incorporated by reference herein. No other parts of the Annual Report, including without limitation, “Management’s Discussion of Fund Performance,” are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the Funds’ Annual and Semiannual Reports may be obtained upon request and without charge, from the Transfer Agent by writing to the Northern Funds Center, P.O. Box 75986, Chicago, Illinois 60675-5986 or by calling 800-595-9111 (toll-free).

 

162


OTHER INFORMATION

Statements contained in the Prospectus or in this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus and this SAI form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

163


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1”—A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2”—A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3”—A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B”—A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C”—A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“D”—A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings—S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

“NR”—This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

 

A-1


Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-2”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP”—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated issuer.

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention1. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1”—Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2”—Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3”—Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B”—Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C”—Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD”—Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D”—Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Plus (+) or minus (-)—The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. For the short-term rating category of “F1”, a “+” may be appended.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

 

1 

A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.

 

A-2


The DBRS Morningstar® Ratings Limited (“DBRS Morningstar”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)”—Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)”—Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)”—Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)”—Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)”—Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

“R-2 (low)”—Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3”—Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4”—Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5”—Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D”—Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA”—An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

A-3


“AA”—An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

“A”—An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB”—An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C”—Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

“BB”—An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“B”—An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CCC”—An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

“CC”—An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

“C”—An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

“D”—An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or minus (-)—The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

“NR”—This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings—S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer

 

A-4


can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa”—Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa”—Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A”—Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa”—Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba”—Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B”—Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa”—Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca”—Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C”—Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

“NR”—Is assigned to unrated obligations.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA”—Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA”—Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A”—Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

A-5


“BBB”—Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB”—Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B”—Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

“CCC”—A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.

“CC”—A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.

“C”—A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.

The DBRS Morningstar long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS Morningstar for long-term debt:

“AAA”—Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA”—Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A”—Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB”—Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB”—Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B”—Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

 

A-6


“CCC”, “CC” and “C”—Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D”—A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

 

   

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1”—A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2”—A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3”—A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

“D”—This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.

For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.

Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, Moody’s uses the MIG scale for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

 

A-7


MIG Scale

“MIG-1”—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2”—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3”—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG”—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG short-term demand obligation rating if the frequency of the demand feature is less than every three years. If the frequency of the demand feature is less than three years but the purchase price is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the short-term demand obligation rating is “NR”.

“VMIG-1”—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

“VMIG-2”—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

“VMIG-3”—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

“SG”—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections.

“NR”—Is assigned to an unrated obligation.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation

 

A-8


and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.

Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign financial, bank, insurance, and public finance entities (including supranational and sub-national entities) and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

DBRS Morningstar provides independent credit ratings services for financial institutions, corporate and sovereign entities and structured finance products and instruments. Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an entity or security. The Rating Committee process facilitates rating decisions, which are a collective assessment of DBRS Morningstar’s opinion rather than the view of an individual analyst. Ratings are based on sufficient information that incorporates both global and local considerations and the use of approved methodologies. They are independent of any actual or perceived conflicts of interest. DBRS Morningstar credit ratings are formed and disseminated based on established methodologies, models and criteria (Methodologies) that apply to entities and securities that we rate, including corporate finance issuers, financial institutions, insurance companies, public finance and sovereign entities as well as Structured Finance transactions. DBRS Morningstar methodologies are periodically reviewed and updated by the team.

 

A-9


APPENDIX B

As stated in the Prospectus, the Funds may enter into certain futures transactions. Some of these transactions are described in this Appendix. The Funds may also enter into futures transactions or other securities and instruments that are available in the markets from time to time.

I. Interest Rate Futures Contracts

Use of Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, at or shortly after the trade. In the futures market, only a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have tended to move generally in the aggregate in concert with the cash market prices and have maintained fairly predictable relationships. Accordingly, the Funds may use interest rate futures contracts as a defense, or hedge, against anticipated interest rate changes. As described below, this would include the use of futures contract sales to protect against expected increases in interest rates and futures contract purchases to offset the impact of interest rate declines.

The Funds presently could accomplish a similar result to that which they hope to achieve through the use of futures contracts by selling bonds with long maturities and investing in bonds with short maturities when interest rates are expected to increase, or conversely, selling short-term bonds and investing in long-term bonds when interest rates are expected to decline. However, because of the liquidity that is often available in the futures market, the protection is more likely to be achieved, perhaps at a lower cost and without changing the rate of interest being earned by the Funds, by using futures contracts.

Interest rate future contracts can also be used by the Funds for non-hedging (speculative) purposes to increase total return.

Description of Interest Rate Futures Contracts. An interest rate futures contract sale would create an obligation by a Fund, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price. A futures contract purchase would create an obligation by a Fund, as purchaser, to take delivery of the specific type of financial instrument at a specific future time at a specific price. The specific securities delivered or taken, respectively, at settlement date, would not be determined until at or near that date. The determination would be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract sale or purchase was made.

Although interest rate futures contracts by their terms may call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery of securities. Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by a Fund’s entering into a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument and the same delivery date. If the price of the sale exceeds the price of the offsetting purchase, the Fund is immediately paid the difference and thus realizes a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the Fund pays the difference and realizes a loss. Similarly, the closing out of a futures contract purchase is effected by the Fund entering into a futures contract sale. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain, and if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the Fund realizes a loss.

Interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges—principally, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange. These exchanges may be either designated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a contract market or registered with the CFTC as a derivatives transaction execution facility (“DTEF”). Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. Interest rate futures also may be traded on electronic trading facilities or over-the-counter. These various trading facilities are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by the CFTC.

 

B-1


A public market now exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes; Ginnie Mae modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities; three-month U.S. Treasury Bills; and ninety-day commercial paper. The Funds may trade in any interest rate futures contracts for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments.

II. Index and Security Futures Contracts

A stock or bond index assigns relative values to the stocks or bonds included in the index, which fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks or bonds included. Some stock index futures contracts are based on broad market indices, such as the S&P 500 or the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index. In contrast, certain futures contracts relate to narrower market indices, such as the S&P 100® Index or indexes based on an industry or market segment, such as oil and gas stocks. Since 2001, trading has been permitted in futures based on a single stock and on narrow-based security indices (as defined in the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000) (together “security futures;” broader-based index futures are referred to as “index futures”). Some futures contracts are traded on organized exchanges regulated by the CFTC. These exchanges may be either designated by the CFTC as a contract market or registered with the CFTC as a DTEF. Transactions on such exchanges are cleared through a clearing corporation, which guarantees the performance of the parties to each contract. Futures contracts also may be traded on electronic trading facilities or over-the-counter. These various trading facilities are licensed and/or regulated by varying degrees by the CFTC. To the extent consistent with its investment objective and strategies, a Fund may also engage in transactions, from time to time, in foreign stock index futures such as the ALL-ORDS (Australia), CAC-40 (France), TOPIX (Japan) and the FTSE-100 (United Kingdom).

The Funds may sell index futures and security futures contracts in order to offset a decrease in market value of their portfolio securities that might otherwise result from a market decline. The Funds may do so either to hedge the value of their portfolios as a whole, or to protect against declines, occurring prior to sales of securities, in the value of the securities to be sold. Conversely, the Funds will purchase index futures and security futures contracts in anticipation of purchases of securities. A long futures position may be terminated without a corresponding purchase of securities.

In addition, the Funds may utilize index futures and security futures contracts in anticipation of changes in the composition of its portfolio holdings. For example, in the event that the Funds expect to narrow the range of industry groups represented in their holdings they may, prior to making purchases of the actual securities, establish a long futures position based on a more restricted index, such as an index comprised of securities of a particular industry group. The Funds may also sell futures contracts in connection with this strategy, in order to protect against the possibility that the value of the securities to be sold as part of the restructuring of their portfolios will decline prior to the time of sale.

Index futures and security futures can also be used by certain Funds for non-hedging (speculative) purposes to increase total return.

III. Futures Contracts on Foreign Currencies

A futures contract on foreign currency creates a binding obligation on one party to deliver, and a corresponding obligation on another party to accept delivery of, a stated quantity of foreign currency for an amount fixed in U.S. dollars. Foreign currency futures may be used by a Fund to hedge against exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies arising from multinational transactions.

Certain Funds may also use futures contracts on foreign currencies for non-hedging (speculative) purposes to increase total return.

 

B-2


IV. Margin Payments

Unlike purchases or sales of portfolio securities, no price is paid or received by a Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Funds will be required to deposit with the broker or in a segregated account with a custodian or sub-custodian an amount of liquid assets, known as initial margin, based on the value of the contract. The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in security transactions in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the customer to finance the transactions. Rather, the initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, which is returned to the Funds upon termination of the futures contract assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, called variation margin, to and from the broker, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying instruments fluctuates making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” For example, when a particular Fund has purchased a futures contract and the price of the contract has risen in response to a rise in the underlying instruments, that position will have increased in value and the Fund will be entitled to receive from the broker a variation margin payment equal to that increase in value. Conversely, where a Fund has purchased a futures contract and the price of the futures contract has declined in response to a decrease in the underlying instruments, the position would be less valuable and the Fund would be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker. Prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, subject to the availability of a secondary market, which will operate to terminate a Fund’s position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or gain.

V. Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts

There are several risks in connection with the use of futures by the Funds, even if the futures are used for hedging (non-speculative) purposes. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures and movements in the price of the instruments which are the subject of the hedge. The price of the future may move more than or less than the price of the instruments being hedged. If the price of the futures moves less than the price of the instruments which are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective but, if the price of the instruments being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, a Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the instruments being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the loss on the futures. If the price of the futures moves more than the price of the hedged instruments, the Fund involved will experience either a loss or gain on the futures which will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the instruments that are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of instruments being hedged and movements in the price of futures contracts, the Funds may buy or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of instruments being hedged if the volatility over a particular time period of the prices of such instruments has been greater than the volatility over such time period of the futures, or if otherwise deemed to be appropriate by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers. Conversely, a Fund may buy or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility over a particular time period of the prices of the instruments being hedged is less than the volatility over such time period of the futures contract being used, or if otherwise deemed to be appropriate by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers. It is also possible that, where a Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of instruments held in the Fund may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities.

When futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities or a currency before a Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead; if the Fund then concludes not to invest its cash at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the Fund will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the instruments that were to be purchased.

 

B-3


In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the futures and the instruments being hedged, the price of futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the cash market due to certain market distortions. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through off-setting transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, with respect to financial futures contracts, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into off-setting transactions rather than making or taking delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced thus producing distortions. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortion in the futures market, and because of the imperfect correlation between the movements in the cash market and movements in the price of futures, a correct forecast of general market trends or interest rate movements by the Investment Adviser or Sub-Advisers may still not result in a successful hedging transaction over a short time frame.

In general, positions in futures may be closed out only on an exchange, board of trade or other trading facility, which provides a secondary market for such futures. Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures only on trading facilities where there appear to be active secondary markets, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on any trading facility will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such an event, it may not be possible to close a futures investment position, and in the event of adverse price movements, the Funds would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. However, in the event futures contracts have been used to hedge portfolio securities, such securities will not be sold until the futures contract can be terminated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. However, as described above, there is no guarantee that the price of the securities will in fact correlate with the price movements in the futures contract and thus provide an offset on a futures contract.

Further, it should be noted that the liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions. The trading of futures contracts is also subject to the risk of trading halts, suspensions, exchange or clearing house equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm or clearing house or other disruptions of normal trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions or to recover excess variation margin payments.

Successful use of futures by Funds is also subject to the Investment Adviser’s and Sub-Advisers’ ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. For example, if a particular Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting securities held by it and securities prices increase instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit to the increased value of its securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of securities may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Futures purchased or sold by a Fund (and related options) may be traded on foreign exchanges. Participation in foreign futures and foreign options transactions involves the execution and clearing of trades on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade. Neither the NFA nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in

 

B-4


which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, customers who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC regulations and the rules of the NFA and any domestic exchange or other trading facility (including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange), nor the protective measures provided by the SEC’s rules relating to security futures. In particular, the investments of the Funds in foreign futures, or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect to transactions on United States futures trading facilities. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore the potential profit and loss thereon may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised.

VI. Options on Futures Contracts

The Funds may purchase and write options on the futures contracts described above. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy (call) from or sell (put) to the writer of the option of a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder, or writer, of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling, or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing transaction will realize a gain or loss. A Fund will be required to deposit initial margin and variation margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it pursuant to brokers’ requirements similar to those described above. Net option premiums received will be included as initial margin deposits. As an example, in anticipation of a decline in interest rates, a Fund may purchase call options on futures contracts as a substitute for the purchase of futures contracts to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities which a Fund intends to purchase. Similarly, if the value of the securities held by a Fund is expected to decline as a result of an increase in interest rates, the Fund might purchase put options or sell call options on futures contracts rather than sell futures contracts.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same considerations that are involved in connection with investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). See “Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts” above. In addition, the purchase or sale of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not correspond to changes in the value of the option purchased. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the futures contract upon which it is based, or upon the price of the securities being hedged, an option may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or such securities. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contract. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to a Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). The writing of an option on a futures contract involves risks similar to those risks relating to the sale of futures contracts.

VII. Other Matters

Each Fund intends to comply with the regulations of the CFTC exempting it from the definition of a “Commodity Pool,” including the annual affirmation requirement that went into effect in 2013. The Funds are operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “Commodity Pool Operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under such Act. Accounting for futures contracts will be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

B-5


APPENDIX C

 

LOGO

PROXY VOTING POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES

12/15/2019

These policies and procedures (and the guidelines that follow) apply to the voting of proxies by Northern Trust Corporation affiliates (“Northern Trust”) for accounts over which Northern Trust has been granted proxy voting discretion.


Table of Contents

 

Northern Trust Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     C-1  

SECTION 1. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

     C-1  

SECTION 2. PROXY COMMITTEE

     C-1  

SECTION 3. PROXY VOTING SERVICE

     C-1  

SECTION 4. APPLICATION OF PROXY GUIDELINES

     C-2  

SECTION 5. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     C-2  

SECTION 6. PROXY VOTING RECORDS; CLIENT DISCLOSURES

     C-3  

SECTION 7. ERISA ACCOUNTS

     C-4  

SECTION 8. MUTUAL FUNDS

     C-4  

SECTION 9. OTHER SPECIAL SITUATIONS

     C-4  

Northern Trust Proxy Voting Guidelines

     C-5  

I. The Board of Directors

     C-5  

A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

     C-5  

B. Director Independence

     C-5  

C. Director Attendance

     C-5  

D. Lead Independent Director

     C-6  

E. Overboarding Issues

     C-6  

F. Diversity

     C-6  

G. Stock Ownership Requirements

     C-6  

H. Board Evaluation and Refreshment

     C-6  

I. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

     C-7  

II. Proxy Contests

     C-7  

A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

     C-7  

B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

     C-7  

III. Auditors

     C-7  

A. Ratifying Auditors

     C-7  

IV. Proxy Contest Defenses

     C-8  

A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

     C-8  

B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

     C-8  

C. Cumulative Voting

     C-8  

D. Majority Voting

     C-8  

E. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

     C-9  

F. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

     C-9  

G. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

     C-9  

V. Tender Offer Defenses

     C-9  

A. Poison Pills

     C-9  

B. Fair Price Provisions

     C-9  

C. Greenmail

     C-9  

D. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

     C-9  

E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

     C-10  

VI. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

     C-10  

A. Confidential Voting

     C-10  

B. Bundled Proposals

     C-10  

C. Shareholder Advisory Committees

     C-10  

D. Board of Directors Failure to Respond to Certain Majority Approved Shareholder Proposals

     C-10  

E. Board of Directors Failure to Adequately Respond to Rejected Board Compensation Proposals

     C-10  

F. Compensation Committee Failure to Adequately Address Pay for Performance

     C-10  

G. Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Failures

     C-11  

H. Succession Policies

     C-11  

 

i


I. Proxy Access

     C-11  

J. Other Business

     C-11  

VII. Capital Structure

     C-11  

A. Common Stock Authorization

     C-11  

B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

     C-11  

C. Unequal Voting Rights

     C-11  

D. Reverse Stock Splits

     C-11  

E. Blank Check Preferred Authorization

     C-12  

F. Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock

     C-12  

G. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

     C-12  

H. Preemptive Rights

     C-12  

I. Debt Restructurings

     C-12  

J. Share Repurchase Programs

     C-12  

VIII. Executive and Director Compensation

     C-12  

A. Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

     C-12  

B. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

     C-13  

C. Proposals Concerning Executive and Director Pay

     C-13  

D. Golden and Tin Parachutes

     C-13  

E. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs) and Other Broad-Based Employee Stock Plans

     C-14  

F. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

     C-14  

IX. State of Incorporation

     C-14  

A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes

     C-14  

B. Voting on Reincorporation Proposals

     C-14  

X. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

     C-14  

A. Mergers and Acquisitions

     C-14  

B. Corporate Restructuring

     C-14  

C. Spin-offs

     C-14  

D. Asset Sales

     C-15  

E. Liquidations

     C-15  

F. Appraisal Rights

     C-15  

G. Changing Corporate Name

     C-15  

H. Adjourn Meeting

     C-15  

XI. Mutual Funds

     C-15  

A. Election of Trustees

     C-15  

B. Investment Advisory Agreement

     C-15  

C. Fundamental Investment Restrictions

     C-15  

D. Distribution Agreements

     C-15  

XII. Environmental and Social Issues

     C-15  

A. Environment

     C-15  

B. Diversity and Equal Employment Opportunity

     C-16  

C. Consumer and Product Safety

     C-16  

D. Supply Chain Management

     C-16  

E. Animal Welfare

     C-16  

F. Political and Charitable Contributions

     C-16  

 

ii


Northern Trust

Proxy Voting

Policies and Procedures

These policies and procedures (and the guidelines that follow) apply to the voting of proxies by Northern Trust Corporation affiliates (“Northern Trust”) for accounts over which Northern Trust has been granted proxy voting discretion.

SECTION 1. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

The fundamental precept followed by Northern Trust in voting proxies is to ensure that the manner in which shares are voted is in the best interest of clients/beneficiaries and the value of the investment. As used in these policies and procedures the term “clients/beneficiaries” means any person or entity having the legal or beneficial ownership interest, as the case may be, in a trust, custody or investment management account over which Northern Trust has discretionary voting authority.

Absent special circumstances of the types described in these policies and procedures, Northern Trust will generally exercise its proxy voting discretion in accordance with the guidelines set forth below. In situations where the application of Northern Trust’s guidelines would be inappropriate for particular proxy issues of non-U.S. companies due to local market standards, customs and best practices, Northern Trust will instruct its Proxy Voting Service (defined below in Section 3) to provide a vote recommendation based on the Proxy Voting Service’s relevant global guidelines. Examples of such issues include “poison pill” defenses, which are allowed to be approved by a company’s board of directors without shareholder approval in a number of countries, and definitions of director independence, which vary significantly from country to country.

The foregoing domestic and global proxy voting guidelines are collectively referred to in these policies and procedures as the “Proxy Guidelines”.

SECTION 2. PROXY COMMITTEE

Northern Trust’s Proxy Committee has responsibility for the content, interpretation and application of the Proxy Guidelines. Membership of the Proxy Committee consists of a group of senior Northern Trust investment and compliance officers. Meetings of the Proxy Committee may be called by the Chairperson or, in his or her absence, by any two committee members. Meetings may be conducted in person or telephonically. A majority of committee members present (in person or by proxy) will constitute a quorum for the transacting of business at any meeting. The approval of proxy votes or changes to these policies and procedures or the Proxy Guidelines may be made by majority vote of those present (in person or by proxy) at a meeting called for that purpose. Alternatively, the Committee may approve proxy votes or changes to these policies and procedures or the Proxy Guidelines by a majority vote communicated telephonically (without a meeting) or electronically, provided that any action so approved is properly documented and reflected in minutes of the next meeting of the Committee.

SECTION 3. PROXY VOTING SERVICE

Northern Trust has delegated to an independent third party proxy voting service (“Proxy Voting Service”), the responsibility to review proxy proposals and to make voting recommendations to the Proxy Committee in a manner consistent with the Proxy Guidelines. For proxy proposals that under the Proxy Guidelines are to be voted on a case by case basis, Northern Trust provides supplementary instructions to the Proxy Voting Service to guide it in making vote recommendations. Northern Trust has instructed the Proxy Voting Service not to exercise any discretion in making vote recommendations and to seek guidance whenever it encounters situations that are either not covered by the Proxy Guidelines or where application of the Proxy Guidelines is unclear. In the event that the Proxy Voting Service does not or will not provide recommendations with respect to proxy proposals for securities over which Northern Trust or its affiliates have voting discretion, the relevant proxy analyst at

 

C-1


Northern Trust responsible for the issuer or its business sector shall be responsible for reviewing the proxy proposal and making a voting recommendation to the Proxy Committee consistent with the Proxy Guidelines.

The Proxy Committee will review the Proxy Voting Service on an annual basis. In connection with that review, it will assess: (1) the Proxy Voting Service’s capacity and competency in analyzing proxy issues; (2) the adequacy of the Proxy Voting Service’s staffing and personnel; (3) whether the Proxy Voting Service has robust policies and procedures that enable it to make proxy voting recommendations based on current and accurate information; and (4) the Proxy Voting Service’s ability to identify and address any real or potential conflicts of interests that exist or may have existed between the firm and its employees and the voting recommendations it made to Northern Trust. The Proxy Committee will also regularly monitor the Proxy Voting Service by requesting information from the Proxy Service to determine whether any real or potential conflicts of interest exist as a result of changes to the firm’s business or internal policies. The Proxy Voting Service will also be required to proactively communicate any (i) business changes or (ii) changes and updates to the firm’s policies and procedures that could impact the adequacy and quality of the proxy voting services or the firm’s ability to effectively manage conflicts.

SECTION 4. APPLICATION OF PROXY GUIDELINES

It is intended that the Proxy Guidelines will be applied with a measure of flexibility. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in these policies and procedures, the Proxy Committee may vote proxies contrary to the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Service, or, in the circumstances described in Section 3 above, a Northern Trust proxy analyst, if it determines such action to be in the best interests of Northern Trust clients/beneficiaries. In the exercise of such discretion the Proxy Committee may take into account a wide array of factors relating to the matter under consideration, the nature of the proposal, and the company involved. As a result, a proxy may be voted in one manner in the case of one company and in a different manner in the case of another where, for example, the past history of the company, the character and integrity of its management, the role of outside directors, and the company’s record of producing performance for investors justifies a high degree of confidence in the company and the effect of the proposal on the value of the investment. Similarly, poor past performance, uncertainties about management and future directions, and other factors may lead to a conclusion that particular proposals present unacceptable investment risks and should not be supported. In addition, the proposals should be evaluated in context. For example, a particular proposal may be acceptable standing alone, but objectionable when part of an existing or proposed package, such as where the effect may be to entrench management. Special circumstances may also justify casting different votes for different clients/beneficiaries with respect to the same proxy vote.

The Proxy Committee will document the rationale for any proxy voted contrary to the recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service or, in the circumstances described in Section 3 above, a Northern Trust proxy analyst.

SECTION 5. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Proxy Committee may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies. Clear examples include proxy votes on securities issued by Northern Trust Corporation or its affiliates and proxy votes on matters in which Northern Trust has a direct financial interest (such as shareholder approval of a change in mutual fund advisory fees where Northern Trust is the fund advisor). Conflicts of interest may also be present due to relationships that Northern Trust, its board members, executive officers, and others maintain with the issuers of securities, proponents of shareholder proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships.

Northern Trust has sought to address proxy related conflicts of interest in various ways, including the establishment, composition and authority of the Proxy Committee, and by its delegation of primary responsibility for proxy review and vote recommendation functions to the Proxy Voting Service. For these reasons the potential for conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies generally arises only where the Proxy Committee is considering

 

C-2


the possibility of voting in a manner contrary to a vote recommendation received from the Proxy Voting Service or where the Proxy Voting Service has not provided a vote recommendation. In these situations, the Proxy Committee will need to determine if a conflict of interest exists and, in situations where a conflict is determined to exist, if the conflict is so severe that the Proxy Committee is unable to exercise independent judgment. Conflicts for which the Proxy Committee determines it is unable to exercise independent judgment are referred to in these policies and procedures as “Disabling Conflicts” and other conflicts are referred to as “Non-Disabling Conflicts”.

Conflicts where the Proxy Committee has received a vote recommendation from the Proxy Voting Service. Where the Proxy Committee determines that it is subject to a Disabling Conflict, it will vote in accordance with the vote recommendation received from the Proxy Voting Service. Where the Proxy Committee determines that it is subject to a Non-Disabling Conflict, it either may vote in accordance with the vote recommendation received from the Proxy Voting Service, or it may vote contrary to the vote recommendation received from the Proxy Voting Service if the Proxy Committee determines, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care, and by a vote of at least 70% of its voting members, that the interests of clients/beneficiaries would be better served by voting contrary to such vote recommendation.

Conflicts where the Proxy Committee has not received a vote recommendation from the Proxy Voting Service. Where the Proxy Committee determines that it is subject to a Disabling Conflict, it may resolve the conflict in any of the following ways, which may vary, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care, depending upon the facts and circumstances of each situation and the requirements of applicable law:

 

   

Following the vote recommendation of an independent fiduciary appointed for that purpose;

 

   

Voting pursuant to client direction;

 

   

Abstaining; or

 

   

Voting pursuant to a “mirror voting” arrangement (under which shares are voted in the same manner and proportion as some or all of the other shares not voted by the Proxy Committee).

Where the Proxy Committee determines that is subject to a Non-Disabling Conflict, it may resolve the conflict in a manner consistent with the preceding paragraph or it may vote in its discretion, provided that any discretionary vote that favors a party that is the source of the conflict may only be made if the Proxy Committee determines, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care, and by a vote of at least 70% of its voting members, that the interests of clients/beneficiaries are best served by such vote.

SECTION 6. PROXY VOTING RECORDS; CLIENT DISCLOSURES

Northern Trust will maintain the following records relating to proxy votes cast under these policies and procedures:

 

  A.

A copy of these policies and procedures.

 

  B.

A copy of each proxy statement Northern Trust receives regarding client securities.

 

  C.

A record of each vote cast by Northern Trust on behalf of a client.

 

  D.

A copy of any document created by the Proxy Committee that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialized the basis for that decision.

 

  E.

A copy of each written client request for information on how Northern Trust voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by Northern Trust to any (written or oral) client request for information on how Northern Trust voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Northern Trust may rely on one or more third parties to make and retain the records referred to in items B. and C. above.

 

C-3


The Proxy Committee will cause copies of the foregoing records, as they relate to particular clients, to be provided to those clients upon request. It is generally the policy of Northern Trust not to disclose its proxy voting records to third parties, except as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.

SECTION 7. ERISA ACCOUNTS

Plans governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), are to be administered consistent with the terms of the governing plan documents and applicable provisions of ERISA. In cases where sole proxy voting discretion rests with Northern Trust, the foregoing policies and procedures will be followed, subject to the fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has indicated that the voting decisions of ERISA fiduciaries must generally focus on the course that would most likely increase the value of the stock being voted.

The documents governing ERISA individual account plans may set forth various procedures for voting “employer securities” held by the plan. Where authority over the investment of plan assets is granted to plan participants, many individual account plans provide that proxies for employer securities will be voted in accordance with directions received from plan participants as to shares allocated to their plan accounts. In some cases, the governing plan documents may further provide that unallocated shares and/or allocated shares for which no participant directions are received will be voted in accordance with a proportional voting method in which such shares are voted proportionately in the same manner as are allocated shares for which directions from participants have been received. Consistent with Labor Department positions, it is the policy of Northern Trust to follow the provisions of a plan’s governing documents in the voting of employer securities unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA.

SECTION 8. MUTUAL FUNDS

Proxies of registered management investment companies will be voted subject to any applicable investment restrictions of the fund and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the fund.

SECTION 9. OTHER SPECIAL SITUATIONS

Proxies of funds or accounts that specify the use of proxy guidelines other than the Proxy Guidelines will be voted in accordance with these other guidelines. Northern Trust may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts either where it deems the cost of doing so to be prohibitive or where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account’s portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question. For example, in accordance with local law or business practices, many foreign companies prevent the sales of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting (“share blocking”). Due to these restrictions, Northern Trust must balance the benefits to its clients of voting proxies against the potentially serious portfolio management consequences of a reduced flexibility to sell the underlying shares at the most advantageous time. For companies in countries with share blocking periods, the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock regardless of changing conditions generally outweighs the advantages of voting at the shareholder meeting for routine items. Accordingly, Northern Trust will not vote those proxies in the absence of an unusual, significant vote. Various accounts over which Northern Trust has proxy voting discretion participate in securities lending programs administered by Northern Trust or a third party. Because title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, Northern Trust will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date. If Northern Trust has investment

discretion, however, it reserves the right of the portfolio manager to instruct the lending agent to terminate a loan in situations where the matter to be voted upon is deemed to be material to the investment and the benefits of voting the security are deemed to outweigh the costs of terminating the loan.

 

C-4


Northern Trust

Proxy Voting Guidelines

I. The Board of Directors

A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Northern Trust generally votes for director nominees in uncontested elections absent countervailing factors such as a lack of director independence (see below), chronic, unjustified absenteeism, concerns regarding the inattentiveness of the nominee, including the number of public company boards on which the nominee sits, and if the nominee sits on an audit, compensation or risk committee, concerns regarding the actions taken by such committees.

B. Director Independence

For any situations not already covered by a rule or regulation, Northern Trust will generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board of a company be comprised of a majority of independent directors and will generally vote against shareholder proposals requesting that the board of a company be comprised of a supermajority of independent directors. Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively and withholds votes for the election of non-independent directors serving on an audit, compensation or nominating committee or board.

Northern Trust generally leaves the choice of chairman to the board’s discretion as Northern Trust’s support for proposals that principal committees consist exclusively of independent directors and that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors provides sufficient checks and balances. However, Northern Trust will vote case by case on whether to support shareholder resolutions seeking the separation of chairman and CEO in circumstances where shareholder interests may be better served by having an independent chair. Such circumstances may include, during periods of organizational re-structuring, during periods of sustained under performance relative to peers, during a period of leadership transition, or where concerns arise as to the sufficiency of independence the board has from management.

Northern Trust generally supports the listing standards or local market practice on non-executive director independence. Northern Trust may apply a stricter standard for director independence at companies that exhibit poor governance practices. A non-executive director in these instances would not be considered independent if he or she:

 

   

Has been an employee of the company within the last five years;

 

   

Has, or has had within the last three years, a material business relationship with the company;

 

   

Is a company founder;

 

   

Represents a significant shareholder; or

 

   

Has close family ties with any of the company’s advisers, directors, or senior employees.

C. Director Attendance

Northern Trust will vote case by case on individual directors who attend fewer than 75 percent of board and board-committee meetings for two consecutive years.

 

C-5


D. Lead Independent Director

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals in support of the appointment of a lead independent director.

Northern Trust expects the role of the lead independent director to be set out within the board’s governance charter, with clearly defined powers that should include at minimum the ability to:

 

   

serve as a liaison between the company’s independent directors and the CEO;

 

   

lead the annual evaluation of the CEO’s performance and the annual evaluation of the independent board of directors;

 

   

be available for consultation and direct communication with major stockholders, if they so request;

 

   

approve meeting agendas for the board and the nature of information sent to the board;

 

   

call a special meeting of the board or a special executive session of the independent directors; and

 

   

add items to the agenda of any regular or special meeting of the board deemed necessary or advisable.

E. Overboarding Issues

Northern Trust generally votes against a director nominee if it is a CEO who sits on more than two public boards or a non-CEO who sits on more than four public boards.

F. Diversity

Companies benefit from a wide diversity of perspectives and backgrounds on their boards. The board should reflect the diversity of the workforce and society, ensuring that a variety of viewpoints are represented in corporate decision-making. Northern Trust believes that an effective board should be comprised of directors with a mix of skills and experience to ensure the Board has the necessary tools to perform its oversight function effectively; this includes diversity of background, experience, age, race, gender, ethnicity, and culture. Northern Trust may vote against one or more directors where we have concerns relating to the composition and diversity of the board.

G. Stock Ownership Requirements

Northern Trust generally votes against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

H. Board Evaluation and Refreshment

The board needs to ensure that it is positioned to change and evolve with the needs of the company. Boards should, on at least an annual basis, formally evaluate the CEO, the board as a whole, and individual directors. Evaluation of the board as a whole should consider the balance of skills, experience, independence, and knowledge of the company on the board relative to the company’s long-term strategic plan. Evaluation of the board should also consider the board’s diversity, including gender, how the board works together as a unit, and other factors relevant to its effectiveness. Individual evaluation should aim to show whether each director continues to contribute effectively and to demonstrate commitment to the role.

We expect the board to disclose in its annual report or proxy statement how performance evaluation of the board, its committees and its individual directors has been conducted. Northern Trust may vote against the independent chair, lead independent director or presiding director in circumstances where the board appears to lack mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers.

 

C-6


Northern Trust does not consider mandatory retirement age caps or term limits to be appropriate in circumstances where shareholder interests may be better served by a longer-serving non-executive director remaining on the board. For example during periods of organizational re-structuring or CEO/Chairman transition where constructive challenge from a longer serving non-executive director may be beneficial in the context of overall board composition and experience.

Northern Trust will generally vote against shareholder proposals to impose age and term limits unless the company is found to have poor board refreshment and director succession practices. Northern Trust will scrutinize boards that have a preponderance of non-executive directors with excessive long-tenures to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board and that the board remains sufficiently independent from management.

I. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection are evaluated on a case by case basis. Northern Trust generally votes for proposals providing indemnification protection to officers and directors, and for proposals limiting the liability of officers and directors for monetary damages, provided such proposals do not appear to conflict with applicable law and cover only future actions.

II. Proxy Contests

A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case by case basis, considering the following factors:

 

   

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

 

   

Management’s track record;

 

   

Background to the proxy contest;

 

   

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

 

   

Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and

 

   

Stock ownership positions.

B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest are made on a case by case basis. Northern Trust will generally support such proposals in cases where (i) Northern Trust votes in favor the dissidents, and (ii) the proposal is voted on the same proxy as the dissident slate and, as such, is specifically related to the contested proxy at issue.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals allowing shareholders to elect replacements and fill vacancies.

III. Auditors

A. Ratifying Auditors

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to ratify auditors, unless: an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

 

C-7


Northern Trust generally vote against auditor ratification and incumbent members of the Audit Committee if non-audit fees are excessive in relation to audit-related fees without adequate explanation.

Northern Trust generally votes against shareholder proposals that seek to restrict management’s ability to utilize selected auditors, subject to the qualifications set forth above.

IV. Proxy Contest Defenses

A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

Northern Trust generally votes against proposals to classify the board and for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals allowing shareholders to elect replacements and fill vacancies.

C. Cumulative Voting

Northern Trust generally votes against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting, unless such proposals are intended to effectuate a majority voting policy.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to institute cumulative voting, unless the company has previously adopted a majority voting policy, or a majority voting shareholder proposal, consistent with Northern Trust’s majority voting guidelines, is on the ballot at the same time as the cumulative voting proposal, in which case Northern Trust generally votes against such cumulative voting proposals.

D. Majority Voting

In analyzing shareholder proposals calling for directors in uncontested elections to be elected by an affirmative majority of votes cast, Northern Trust focuses on whether or not the company has adopted a written majority voting (or majority withhold) policy that provides for a meaningful alternative to affirmative majority voting.

In cases where companies have not adopted a written majority voting (or majority withhold) policy, Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder majority voting proposals.

In cases where companies have adopted a written majority voting (or majority withhold) policy, Northern Trust generally votes against shareholder majority voting proposals, provided that the policy is set forth in the company’s annual proxy statement and either:

 

   

Requires nominees who receive majority withhold votes to tender their resignation to the board;

 

   

Sets forth a clear and reasonable timetable for decision-making regarding the nominee’s status; and

 

   

Does not contain any specific infirmities that would render it an ineffective alternative to an affirmative majority voting standard or otherwise provides a meaningful alternative to affirmative majority voting.

In determining the adequacy of a company’s majority voting (or majority withhold) policy, Northern Trust may also consider, without limitation, any factors set forth in the policy that are to be taken into account by the board in considering a nominee’s resignation and the range of actions open to the board in responding to the resignation (e.g., acceptance of the resignation, maintaining the director but curing the underlying causes of the withheld votes, etc.).

 

C-8


E. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings, but may vote against such proposals and in favor of shareholder proposals to allow shareholders to call special meetings, taking into consideration the minimum ownership requirement called for in the resolution, existing shareholder rights mechanisms (e.g., proxy access, right to act by written consent, dual-class stock provisions and voting rights, quorum requirements on certain provisions, ability to amend bylaw and charter agreements, etc.), and the company’s overall record of responsiveness to shareholder concerns.

F. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Northern Trust generally votes against shareholder proposals allowing shareholders to take action by written consent. Northern Trust will review on a case by case basis management proposals allowing shareholders to take action by written consent.

G. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

Northern Trust generally votes against proposals limiting management’s ability to alter the size of the board.

V. Tender Offer Defenses

A. Poison Pills

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

Northern Trust will review on a case by case basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

B. Fair Price Provisions

Northern Trust will review votes on a case by case on fair price proposals, taking into consideration whether the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

C. Greenmail

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Northern Trust votes anti-greenmail proposals on a case by case basis when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

D. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

Northern Trust generally votes against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

 

C-9


E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

Northern Trust generally votes against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations, while taking into account ownership structure, quorum requirements, and vote requirements.

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations, while taking into account ownership structure, quorum requirements, and vote requirements.

VI. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

A. Confidential Voting

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requiring confidential voting and independent vote tabulators.

B. Bundled Proposals

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

C. Shareholder Advisory Committees

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis, proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.

D. Board of Directors Failure to Respond to Certain Majority Approved Shareholder Proposals

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on whether to withhold votes from certain directors in the event the board of directors has failed to adequately respond to a majority approved shareholder proposal. Northern Trust will generally not withhold votes from directors in cases where Northern Trust previously voted against the majority approved shareholder proposal. In cases where Northern Trust previously voted in favor of the majority approved shareholder proposal, it will first determine whether it is appropriate under the circumstances to withhold votes from any directors, and if it determines that such action is appropriate it will then determine the director or directors from which votes should be withheld. Factors that will be taken into consideration include the documented response of the board, if any, concerning its action or inaction relating to the relevant shareholder proposal, whether particular board members served on a committee that was responsible for determining a response to the shareholder proposal, the importance of retaining particular directors or groups of directors to protect shareholder value, and such other factors as Northern Trust may deem appropriate.

E. Board of Directors Failure to Adequately Respond to Rejected Board Compensation Proposals

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on whether to withhold votes from certain directors in the event the board of directors has not adequately responded to situations in which board proposals for approval of executive compensation have failed to receive majority shareholder approval.

F. Compensation Committee Failure to Adequately Address Pay for Performance

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on whether to withhold votes from the certain directors of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers.

 

C-10


G. Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Failures

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on whether to withhold from certain directors due to material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately guard against or manage ESG risks.

H. Succession Policies

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering the scope of the request and the company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

I. Proxy Access

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on proxy access proposals. Northern Trust will consider a number of factors, including the company’s performance, the performance of the company’s board, the ownership thresholds and holding duration contained in the resolution and the proportion of directors that shareholders may nominate each year.

J. Other Business

Northern Trust opposes Other Business proposals where shareholders do not have the opportunity to review and understand the details of the proposal.

VII. Capital Structure

A. Common Stock Authorization

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis, proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue.

B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

Northern Trust generally allows for management discretion on matters related to stock distributions, such as stock splits and stock dividends.

C. Unequal Voting Rights

Northern Trust believes that voting rights should align with the shareholders’ economic interests in the company. As such, Northern Trust will generally vote against multi class exchange offers and multi class recapitalizations. If a company has a pre-existing multi class voting structure with superior voting rights, Northern Trust expects the company to develop and implement a sunset provision. If no sunset provision is disclosed, Northern Trust may vote against the relevant committee member.

D. Reverse Stock Splits

Northern Trust generally votes for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.

 

C-11


E. Blank Check Preferred Authorization

Absent special circumstances (e.g., actions taken in the context of a hostile takeover attempt) indicating an abusive purpose, Northern Trust generally votes against proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend and distribution, and other rights, stock unless the voting, conversion, dividend and distribution, and other rights are specified and the voting rights are limited to one vote per share.

F. Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals requiring blank check preferred stock placements to be submitted for shareholder ratification unless the shares are to be issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions.

G. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

Northern Trust generally votes for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock, while taking into account accompanying corporate governance concerns.

H. Preemptive Rights

Northern Trust reviews on a case by case basis, proposals to create or abolish preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, we look at the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base. We generally oppose preemptive rights for publicly-held companies with a broad stockholder base.

I. Debt Restructurings

Northern Trust reviews on a case by case basis, proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan. We consider the following issues:

 

   

Dilution — How much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?

 

   

Change in Control — Will the transaction result in a change in control of the company?

 

   

Bankruptcy — Is the threat of bankruptcy, which would result in severe losses in shareholder value, the main factor driving the debt restructuring?

Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses.

J. Share Repurchase Programs

Northern Trust generally votes for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

VIII. Executive and Director Compensation

A. Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

Northern Trust believes that equity-based awards should align the economic interests of management, directors and employees with those of shareholders and votes case by case taking into account all relevant

 

C-12


material facts and circumstances, including the total estimated cost of the company’s equity plan relative to its peers. Northern Trust will generally oppose new plans, or amendments to an existing plan, where:

 

   

The company’s three year average burn rate exceeds 2% and exceeds an amount that is one standard deviation in excess of its GICS industry mean (segmented by Russell 3000 and non-Russell 3000 companies). A company that exceeds both the foregoing three year average burn rates amounts can avoid a negative vote if it commits in a public filing to maintain a burn rate over the next three fiscal years that is no higher than one standard deviation in excess of its industry mean as calculated at the time of the proposal.

 

   

The absolute change in ownership interest would be significantly reduced, and dilution would have a negative impact to future earnings;

 

   

The company has repriced underwater stock options during the past three years; or

 

   

The exercise price is less than 100% of fair market value at the time of grant.

B. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

Northern Trust generally votes for the approval and amendment of plans for the purposes of complying with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.

C. Proposals Concerning Executive and Director Pay

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals that request a company to adopt an annual advisory vote on executive compensation.

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on shareholder advisory votes concerning the compensation of named executive officers, taking into account pay structure in relation to firm performance, problematic governance practices, and the company’s overall transparency and level of responsiveness to shareholder concerns. Northern Trust may, where appropriate, utilize a proprietary compensation scorecard model, in addition to company disclosures and outside research to arrive at a final decision. The scorecard considers factors including, but not limited to, profitability measures, overall pay of the top executive, company size, and historic performance.

Northern Trust will generally vote for an annual frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation unless the company provides a compelling rationale or unique circumstances.

Northern Trust generally votes on a case by case basis all other shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

D. Golden and Tin Parachutes

Northern Trust generally votes for shareholder proposals to have golden and tin parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis on shareholder advisory votes concerning the severance packages of named executive officers, taking into account the features of the package and the accompanying restructuring proposal.

 

C-13


E. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs) and Other Broad-Based Employee Stock Plans

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to approve an ESOP or other broad-based employee stock purchase or ownership plan, or to increase authorized shares for such existing plans, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to such plans is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than ten percent (10%) of outstanding shares).

F. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

IX. State of Incorporation

A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes

Northern Trust votes on a case by case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

B. Voting on Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation are examined on a case by case basis.

X. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

A. Mergers and Acquisitions

Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a case by case basis, taking into account at least the following:

 

   

Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

 

   

Offer price (cost vs. premium);

 

   

Prospects of the combined companies;

 

   

How the deal was negotiated; and

 

   

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Northern Trust generally votes on a case by case basis in cases where, in connection with a merger or acquisition seeking shareholder approval, a separate shareholder vote is required to approve any agreements or understandings regarding compensation disclosed pursuant to Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K (golden parachute arrangements).

B. Corporate Restructuring

Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales are considered on a case by case basis.

C. Spin-offs

Votes on spin-offs are considered on a case by case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

 

C-14


D. Asset Sales

Votes on asset sales are made on a case by case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

E. Liquidations

Votes on liquidations are made on a case by case basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

F. Appraisal Rights

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

G. Changing Corporate Name

Northern Trust generally votes for changing the corporate name.

H. Adjourn Meeting

Northern Trust generally supports adjournment proposals that accompany mergers proposals also being supported. Otherwise, Northern Trust will vote against such proposals.

XI. Mutual Funds

A. Election of Trustees

Votes on trustee nominees are evaluated on a case by case basis.

B. Investment Advisory Agreement

Votes on investment advisory agreements are evaluated on a case by case basis.

C. Fundamental Investment Restrictions

Votes on amendments to a fund’s fundamental investment restrictions are evaluated on a case by case basis.

D. Distribution Agreements

Votes on distribution agreements are evaluated on a case by case basis.

XII. Environmental and Social Issues

A. Environment

Northern Trust upholds environmental stewardship and recognizes that we all are stakeholders in the future of our global environment. Environmental factors increasingly represent significant operational risks and costs to business. At Northern Trust, our primary objective as an asset manager is to create long-term value for our clients. As a major global investor, Northern Trust has interest in how shareholder value is affected by a company’s management and impact on the natural and social environment, and recognizes that a well-developed environmental and social management system can enhance shareholder value in the long-term. We generally encourage reporting that is not unduly costly or burdensome and which does not place the company at a competitive disadvantage, but which provides meaningful information to enable shareholders to evaluate the impact of the company’s environmental policies and practices on its financial performance.

 

C-15


Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requesting increased disclosure regarding the environmental impact of a company’s operations and products and initiatives to curtail these risks, unless sufficient information has been disclosed to shareholders or is otherwise publicly available.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requesting the issuance of corporate sustainability reports, as well as disclosure, where relevant, concerning the emission of greenhouse gasses and the use of fracturing in connection with the extraction of natural gasses.

Northern Trust votes case by case for proposals requesting the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requesting the issuance of reports by a company detailing its energy efficiency plans.

B. Diversity and Equal Employment Opportunity

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals advocating the elimination of workplace discrimination based on sexual orientation or gender identity.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requesting that a company take reasonable steps to ensure that women and minority candidates are in the pool from which board nominees are chosen or that request that women and minority candidates are routinely sought as part of every board search the company undertakes.

Northern Trust votes case by case on proposals requesting the issuance of a diversity report, including summary description of policies and programs to oriented toward increasing diversity or requests to disclose a comprehensive breakdown of workforce by race and gender.

C. Consumer and Product Safety

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals that request a report or assessment of the safety of a company’s operations and a company’s products and services and efforts to promote their safe use.

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requesting increased disclosure of a company’s policies and procedures for managing and mitigating risks related to cyber security and data privacy.

D. Supply Chain Management

Northern Trust votes case by case for proposals requesting increased disclosure on a company’s supply chain policies and processes and its management of related risks.

E. Animal Welfare

Northern Trust generally votes for proposals requesting increased disclosure or reporting regarding animal treatment issues that may impact a company’s operations and products, especially in relation to food production, unless sufficient information on that topic has already been disclosed to shareholders or is otherwise publicly available.

F. Political and Charitable Contributions

Northern Trust will generally vote for proposals to publish a company’s political or lobbying contributions, taking into consideration recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending.

 

C-16


Northern Trust generally votes against shareholder proposals to eliminate, direct, or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

In other social and environmental issues, Northern Trust generally supports the position of a company’s board of directors when voting on shareholder initiated social and environmental proposals. Although Northern Trust acknowledges that the economic and social considerations underlying such proposals are often closely intertwined, we believe that in most cases the management group and elected directors are best positioned to make corporate decisions on these proposals.

 

C-17


APPENDIX D

 

LOGO

 

D-1


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

     D-8  

1. Board of Directors

     D-9  

    Uncontested Election of Directors

     D-10  

    Board Accountability

     D-10  

    Board Responsiveness

     D-15  

    Director Independence

     D-16  

    Board Composition

     D-16  

    Classification of Directors – U.S.

     D-17  

    Board-Related Management Proposals

     D-20  

    Classification/Declassification of the Board

     D-20  

    Majority Vote Threshold for Director Elections

     D-21  

    Cumulative Voting

     D-21  

    Director and Officer Liability Protection

     D-21  

    Director and Officer Indemnification

     D-22  

    Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors/Fill Vacancies

     D-22  

    Board Size

     D-22  

    Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

     D-23  

    Board Refreshment

     D-23  

    Board-Related Shareholder Proposals/Initiatives

     D-23  

    Proxy Contests/Proxy Access

     D-23  

    Annual Election (Declassification) of the Board

     D-24  

    Majority Threshold Voting Shareholder Proposals

     D-24  

    Majority of Independent Directors

     D-24  

    Establishment of Independent Committees

     D-25  

    Independent Board Chair

     D-25  

    Establishment of Board Committees

     D-25  

    Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

     D-25  

    Board Policy on Shareholder Engagement

     D-26  

    Proxy Access

     D-26  

    Board Refreshment

     D-27  

    CEO Succession Planning

     D-27  

    Vote No Campaigns

     D-27  

2. Ratification of Auditors

     D-27  

    Auditor-Related Shareholder Proposals

     D-28  

    Ratify Auditors/Ensure Auditor Independence

     D-28  

    Auditor Rotation

     D-28  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    2 of 103

 

D-2


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

3. Takeover Defenses / Shareholder Rights

     D-28  

    Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Management Proposals

     D-29  

    Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

     D-29  

    Net Operating Loss (NOL) Poison Pills/Protective Amendments

     D-30  

    Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

     D-31  

    Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements

     D-31  

    Shareholder Ability to Call a Special Meeting

     D-31  

    Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

     D-32  

    Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

     D-32  

    Fair Price Provisions

     D-33  

    Greenmail

     D-33  

    Confidential Voting

     D-33  

    Control Share Acquisition Provisions

     D-34  

    Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

     D-34  

    Disgorgement Provisions

     D-34  

    State Takeover Statutes

     D-34  

    Freeze-Out Provisions

     D-35  

    Reincorporation Proposals

     D-35  

    Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

     D-35  

    Shareholder Litigation Rights

     D-35  

    Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Shareholder Proposals

     D-36  

    Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

     D-36  

    Reduce Supermajority Vote Requirements

     D-37  

    Remove Antitakeover Provisions

     D-37  

    Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

     D-37  

    Virtual Shareholder Meetings

     D-38  

4. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

     D-38  

    Bundled Proposals

     D-38  

    Adjourn Meeting

     D-38  

    Changing Corporate Name

     D-39  

    Amend Quorum Requirements

     D-39  

    Amend Minor Bylaws

     D-39  

    Other Business

     D-39  

5. Capital Structure

     D-39  

    Common Stock Authorization

     D-39  

    General Authorization Requests

     D-39  

    Specific Authorization Requests

     D-40  

    Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

     D-40  

    Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

     D-41  

    Reverse Stock Splits

     D-41  

    Preferred Stock Authorization

     D-41  

    General Authorization Requests

     D-41  

    Specific Authorization Requests

     D-42  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    3 of 103

 

D-3


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

    Blank Check Preferred Stock

     D-43  

    Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

     D-43  

    Unequal Voting Rights/Dual Class Structure

     D-43  

    Preemptive Rights

     D-44  

    Debt Restructurings

     D-44  

    Share Repurchase Programs

     D-44  

    Conversion of Securities

     D-45  

    Recapitalization

     D-45  

    Tracking Stock

     D-45  

6. Executive and Director Compensation

     D-45  

    Criteria for Evaluating Executive Pay

     D-47  

    Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

     D-47  

    Problematic Pay Practices

     D-49  

    Board Communications and Responsiveness

     D-51  

    Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation – Management Say-on-Pay Proposals

     D-51  

    Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – Management Say on Pay

     D-52  

    Advisory Vote on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

     D-52  

    Equity-Based Incentive Plans

     D-53  

    Other Compensation Plans

     D-57  

    Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

     D-57  

    Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs)

     D-58  

    Qualified Plans

     D-58  

    Non-Qualified Plans

     D-58  

    Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

     D-59  

    Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

     D-59  

    Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

     D-60  

    Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

     D-60  

    401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

     D-61  

    Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

     D-61  

    Director Compensation

     D-61  

    Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

     D-62  

    Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

     D-62  

    Outside Director Stock Awards/Options in Lieu of Cash

     D-63  

    Director Retirement Plans

     D-63  

    Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

     D-63  

    Increase Disclosure of Executive Compensation

     D-63  

    Limit Executive Compensation

     D-64  

    Stock Ownership Requirements

     D-64  

    Prohibit/Require Shareholder Approval for Option Repricing

     D-64  

    Severance Agreements/Golden Parachutes

     D-64  

    Cash Balance Plans

     D-65  

    Performance-Based Equity Awards

     D-65  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    4 of 103

 

D-4


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

    Pay for Superior Performance

     D-66  

    Link Compensation to Non-Financial Factors

     D-66  

    Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Shareholder Proposals

     D-67  

    Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment and Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

     D-67  

    Tax Gross-up Proposals

     D-67  

    Compensation Consultants – Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

     D-68  

    Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

     D-68  

    Recoup Bonuses

     D-68  

    Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

     D-68  

    Bonus Banking

     D-68  

    Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

     D-69  

    Non-Deductible Compensation

     D-69  

    Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

     D-69  

7. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

     D-69  

    Mergers and Acquisitions

     D-70  

    Corporate Reorganization/Restructuring Plans (Bankruptcy)

     D-70  

    Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

     D-71  

    Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) – Proposals for Extensions

     D-72  

    Spin-offs

     D-72  

    Asset Purchases

     D-72  

    Asset Sales

     D-72  

    Liquidations

     D-72  

    Joint Ventures

     D-73  

    Appraisal Rights

     D-73  

    Going Private/Dark Transactions (Leveraged buyouts and Minority Squeeze-outs)

     D-73  

    Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

     D-73  

    Formation of Holding Company

     D-74  

    Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

     D-74  

8. Social and Environmental Proposals

     D-75  

    Diversity and Equality

     D-76  

    Add Women and Minorities to the Board

     D-76  

    Racial Equity and/or Civil Rights Audits

     D-77  

    Report on the Distribution of Stock Options by Gender and Race

     D-77  

    Prepare Report/Promote EEOC-Related Activities

     D-77  

    Report on Progress Towards Glass Ceiling Commission Recommendations

     D-78  

    Prohibit Discrimination on the Basis of Sexual Orientation or Gender Identity

     D-78  

    Report on/Eliminate Use of Racial Stereotypes in Advertising

     D-78  

    Gender, Race, or Ethnicity Pay Gap

     D-79  

    Labor and Human Rights

     D-79  

    Codes of Conduct and Vendor Standards

     D-79  

    Adopt/Report on MacBride Principles

     D-80  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    5 of 103

 

D-5


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

    Community Impact Assessment/Indigenous Peoples’ Rights

     D-81  

    Report on Risks of Outsourcing

     D-81  

    Report on the Impact of Health Pandemics on Company Operations

     D-81  

    Mandatory Arbitration

     D-82  

    Sexual Harassment

     D-82  

    Operations in High Risk Markets

     D-82  

    Reports on Operations in Burma/Myanmar

     D-83  

    Reports on Operations in China

     D-83  

    Product Sales to Repressive Regimes

     D-83  

    Internet Privacy/Censorship and Data Security

     D-83  

    Disclosure on Plant Closings

     D-85  

    Climate Change

     D-85  

    Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals

     D-85  

    Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals

     D-85  

    Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas Emissions

     D-86  

    Invest in Clean/Renewable Energy

     D-86  

    Energy Efficiency

     D-86  

    Environment

     D-87  

    Environmental/Sustainability Reports

     D-87  

    Operations in Environmentally Sensitive Areas

     D-88  

    Canadian Oil Sands

     D-88  

    Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

     D-88  

    Hydraulic Fracturing

     D-89  

    Phase Out Chlorine-Based Chemicals

     D-89  

    Land Procurement and Development

     D-89  

    Report on the Sustainability of Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFO)

     D-90  

    Adopt a Comprehensive Recycling Policy

     D-90  

    Nuclear Energy

     D-90  

    Water Use

     D-90  

    Kyoto Protocol Compliance

     D-91  

    Health and Safety

     D-91  

    Toxic Materials

     D-91  

    Product Safety

     D-91  

    Workplace/Facility Safety

     D-91  

    Report on Handgun Safety Initiatives

     D-91  

    Phase-out or Label Products Containing Genetically Engineered Ingredients

     D-92  

    Tobacco-related Proposals

     D-92  

    Adopt Policy/Report on Drug Pricing

     D-93  

    Government and Military

     D-94  

    Prepare Report to Renounce Future Landmine Production

     D-94  

    Prepare Report on Foreign Military Sales

     D-94  

    Depleted Uranium/Nuclear Weapons

     D-94  

    Adopt Ethical Criteria for Weapons Contracts

     D-95  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    6 of 103

 

D-6


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

    Animal Welfare

     D-95  

    Animal Rights/Testing

     D-95  

    Political and Charitable Giving

     D-95  

    Lobbying Efforts

     D-95  

    Political Contributions/Non-Partisanship

     D-96  

    Charitable Contributions

     D-96  

    Disclosure on Prior Government Service

     D-97  

    Consumer Lending and Economic Development

     D-97  

    Adopt Policy/Report on Predatory Lending Practices

     D-97  

    Disclosure on Credit in Developing Countries (LDCs) or Forgive LDC Debt

     D-97  

    Community Investing

     D-98  

    Miscellaneous

     D-98  

    Adult Entertainment

     D-98  

    Abortion/Right to Life Issues

     D-98  

    Anti-Social Proposals

     D-98  

    Violence and Adult Themes in Video Games

     D-99  

9. Mutual Fund Proxies

     D-99  

    Election of Trustees and Directors

     D-99  

    Closed End Funds- Unilateral Opt-In to Control Share Acquisition Statutes

     D-99  

    Investment Advisory Agreement

     D-99  

    Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction

     D-100  

    Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental

     D-100  

    Distribution Agreements

     D-100  

    Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

     D-100  

    Convert Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

     D-100  

    Proxy Contests

     D-101  

    Preferred Stock Proposals

     D-101  

    Mergers

     D-101  

    Business Development Companies – Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

     D-101  

    Change in Fund’s Subclassification

     D-102  

    Changing the Domicile of a Fund

     D-102  

    Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

     D-102  

    Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

     D-102  

    Name Change Proposals

     D-102  

    1940 Act Policies

     D-102  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    7 of 103

 

D-7


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

INTRODUCTION

ISS’ Social Advisory Services division recognizes that socially responsible investors have dual objectives: financial and social. Socially responsible investors invest for economic gain, as do all investors, but they also require that the companies in which they invest conduct their business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner.

These dual objectives carry through to socially responsible investors’ proxy voting activity once the security selection process is completed. In voting their shares, socially responsible institutional shareholders are concerned not only with sustainable economic returns to shareholders and good corporate governance but also with the ethical behavior of corporations and the social and environmental impact of their actions.

Social Advisory Services has, therefore, developed proxy voting guidelines that are consistent with the dual objectives of socially responsible shareholders. On matters of social and environmental import, the guidelines seek to reflect a broad consensus of the socially responsible investing community. Generally, we take as our frame of reference policies that have been developed by groups such as the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility, the General Board of Pension and Health Benefits of the United Methodist Church, Domini Social Investments, and other leading church shareholders and socially responsible mutual fund companies. Additionally, we incorporate the active ownership and investment philosophies of leading globally recognized initiatives such as the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI), the United Nations Global Compact, and environmental and social European Union Directives.

On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation, and corporate structure, Social Advisory Services guidelines are based on a commitment to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance consistent with responsibilities to society as a whole.

The guidelines provide an overview of how Social Advisory Services recommends that its clients vote. We note that there may be cases in which the final vote recommendation on a particular company varies from the vote guideline due to the fact that we closely examine the merits of each proposal and consider relevant information and company-specific circumstances in arriving at our decisions. Where Social Advisory Services acts as voting agent for its clients, it follows each client’s voting policy, which may differ in some cases from the policies outlined in this document. Social Advisory Services updates its guidelines on an annual basis to take into account emerging issues and trends on environmental, social, and corporate governance topics, in addition to evolving market standards, regulatory changes, and client feedback.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    8 of 103

 

D-8


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

1. Board of Directors

A corporation’s board of directors sits at the apogee of the corporate governance system. Though they normally delegate responsibility for the management of the business to the senior executives they select and oversee, directors bear ultimate responsibility for the conduct of the corporation’s business. The role of directors in publicly held corporations has undergone considerable change in recent years. Once derided as rubber stamps for management, directors of public corporations today are expected to serve as effective guardians of shareholders’ interests.

Voting on directors and board-related issues is the most important use of the shareholder franchise, not simply a routine proxy item. Although uncontested director elections do not present alternative nominees from whom to choose, a high percentage of opposition votes is an expression of shareholder dissatisfaction and should be sufficient to elicit a meaningful response from management.

The role and responsibilities of directors has increasingly been the subject of much discussion and debate, given the current economic climate and the difficulties many companies now face in their respective markets. Influential organizations, including the American Law Institute, the American Bar Association, the National Association of Corporate Directors, and the Business Roundtable have issued reports and recommendations regarding the duties and accountability of corporate boards. Both mainstream and alternative media outlets have highlighted the numerous gaps within risk oversight of company boards and individual directors, and many institutional investors, in response, have capitalized on their rights as stakeholders to prompt changes. Corporations have taken notice, implementing many of the reforms championed by their shareholders.

Although differences of opinion remain, a fairly strong consensus has emerged on a number of key issues. It is widely agreed that the board’s most important responsibility is to ensure that the corporation is managed in the shareholders’ best long-term economic interest. This will often require boards to consider the impact of their actions on other constituencies, including employees, customers, local communities, and the environment.

 

The board’s principal functions are widely agreed to consist of the following:

To select, evaluate, and if necessary, replace management, including the chief executive officer;

To review and approve major strategies and financial objectives;

To advise management on significant issues;

To assure that effective controls are in place to safeguard corporate assets, manage risk, and comply with the law; and

To nominate directors and otherwise ensure that the board functions effectively.

Boards are expected to have a majority of directors independent of management. The independent directors are expected to organize much of the board’s work, even if the chief executive officer also serves as Chairman of the board. Key committees of the board are expected to be entirely independent of management. It is expected that boards will engage in critical self-evaluation of themselves and of individual members. Individual directors, in turn, are expected to devote significant amounts of time to their duties, to limit the number of directorships they accept, and to own a meaningful amount of stock in companies on whose boards they serve. Directors are ultimately responsible to the corporation’s shareholders. The most direct expression of this responsibility is the requirement that directors be elected to their positions by the shareholders. Shareholders are also asked to vote on a number of other matters regarding the role, structure, and composition of the board. Social Advisory Services classifies directors as either executive, non-independent non-executive, or independent directors.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    9 of 103

 

D-9


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Uncontested Election of Directors

Four broad principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

  1.

Board Accountability: Accountability refers to the promotion of transparency into a company’s governance practices and annual board elections and the provision to shareholders the ability to remove problematic directors and to vote on takeover defenses or other charter/bylaw amendments. These practices help reduce the opportunity for management entrenchment.

 

  2.

Board Responsiveness: Directors should be responsive to shareholders, particularly in regard to shareholder proposals that receive a majority vote or management proposals that receive significant opposition and to tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered. Furthermore, shareholders should expect directors to devote sufficient time and resources to oversight of the company.

 

  3.

Director Independence: Without independence from management, the board may be unwilling or unable to effectively set company strategy and scrutinize performance or executive compensation.

 

  4.

Director Diversity/Competence: Companies should seek a diverse board of directors who can add value to the board through their specific skills or expertise and who can devote sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members. Boards should be sufficiently diverse to ensure consideration of a wide range of perspectives.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees1 considered on a case-by-case basis):

Board Accountability

Vote against or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure: The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant an against/withhold recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards: The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.

Director Performance Evaluation: The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one-, three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as

1 

A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    10 of 103

 

D-10


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to a classified board structure, supermajority vote requirements, a majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections, inability for shareholders to call special meetings or act by written consent, a multi-class capital structure, and/or a non-shareholder approved poison pill.

Poison Pills: Vote against/withhold from all nominees (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if:

 

The company has a poison pill that was not approved by shareholders2. However, vote case-by-case on nominees if the board adopts an initial pill with a term of one year or less, depending on the disclosed rationale for the adoption, and other factors as relevant (such as a commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote);

The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or

The pill, whether short-term3 or long-term, has a deadhand or slowhand feature.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Vote against/withhold from the members of the audit committee if:

 

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification);

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the audit committee and potentially the full board if:

 

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item, or, in egregious situations, vote against/withhold from members of the compensation committee and potentially the full board if:

 

There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay-for-performance);

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices including options backdating, excessive perks and overly generous employment contracts etc.;

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash, or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in the firm’s equity plan;

2 

Public shareholders only, approval prior to a company’s becoming public is insufficient.

3 

If the short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, ISS will generally still recommend withhold/against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    11 of 103

 

D-11


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

Generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting non-employee director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more years) of awarding excessive non-employee director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.

Problematic Pledging of Company Stock

Vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company stock by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:

 

The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;

The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;

Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;

Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and

Any other relevant factors.

Material Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Risk Oversight Failures

Vote against/withhold from directors individually, committee members, or potentially the entire board, due to:

 

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight4, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately guard against or manage ESG risks;

A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks;

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Climate Accountability

For companies that are significant GHG emitters, through their operations or value chain5, generally vote against or withhold from the incumbent chair of the responsible committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) in cases where Social Advisory Services determines that the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to understand, assess, and mitigate risks related to climate change to the company and the larger economy.

4 

Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant environmental incidents including spills and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; or hedging of company stock.

5 

For 2022, companies defined as “significant GHG emitters” will be those on the current Climate Action 100+ Focus Group list

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    12 of 103

 

D-12


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

For 2022, minimum steps to understand and mitigate those risks are considered to be the following. Both minimum criteria will be required to be in compliance:

 

Detailed disclosure of climate-related risks, such as according to the framework established by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), including:

 

Board governance measures;

 

Corporate strategy;

 

Risk management analyses; and

 

Metrics and targets.

Appropriate GHG emissions reduction targets.

For 2022, “appropriate GHG emissions reductions targets” will be any well-defined GHG reduction targets. Expectations about what constitutes “minimum steps to mitigate risks related to climate change” will increase over time.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders. Considering the following factors:

 

The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

The company’s ownership structure;

The company’s existing governance provisions;

The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

Classified the board;

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    13 of 103

 

D-13


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Problematic Governance Structure – Newly Public Companies

For newly public companies6, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:

 

Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;

A classified board structure; or

Other egregious provisions.

A reasonable sunset provision will be considered a mitigating factor.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Problematic Capital Structure – Newly Public Companies

For 2022, for newly public companies6, generally vote against or withhold from the entire board (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights without subjecting the multi-class capital structure to a reasonable time-based sunset. In assessing the reasonableness of a time-based sunset provision, consideration will be given to the company’s lifespan, its post-IPO ownership structure and the board’s disclosed rationale for the sunset period selected. No sunset period of more than seven years from the date of the IPO will be considered to be reasonable.

Continue to vote against or withhold from incumbent directors in subsequent years, unless the problematic capital structure is reversed, removed, or subject to a newly added reasonable sunset.

Common Stock Capital Structure with Unequal Voting Rights

Starting Feb 1, 2023, generally vote withhold or against directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case), if the company employs a common stock structure with unequal voting rights7.

Exceptions to this policy will generally be limited to:

 

Newly-public companies6 with a sunset provision of no more than seven years from the date of going public;

Limited Partnerships and the Operating Partnership (OP) unit structure of REITs;

Situations where the unequal voting rights are considered de minimis; or

The company provides sufficient protections for minority shareholders, such as allowing minority shareholders a regular binding vote on whether the capital structure should be maintained.

6 

Newly-public companies generally include companies that emerge from bankruptcy, SPAC transactions, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering.

7 

This generally includes classes of common stock that have additional votes per share than other shares; classes of shares that are not entitled to vote on all the same ballot items or nominees; or stock with time-phased voting rights (“loyalty shares”).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    14 of 103

 

D-14


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions:

Vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:

 

The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;

Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;

The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

The company’s ownership structure; and

Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Restrictions on Shareholders’ Rights: Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:

 

The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis.

Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. Generally continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.

Board Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

The subject matter of the proposal;

 

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

Other factors as appropriate.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    15 of 103

 

D-15


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote case-by-case on compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:

 

The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast. Factors that will be considered are:

 

The company’s response, including:

 

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support (including the timing and frequency of engagements and whether independent directors participated);

 

Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition;

 

Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;

 

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

Director Independence

Vote against/withhold from the entire board if the full board is less than majority independent.

Vote against/withhold from non-independent directors (executive directors and non-independent non-executive directors per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

The non-independent director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.

Board Composition

Board Diversity

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against or withhold from incumbent nominating committee members if:

 

The board is not comprised of at least 40 percent underrepresented gender identities8; or

The board is not comprised of at least 20 percent racially or ethnically diverse directors.

Vote against or withhold from other directors on a case-by-case basis.

8 

Underrepresented gender identities include directors who identify as women or as non-binary.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    16 of 103

 

D-16


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Competence

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings

Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year9) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

Medical issues/illness;

Family emergencies; and

If the director’s total service was three meetings or fewer and the director missed only one meeting.

In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors

Vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

Sit on more than five public company boards; or

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards10.

Classification of Directors – U.S.

 

  1.

Executive Director

  1.1.

Current officeri of the company or one of its affiliatesii.

 

 

  2.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Board Identification

  2.1.

Director identified as not independent by board.

 

Controlling/Significant Shareholder

  2.2.

Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

 

9 

Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.

10 

Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Social Advisory Services will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    17 of 103

 

D-17


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Current Employment at Company or Related Company

  2.3.

Non-officer employee of the firm (including employee representatives).

 
  2.4.

Officeri, former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

 

Former Employment

  2.5.

Former CEO of the companyiii,iv.

 
  2.6.

Former non-CEO officeri of the company or an affiliateii within the past five years.

 
  2.7.

Former officeri of an acquired company within the past five yearsiv.

 
  2.8.

Officeri of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off within the past five years.

 
  2.9.

Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be madev.

 

Family Members

  2.10.

Immediate family membervi of a current or former officeri of the company or its affiliatesii within the last five years.

 
  2.11.

Immediate family membervi of a current employee of company or its affiliatesii where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

 

Professional, Transactional, and Charitable Relationships

  2.12.

Director who (or whose immediate family membervi) currently provides professional servicesvii in excess of $10,000 per year to: the company, an affiliateii, or an individual officer of the company or an affiliate; or who is (or whose immediate family membervi is) a partner, employee, or controlling shareholder of an organization which provides the services.

 
  2.13.

Director who (or whose immediate family membervi) currently has any material transactional relationshipviii with the company or its affiliatesii; or who is (or whose immediate family membervi is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has the material transactional relationshipviii (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 
  2.14.

Director who (or whose immediate family membervi) is a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowmentsviii from the company or its affiliatesii.

 

Other Relationships

  2.15.

Party to a voting agreementix to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

 
  2.16.

Has (or an immediate family membervi has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its compensation committeex.

 
  2.17.

Founderxi of the company but not currently an employee.

 
  2.18.

Director with pay comparable to Named Executive Officers.

 
  2.19.

Any materialxii relationship with the company.

 

 

  3.

Independent Director

  3.1.

No materialxii connection to the company other than a board seat.

 

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    18 of 103

 

D-18


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Footnotes:

i The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes: the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will generally be classified as a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director under “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation exceeding $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Director.

ii “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. Social Advisory Services uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation. The manager/advisor of an externally managed issuer (EMI) is considered an affiliate.

iii Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).

iv When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, Social Advisory Services will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

v Social Advisory Services will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. Social Advisory Services will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.

vi “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

vii Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; legal services; property management services; realtor services; lobbying services; executive search services; and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services; IT tech support services; educational services; and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    19 of 103

 

D-19


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

viii A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NYSE listing standards. In the case of a company which follows neither of the preceding standards, Social Advisory Services will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

ix Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as independent directors if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

x Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).

xi The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, Social Advisory Services may deem him or her an independent outsider.

xii For purposes of Social Advisory Services’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Board-Related Management Proposals

Classification/Declassification of the Board

Under a classified board structure only one class of directors would stand for election each year, and the directors in each class would generally serve three-year terms. Although staggered boards can provide continuity for companies at the board level, there are also a number of downsides to the structure. First, a classified board can also be used to entrench management and effectively preclude most takeover bids or proxy contests. Board classification forces dissidents and would-be acquirers to negotiate with the incumbent board, which has the authority to decide on offers without a shareholder vote. In addition, when a board is classified, it is difficult to remove individual members for either poor attendance or poor performance; shareholders would only have the chance to vote on a given director every third year when he or she comes up for election. The classified board structure can also limit shareholders’ ability to withhold votes from inside directors that sit on key board committee, or to withhold votes from an entire board slate to protest the lack of board diversity. According to ISS’ 2012 Board Practices study, the number of S&P 500 companies with classified boards has continued to fall. In 2015, only 17 percent of S&P 500 companies maintained staggered boards, compared to 25 percent in 2014, 30 percent in 2013, and 39 percent in 2010. While we recognize that there are some advantages to classified boards, based on the latest studies on classified boards, the fact that classified boards can make it more difficult for shareholders to remove individual directors, and the fact that classified boards can be used as an antitakeover device, Social Advisory Services recommends against the adoption of classified boards.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    20 of 103

 

D-20


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board of directors.

Majority Vote Threshold for Director Elections

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections.

Vote against if no carve-out for plurality in contested elections is included.

Cumulative Voting

Most corporations provide that shareholders are entitled to cast one vote for each share owned. Under a cumulative voting scheme the shareholder is permitted to have one vote per share for each director to be elected. Shareholders are permitted to apportion those votes in any manner they wish among the director candidates. Shareholders have the opportunity to elect a minority representative to a board through cumulative voting, thereby ensuring representation for all sizes of shareholders. For example, if there is a company with a ten-member board and 500 shares outstanding—the total number of votes that may be cast is 5,000. In this case a shareholder with 51 shares (10.2 percent of the outstanding shares) would be guaranteed one board seat because all votes may be cast for one candidate.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting unless:

 

The company has proxy access11, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).

Director and Officer Liability Protection

Management proposals typically seek shareholder approval to adopt an amendment to the company’s charter to eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors to the company and its shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by state law. In contrast, shareholder proposals seek to provide for personal monetary liability for fiduciary breaches arising from gross negligence. While Social Advisory Services recognizes that a company may have a more difficult time attracting and retaining directors if they are subject to personal monetary liability, Social Advisory Services believes the great responsibility and authority of directors justifies holding them accountable for their actions. Each proposal addressing director liability will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis consistent with this philosophy using Delaware law as the standard. Social Advisory Services may support these proposals when the company persuasively argues that such action is necessary to attract and retain directors, but may oppose management proposals and support shareholder proposals in light of promoting director accountability.

11 

A proxy access right that meets the recommended guidelines.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    21 of 103

 

D-21


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to limit or eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for: (i) a breach of the duty of care; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violations of the law; (iii) acts involving the unlawful purchases or redemptions of stock; (iv) the payment of unlawful dividends; or (v) the receipt of improper personal benefits.

Director and Officer Indemnification

Indemnification is the payment by a company of the expenses of directors who become involved in litigation as a result of their service to a company. Proposals to indemnify a company’s directors differ from those to eliminate or reduce their liability because with indemnification, directors may still be liable for an act or omission, but the company will bear the expense. Social Advisory Services may support these proposals when the company persuasively argues that such action is necessary to attract and retain directors, but will generally oppose indemnification when it is being proposed to insulate directors from actions they have already taken.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

Vote against proposals that would expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”) but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

Vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (i) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that the director reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and (ii) only if the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors/Fill Vacancies

Shareholder ability to remove directors, with or without cause, is either prescribed by a state’s business corporation law, an individual company’s articles of incorporation, or its bylaws. Many companies have sought shareholder approval for charter or bylaw amendments that would prohibit the removal of directors except for cause, thus ensuring that directors would retain their directorship for their full-term unless found guilty of self-dealing. By requiring cause to be demonstrated through due process, management insulates the directors from removal even if a director has been performing poorly, not attending meetings, or not acting in the best interests of shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

Vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Board Size

Proposals which would allow management to increase or decrease the size of the board at its own discretion are often used by companies as a takeover defense. Social Advisory Services supports management proposals to fix

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    22 of 103

 

D-22


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

the size of the board at a specific number, thus preventing management, when facing a proxy contest, from increasing the board size without shareholder approval. By increasing the size of the board, management can make it more difficult for dissidents to gain control of the board. Fixing the size of the board also prevents a reduction in the size of the board as a strategy to oust independent directors. Fixing board size also prevents management from increasing the number of directors in order to dilute the effects of cumulative voting.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that seek to change the size or range of the board.

Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specific range without shareholder approval.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Board Refreshment

Board refreshment is best implemented through an ongoing program of individual director evaluations, conducted annually, to ensure the evolving needs of the board are met and to bring in fresh perspectives, skills, and diversity as needed.

Term/Tenure Limits

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals regarding director term/tenure limits, considering:

 

The rationale provided for adoption of the term/tenure limit;

The robustness of the company’s board evaluation process;

Whether the limit is of sufficient length to allow for a broad range of director tenures;

Whether the limit would disadvantage independent directors compared to non-independent directors; and

Whether the board will impose the limit evenly, and not have the ability to waive it in a discriminatory manner.

Age Limits

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors through mandatory retirement ages. Vote for proposals to remove mandatory age limits.

Board-Related Shareholder Proposals/Initiatives

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access

Contested elections of directors frequently occur when a board candidate or slate runs for the purpose of seeking a significant change in corporate policy or control. Competing slates will be evaluated based upon the personal qualifications of the candidates, the economic impact of the policies that they advance, and their expressed and demonstrated commitment to the interests of all shareholders.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    23 of 103

 

D-23


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:

 

Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

Management’s track record;

Background to the proxy contest;

Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

Stock ownership positions; and

Impact on stakeholders, such as job loss, community lending, equal opportunity, impact on environment.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Annual Election (Declassification) of the Board

 

LOGO

 

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to repeal classified (staggered) boards and to elect all directors annually.

Vote against proposals to classify the board.

Majority Threshold Voting Shareholder Proposals

A majority vote standard requires that for directors to be elected (or re-elected) to serve on the company’s board they must receive support from holders of a majority of shares voted. Shareholders have expressed strong support for shareholder proposals on majority threshold voting. Social Advisory Services believes shareholders should have a greater voice in the election of directors and believes majority threshold voting represents a viable alternative to the plurality system in the U.S. Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Majority of Independent Directors

Social Advisory Services believes that a board independent from management is of vital importance to a company and its shareholders. Accordingly, Social Advisory Services will cast votes in a manner that shall encourage the independence of boards.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    24 of 103

 

D-24


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by Social Advisory Services’ definition of independence.

Vote for shareholder proposals to strengthen the definition of independence for board directors.

Establishment of Independent Committees

Most corporate governance experts agree that the key board committees (audit, compensation, and nominating/corporate governance) of a corporation should include only independent directors. The independence of key committees has been encouraged by regulation. Social Advisory Services believes that initiatives to increase the independent representation of these committees or to require that these committees be independent should be supported.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors.

Independent Board Chair

One of the principle functions of the board is to monitor and evaluate the performance of the CEO. The chairperson’s duty to oversee management is obviously compromised when he or she is required to monitor himself or herself. Generally Social Advisory Services recommends a vote for shareholder proposals that would require that the position of board chair be held by an individual with no materials ties to the company other than their board seat.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals that would require the board chair to be independent of management.

Establishment of Board Committees

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee to address broad corporate policy topics or to provide a forum for ongoing dialogue on issues such as the environment, human or labor rights, shareholder relations, occupational health and safety etc. when the formation of such committees appears to be a potentially effective method of protecting or enhancing shareholder value. In evaluating such proposals, the following factors will be considered:

 

Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    25 of 103

 

D-25


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee candidate who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

 

The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

The scope and structure of the proposal.

Board Policy on Shareholder Engagement

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholders proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

 

Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

The company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

The company has an independent chairman or a lead director (according to Social Advisory Services’ definition). This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

Proxy Access

Social Advisory Services supports proxy access as an important shareholder right, one that is complementary to other best-practice corporate governance features. However, in the absence of a uniform standard, proposals to enact proxy access may vary widely; as such, a case-by-case approach will be undertaken in evaluating these proposals.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    26 of 103

 

D-26


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Board Refreshment

Term/Tenure Limits

Supporters of term limits argue that this requirement would bring new ideas and approaches to a board. However, we prefer to look at directors and their contributions to the board individually rather than impose a strict rule.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for the company to adopt director term/tenure limits, considering:

 

The scope of the shareholder proposal; and

Evidence of problematic issues at the company combined with, or exacerbated by, a lack of board refreshment.

Age Limits

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors through mandatory retirement ages. Vote for proposals to remove mandatory age limits.

CEO Succession Planning

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering at a minimum, the following factors:

 

The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

Vote No Campaigns

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

2. Ratification of Auditors

Annual election of the outside accountants is best practice standard. While it is recognized that the company is in the best position to evaluate the competence of the outside accountants, we believe that outside accountants must ultimately be accountable to shareholders. A Blue Ribbon Commission report concluded that audit committees must improve their current level of oversight of independent accountants. Given the rash of accounting misdeeds that were not detected by audit panels or auditors, shareholder ratification is an essential step in restoring investor confidence. Shareholders should have the right to weigh in on the choice of the audit firm, and all companies should put ratification on the ballot of their annual meeting. Special consideration will be given when non-audit fees exceed audit fees, as high non-audit fees can compromise the independence of the auditor. Social Advisory Services will also monitor both auditor tenure and whether auditor ratification has been pulled from the ballot.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    27 of 103

 

D-27


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

The non-audit fees paid represent 25 percent or more of the total fees paid to the auditor;

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position; or

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.

Auditor-Related Shareholder Proposals

Ratify Auditors/Ensure Auditor Independence

These shareholder proposals request that the board allow shareholders to ratify the company’s auditor at each annual meeting. Annual ratification of the outside accountants is standard practice. While it is recognized that the company is in the best position to evaluate the competence of the outside accountants, we believe that outside accountants must ultimately be accountable to shareholders.

Given the rash of accounting irregularities that were not detected by audit panels or auditors, shareholder ratification is an essential step in restoring investor confidence. Social Advisory Services believes that shareholders should have the ability to ratify the auditor on an annual basis.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to allow shareholders to vote on auditor ratification.

Vote for proposals that ask a company to adopt a policy on auditor independence.

Vote for proposals that seek to limit the non-audit services provided by the company’s auditor.

Auditor Rotation

To minimize any conflict of interest that may rise between the company and its auditor, Social Advisory Services supports the rotation of auditors. Currently, SEC rules provide that partners should be rotated every five years. However, Social Advisory Services also believes that the long tenure of audit firms at U.S. companies can be problematic.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to rotate company’s auditor every five years or more. Social Advisory Services believes that proposing a rotation period less than five years is unreasonably restrictive and may negatively affect audit quality and service while increasing expense.

3. Takeover Defenses / Shareholder Rights

Corporate takeover attempts come in various guises. Usually, a would-be acquirer makes a direct offer to the board of directors of a targeted corporation. The bidder may offer to purchase the company for cash and/or stock. If the board approves the offer, a friendly transaction is completed and presented to shareholders for approval. If, however, the board of directors rejects the bid, the acquirer can make a tender offer for the shares directly to the targeted corporation’s shareholders. Such offers are referred to as hostile tender bids.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    28 of 103

 

D-28


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Not wishing to wait until they are subjects of hostile takeover attempts, many corporations have adopted antitakeover measures designed to deter unfriendly bids or buy time. The most common defenses are the shareholders rights protection plan, also known as the poison pill, and charter amendments that create barriers to acceptance of hostile bids. In the U.S., poison pills do not require shareholder approval. However, shareholders must approve charter amendments, such as classified boards or supermajority vote requirements. In brief, the very existence of defensive measures can foreclose the possibility of tenders and hence, opportunities to premium prices for shareholders.

Anti-takeover statutes generally increase management’s potential for insulating itself and warding off hostile takeovers that may be beneficial to shareholders. While it may be true that some boards use such devices to obtain higher bids and to enhance shareholder value, it is more likely that such provisions are used to entrench management. The majority of historical evidence on individual corporate anti-takeover measures indicates that heavily insulated companies generally realize lower returns than those having managements that are more accountable to shareholders and the market. The evidence also suggests that when states adopt their own anti-takeover devices, or endorse those employed by firms, shareholder returns are harmed. Moreover, the body of evidence appears to indicate that companies in states with the strongest anti-takeover laws experience lower returns than they would absent such statutes.

Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Management Proposals

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Poison pills are corporate-sponsored financial devices that, when triggered by potential acquirers, do one or more of the following: 1) dilute the acquirer’s equity holdings in the target company; 2) dilute the acquirer’s voting interests in the target company; or 3) dilute the acquirer’s equity holdings in the post-merger company. Poison pills generally allow shareholders to purchase shares from, or sell shares back to, the target company (flip-in pill) and/or the potential acquirer (flip-out pill) at a price far out of line with fair market value. Depending on the type of pill, the triggering event can either transfer wealth from the target company or dilute the equity holdings of current shareholders. Poison pills insulate management from the threat of a change in control and provide the target board with veto power over takeover bids. Because poison pills greatly alter the balance of power between shareholders and management, shareholders should be allowed to make their own evaluation of such plans.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over provision;

A term of no more than three years;

No deadhand, slowhand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    29 of 103

 

D-29


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Poison Pills/Protective Amendments

The financial crisis has prompted widespread losses in certain industries. This has resulted in previously profitable companies considering the adoption of a poison pill and/or NOL protective amendment to protect their NOL tax assets, which may be lost upon an acquisition of 5 percent of a company’s shares.

When evaluating management proposals seeking to adopt NOL pills or protective amendments, the purpose behind the proposal, its terms, and the company’s existing governance structure should be taken into account to assess whether the structure actively promotes board entrenchment or adequately protects shareholder rights. While Social Advisory Services acknowledges the high estimated tax value of NOLs, which benefit shareholders, the ownership acquisition limitations contained in an NOL pill/protective amendment coupled with a company’s problematic governance structure could serve as an antitakeover device.

Given the fact that shareholders will want to ensure that such an amendment does not remain in effect permanently, Social Advisory Services will also closely review whether the pill/amendment contains a sunset provision or a commitment to cause the expiration of the NOL pill/protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOLs.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);

The value of the NOLs;

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing five-percent holder);

The value of the NOLs;

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

The company‘s existing governance structure including; board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns;

Any other factors that may be applicable.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    30 of 103

 

D-30


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or bylaws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.

In addition, voting against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:

 

The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;

Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

The level of impairment to shareholders’ rights caused by the existing provision;

The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

The company’s ownership structure; and

Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements

Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change at a company.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals to reduce supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter amendments, mergers and other significant business combinations. For companies with shareholder(s) who own a significant amount of company stock, vote case-by-case, taking into account: a) ownership structure; b) quorum requirements; and c) supermajority vote requirements.

Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote for charter amendments, mergers and other significant business combinations.

Shareholder Ability to Call a Special Meeting

Most state corporation statutes allow shareholders to call a special meeting when they want to take action on certain matters that arise between regularly scheduled annual meetings. Sometimes this right applies only if a shareholder or a group of shareholders own a specified percentage of shares, with 10 percent being the most common. Shareholders may lose the ability to remove directors, initiate a shareholder resolution, or respond to a beneficial offer without having to wait for the next scheduled meeting if they are unable to act at a special meeting of their own calling.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account: a) shareholders’ current right to call special meetings; b) minimum ownership threshold necessary to call

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    31 of 103

 

D-31


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

  special meetings (10% preferred); c) the inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language; d) investor ownership structure; and e) shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Consent solicitations allow shareholders to vote on and respond to shareholder and management proposals by mail without having to act at a physical meeting. A consent card is sent by mail for shareholder approval and only requires a signature for action. Some corporate bylaws require supermajority votes for consents while at others, standard annual meeting rules apply. Shareholders may lose the ability to remove directors, initiate a shareholder resolution, or respond to a beneficial offer without having to wait for the next scheduled meeting if they are unable to act at a special meeting of their own calling.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Generally vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to take action by written consent.

Vote for proposals to allow or facilitate shareholder action by written consent, taking into consideration: a) shareholders’ current right to act by written consent; b) consent threshold; c) the inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language; d) Investor ownership structure; and e) shareholder support of and management’s response to previous shareholder proposals.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions; a) an unfettered12 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold; b) a majority vote standard in uncontested director elections; c) no non-shareholder-approved pill, and; d) an annually elected board.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

In 2008, the Delaware courts handed down two decisions, which, read together, indicate a judicial move toward a narrower interpretation of companies’ advance notice bylaws. These recent court decisions have encouraged companies to take a closer look at their bylaw provisions to ensure that broad language does not provide loopholes for activist investors. Specifically, companies are including language designed to provide more detailed advance notice provisions and to ensure full disclosure of economic and voting interests in a shareholder’s notice of proposals, including derivatives and hedged positions.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must be no earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous year’s meeting and have a submittal window of no shorter than 30 days from the beginning of the notice period (also known as a 90-120 day window).The submittal window is the period under which shareholders must file their proposals/nominations prior to the deadline.

12 

“Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    32 of 103

 

D-32


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Fair Price Provisions

Fair price provisions were originally designed to specifically defend against the most coercive of takeover devises, the two-tiered, front-end loaded tender offer. In such a hostile takeover, the bidder offers cash for enough shares to gain control of the target. At the same time the acquirer states that once control has been obtained, the target’s remaining shares will be purchased with cash, cash and securities or only securities. Since the payment offered for the remaining stock is, by design less valuable than the original offer for the controlling shares, shareholders are forced to sell out early to maximize their value. Standard fair price provisions require that, absent board or shareholder approval of the acquisition, the bidder must pay the remaining shareholders the same price for their shares that brought control.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

Generally, vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of shares, the practice discriminates against most shareholders. This transferred cash, absent the greenmail payment, could be put to much better use for reinvestment in the company, payment of dividends, or to fund a public share repurchase program.

 

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals to adopt antigreenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Review on a case-by-case basis antigreenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

Confidential Voting

Confidential voting, or voting by secret ballot, is one of the key structural issues in the proxy system. It ensures that all votes are based on the merits of proposals and cast in the best interests of fiduciary clients and pension plan beneficiaries. In a confidential voting system, only vote tabulators and inspectors of election may examine individual proxies and ballots; management and shareholders are given only vote totals. In an open voting system, management can determine who has voted against its nominees or proposals and then re-solicit those votes before the final vote count. As a result, shareholders can be pressured to vote with management at

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    33 of 103

 

D-33


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

companies with which they maintain, or would like to establish, a business relationship. Confidential voting also protects employee shareholders from retaliation. Shares held by employee stock ownership plans, for example, are important votes that are typically voted by employees.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

 

LOGO

 

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

Disgorgement Provisions

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

State Takeover Statutes

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    34 of 103

 

D-34


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote for opting into stakeholder protection statutes if they provide comprehensive protections for employees and community stakeholders. Social Advisory Services would be less supportive of takeover statutes that only serve to protect incumbent management from accountability to shareholders and which negatively influence shareholder value.

Freeze-Out Provisions

Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

 

Reasons for reincorporation;

Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation;

Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

Reincorporations into “tax havens” will be given special consideration.

While a firm’s country of incorporation will remain the primary basis for evaluating companies, Social Advisory

Services will generally apply U.S. policies to the extent possible with respect to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual reports, and 10-Q quarterly reports, and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Corporations that have reincorporated outside the U.S. have found themselves subject to a combination of governance regulations and best practice standards that may not be entirely compatible with an evaluation framework based solely on country of incorporation.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

Vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

Shareholder Litigation Rights

Federal Forum Selection Provisions

Federal forum selection provisions require that U.S. federal courts be the sole forum for shareholders to litigate claims arising under federal securities law.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for federal forum selection provisions in the charter or bylaws that specify “the district courts of the United States” as the exclusive forum for federal securities law matters, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    35 of 103

 

D-35


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote against provisions that restrict the forum to a particular federal district court; unilateral adoption (without a shareholder vote) of such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters

Exclusive forum provisions in the charter or bylaws restrict shareholders’ ability to bring derivative lawsuits against the company, for claims arising out of state corporate law, to the courts of a particular state (generally the state of incorporation).

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for charter or bylaw provisions that specify courts located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters for Delaware corporations, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

For states other than Delaware, vote case-by-case on exclusive forum provisions, taking into consideration:

 

The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder lawsuits in more than one forum;

The breadth of application of the charter or bylaw provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

Generally vote against provisions that specify a state other than the state of incorporation as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters, or that specify a particular local court within the state; unilateral adoption of such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Fee Shifting

Fee-shifting provisions in the charter or bylaws require that a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation and its directors and officers.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against provisions that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., including cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption of a fee-shifting provision will generally be considered an ongoing failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights-Related Shareholder Proposals

Shareholder Proposals to put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) a shareholder approved

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    36 of 103

 

D-36


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Reduce Supermajority Vote Requirements

Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a company.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

Vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

Remove Antitakeover Provisions

There are numerous antitakeover mechanisms available to corporations that can make takeovers prohibitively expensive for a bidder or at least guarantee that all shareholders are treated equally. The debate over antitakeover devices centers on whether these devices enhance or detract from shareholder value. One theory argues that a company’s board, when armed with these takeover protections, may use them as negotiating tools to obtain a higher premium for shareholders. The opposing view maintains that managements afforded such protection are more likely to become entrenched than to actively pursue the best interests of shareholders. Such takeover defenses also serve as obstacles to the normal functioning of the marketplace which, when operating efficiently, should replace incapable and poorly performing managements.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals that seek to remove antitakeover provisions.

Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    37 of 103

 

D-37


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

 

The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors;

The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

Virtual Shareholder Meetings

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude in-person meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only13 meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an in-person meeting.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals concerning virtual-only meetings, considering:

 

Scope and rationale of the proposal; and

Concerns identified with the company’s prior meeting practices.

4. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

Bundled Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Review on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances where the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Adjourn Meeting

Companies may ask shareholders to adjourn a meeting in order to solicit more votes. Generally, shareholders already have enough information to make their vote decisions. Once their votes have been cast, there is no justification for spending more money to continue pressing shareholders for more votes.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”

13 

Virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding in-person meeting.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    38 of 103

 

D-38


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Changing Corporate Name

Proposals to change a company’s name are generally routine matters. Generally, the name change reflects a change in corporate direction or the result of a merger agreement.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for changing the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely affect shareholder value.

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Amend Minor Bylaws

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Other Business

Other business proposals are routine items to allow shareholders to raise other issues and discuss them at the meeting. Only issues that may be legally discussed at meetings may be raised under this authority. However, shareholders cannot know the content of these issues so they are generally not supported.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against other business proposals.

5. Capital Structure

The equity in a corporate enterprise (that is, the residual value of the company’s assets after the payment of all debts) belongs to the shareholders. Equity securities may be employed, or manipulated, in a manner that will ultimately enhance or detract from shareholder value. As such, certain actions undertaken by management in relation to a company’s capital structure can be of considerable significance to shareholders. Changes in capitalization usually require shareholder approval or ratification.

Common Stock Authorization

State statutes and stock exchanges require shareholder approval for increases in the number of common shares. Corporations increase their supply of common stock for a variety of ordinary business purposes: raising new capital, funding stock compensation programs, business acquisitions, and implementation of stock splits or payment of stock dividends.

General Authorization Requests

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock that are to be used for general corporate purposes:

 

If share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized shares.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    39 of 103

 

D-39


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares.

If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage.

In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization.

Generally vote against proposed increases, even if within the above ratios, if the proposal or the company’s prior or ongoing use of authorized shares is problematic, including, but not limited to:

 

The proposal seeks to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights to other share classes;

On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including an NOL pill); or

The company has previous sizeable placements (within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without shareholder approval.

However, generally vote for proposed increases beyond the above ratios or problematic situations when there is disclosure of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request, such as:

 

In, or subsequent to, the company’s most recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

A government body has in the past year required the company to increase its capital ratios.

For companies incorporated in states that allow increases in authorized capital without shareholder approval, generally vote withhold or against all nominees if a unilateral capital authorization increase does not conform to the above policies.

Specific Authorization Requests

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with transaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of

 

twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    40 of 103

 

D-40


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Social Advisory Services’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Reverse Stock Splits

Reverse splits exchange multiple shares for a lesser amount to increase share price. Increasing share price is sometimes necessary to restore a company’s share price to a level that will allow it to be traded on the national stock exchanges. In addition, some brokerage houses have a policy of not monitoring or investing in very low priced shares. Reverse stock splits help maintain stock liquidity.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:

 

The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or

The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Social Advisory Services’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:

 

Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;

Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;

The company’s rationale; or

Other factors as applicable.

Preferred Stock Authorization

Preferred stock is an equity security which has certain features similar to debt instruments, such as fixed dividend payments, seniority of claims to common stock, and in most cases no voting rights. The terms of blank check preferred stock give the board of directors the power to issue shares of preferred stock at their discretion—with voting rights, conversion, distribution and other rights to be determined by the board at time of issue. Blank check preferred stock can be used for sound corporate purposes but could be used as a device to thwart hostile takeovers without shareholder approval.

General Authorization Requests

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock that are to be used for general corporate services:

 

If share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized shares.

If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares.

If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    41 of 103

 

D-41


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization.

If no preferred shares are currently issued and outstanding, vote against the request, unless the company discloses a specific use for the shares.

Generally vote against proposed increases, even if within the above ratios, if the proposal or the company’s prior or ongoing use of authorized shares is problematic, including, but not limited to:

 

If the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes;14

The company seeks to increase a class of non-convertible preferred shares entitled to more than one vote per share on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders “supervoting shares”);

The company seeks to increase a class of convertible preferred shares entitled to a number of votes greater than the number of common shares into which they’re convertible (“supervoting shares”) on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders;

The stated intent of the increase in the general authorization is to allow the company to increase an existing designated class of supervoting preferred shares;

On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including an NOL pill); or

The company has previous sizeable placements (within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without shareholder approval.

However, generally vote for proposed increases beyond the above ratios or problematic situations when there is disclosure of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request, such as:

 

In, or subsequent to, the company’s most recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

A government body has in the past year required the company to increase its capital ratios.

For companies incorporated in states that allow increases in authorized capital without shareholder approval, generally vote withhold or against all nominees if a unilateral capital authorization increase does not conform to the above policies.

Specific Authorization Requests

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with transaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of:

 

twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

14 

To be acceptable, appropriate disclosure would be needed that the shares are “declawed”: i.e., representation by the board that it will not, without prior stockholder approval, issue or use the preferred stock for any defensive or anti-takeover purpose or for the purpose of implementing any stockholder rights plan.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    42 of 103

 

D-42


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Blank Check Preferred Stock

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote against proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).

Vote against proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

Vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

Vote for requests to require shareholder approval for blank check authorizations.

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

Stock that has a fixed per share value that is on its certificate is called par value stock. The purpose of par value stock is to establish the maximum responsibility of a stockholder in the event that a corporation becomes insolvent. Proposals to reduce par value come from certain state level requirements for regulated industries such as banks, and other legal requirements relating to the payment of dividends.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.

Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Unequal Voting Rights/Dual Class Structure

Incumbent managers use unequal voting rights with the voting rights of their common shares superior to other shareholders in order to concentrate their power and insulate themselves from the wishes of the majority of shareholders. Dual class exchange offers involve a transfer of voting rights from one group of shareholders to another group of shareholders typically through the payment of a preferential dividend. A dual class recapitalization also establishes two classes of common stock with unequal voting rights, but initially involves an equal distribution of preferential and inferior voting shares to current shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, including: a) the company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or b) the new class of shares will be transitory;

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term;

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    43 of 103

 

D-43


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Preemptive Rights

Preemptive rights permit shareholders to share proportionately in any new issues of stock of the same class. These rights guarantee existing shareholders the first opportunity to purchase shares of new issues of stock in the same class as their own and in the same proportion. The absence of these rights could cause stockholders’ interest in a company to be reduced by the sale of additional shares without their knowledge and at prices unfavorable to them. Preemptive rights, however, can make it difficult for corporations to issue large blocks of stock for general corporate purposes. Both corporations and shareholders benefit when corporations are able to arrange issues without preemptive rights that do not result in a substantial transfer of control.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to create or abolish preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, we look at the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder base and the liquidity of the stock.

Debt Restructurings

Proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan will be analyzed considering the following issues:

 

Dilution: How much will the ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?

Change in Control: Will the transaction result in a change in control/management at the company? Are board and committee seats guaranteed? Do standstill provisions and voting agreements exist? Is veto power over certain corporate actions in place?

Financial Issues: company’s financial situation, degree of need for capital, use of proceeds, and effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

Terms of the offer: discount/premium in purchase price to investor including any fairness opinion, termination penalties and exit strategy;

Conflict of interest: arm’s length transactions and managerial incentives;

Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Review on a case-by-case basis proposals regarding debt restructurings.

Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Share Repurchase Programs

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For U.S.-incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges, vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:

 

Greenmail,

The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics,

Threats to the company’s long-term viability, or

Other company-specific factors as warranted.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    44 of 103

 

D-44


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.

Conversion of Securities

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities, taking into account the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Recapitalization

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account:

 

Whether the capital structure is simplified;

Liquidity is enhanced;

Fairness of conversion terms;

Impact on voting power and dividends;

Reasons for the reclassification;

Conflicts of interest;

Other alternatives considered.

Tracking Stock

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

 

Adverse governance changes;

Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

Unfair method of distribution;

Diminution of voting rights;

Adverse conversion features;

Negative impact on stock option plans;

Alternatives such as spin-offs.

6. Executive and Director Compensation

The global financial crisis resulted in significant erosion of shareholder value and highlighted the need for greater assurance that executive compensation is principally performance-based, fair, reasonable, and not designed in a manner that would incentivize excessive risk-taking by managements. The financial crisis raised questions about the role of pay incentives in influencing executive behavior and motivating inappropriate or excessive risk-taking that could threaten a corporation‘s long-term viability. The safety lapses that led to the disastrous explosions at

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    45 of 103

 

D-45


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

BP’s Deepwater Horizon oil rig and Massey Energy’s Upper Big Branch mine, and the resulting unprecedented losses in shareholder value; a) underscore the importance of incorporating meaningful economic incentives around social and environmental considerations in compensation program design, and b) exemplify the costly liabilities of failing to do so.

Evolving disclosure requirements have opened a wider window into compensation practices and processes, giving shareholders more opportunity and responsibility to ensure that pay is designed to create and sustain value. Companies in the U.S. are now required to evaluate and discuss potential risks arising from misguided or misaligned compensation programs. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires advisory shareholder votes on executive compensation (management “say on pay”), an advisory vote on the frequency of say on pay, as well as a shareholder advisory vote on golden parachute compensation. The advent of “say on pay” votes for shareholders in the U.S. has provided a new communication mechanism and impetus for constructive engagement between shareholders and managers/directors on pay issues.

The socially responsible investing community contends that corporations should be held accountable for their actions and decisions, including those around executive compensation. Social Advisory Services believes that executive pay programs should be fair, competitive, reasonable, and create appropriate incentives, and that pay for performance should be a central tenet in executive compensation philosophy. Most investors expect corporations to adhere to certain best practice pay considerations in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs, including:

 

Appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: executive pay practices must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. Evaluating appropriate alignment of pay incentives with shareholder value creation includes taking into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance, the mix between fixed and variable pay, equity-based plan costs, and performance goals—including goals tied to social and environmental considerations.

Avoiding arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: this includes assessing the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, guaranteed compensation, and practices or policies that fail to adequately mitigate against or address environmental, social and governance failures.

Independent and effective compensation committees: oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed) should be promoted.

Clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures: shareholders expect companies to provide informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly.

Avoiding inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: compensation to outside directors should not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, this may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

A non-exhaustive list of best pay practices includes:

 

Employment contracts: Companies should enter into employment contracts under limited circumstances for a short time period (e.g., new executive hires for a three-year contract) for limited executives. The contracts should not have automatic renewal feature and should have a specified termination date.

Severance agreements: Severance provisions should not be so appealing that it becomes an incentive for the executive to be terminated. Severance provisions should exclude excise tax gross-up. The severance formula should be reasonable and not overly generous to the executive (e.g., severance multiples of 1X, 2X, or 3X

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    46 of 103

 

D-46


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

  and use pro-rated target/average historical bonus and not maximum bonus). Failure to renew employment contract, termination under questionable events, or poor performance should not be considered as appropriate reasons for severance payments.

Change-in-control payments: Change-in-control payments should only be made when there is a significant change in company ownership structure, and when there is a loss of employment or substantial change in job duties associated with the change in company ownership structure (“double-triggered”). Change-in-control provisions should exclude excise tax gross-up and eliminate the acceleration of vesting of equity awards upon a change in control unless provided under a double-trigger scenario. Similarly, change in control provisions in equity plans should be double-triggered. A change in control event should not result in an acceleration of vesting of all unvested stock options or removal of vesting/performance requirements on restricted stock/performance shares, unless there is a loss of employment or substantial change in job duties.

Supplemental executive retirement plans (SERPs): SERPS should not include sweeteners that can increase the SERP value significantly or even exponentially, such as additional years of service credited for pension calculation, inclusion of variable pay (e.g. bonuses and equity awards) into the formula. Pension formula should not include extraordinary annual bonuses paid close to retirement years, and should be based on the average, not the maximum level of compensation earned.

Deferred compensation: Above-market returns or guaranteed minimum returns should not be applied on deferred compensation.

Disclosure practices: The Compensation Discussion & Analysis should be written in plain English, with as little “legalese” as possible and formatted using section headers, bulleted lists, tables, and charts where possible to ease reader comprehension. Ultimately, the document should provide detail and rationale regarding compensation, strategy, pay mix, goals/metrics, challenges, competition and pay for performance linkage, etc. in a narrative fashion.

Responsible use of company stock: Companies should adopt policies that prohibit executives from speculating in company’s stock or using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps or other similar arrangements. Such behavior undermines the ultimate alignment with long-term shareholders’ interests. In addition, the policy should prohibit or discourage the use of company stock as collateral for margin loans, to avoid any potential sudden stock sales (required upon margin calls), that could have a negative impact on the company’s stock price.

Long-term focus: Executive compensation programs should be designed to support companies’ long-term strategic goals. A short-term focus on performance does not necessarily create sustainable shareholder value, since long-term goals may be sacrificed to achieve short-term expectations. Compensation programs embedding a long-term focus with respect to company goals better align with the long-term interests of shareholders. Granting stock options and restricted stock to executives that vest in five years do not necessarily provide a long-term focus, as executives can sell the company shares once they vest. However, requiring senior executives to hold company stock until they retire can encourage a long-term focus on company performance.

Criteria for Evaluating Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

Social Advisory Services conducts a five-part pay analysis to evaluate the degree of alignment between the CEO’s pay with the company’s performance over a sustained period. From a shareholders’ perspective, performance is predominantly gauged by the company’s stock performance over time. Even when financial, non-financial or operational measures are utilized in incentive awards, the achievement related to these measures

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    47 of 103

 

D-47


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

should ultimately translate into superior shareholder returns in the long-term. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russel 3000E Indices15, this analysis considers the following:

Pay-for-Performance Elements

 

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period,16 and the rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period

Absolute Alignment: The absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.17

Equity Pay Mix: The ratio of the CEO’s performance- vs. time-based equity awards.

Pay Equity (Quantum) Elements

 

Multiple of Median: The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median in the most recent fiscal year.

Internal Pay Disparity: The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to other named executive officers (NEOs) – i.e., an excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of the next highest-paid NEO as well as CEO total pay relative to the average NEO pay.

If the above pay-for-performance analysis demonstrates unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of non-Russell 3000 index companies, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, the following qualitative factors will be evaluated to determine how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

The ratio of performance-based compensation to overall compensation, including whether any relevant social or environmental factors are a component of performance-contingent pay elements;

The presence of significant environmental, social or governance (ESG) controversies that have the potential to pose material risks to the company and its shareholders;

Any downward discretion applied to executive compensation on the basis of a failure to achieve performance goals, including ESG performance objectives;

The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

Actual results of financial/non-financial and operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, workplace safety, environmental performance, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

Realizable pay compared to grant pay; and

Any other factors deemed relevant.

15 

The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.

16 

The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are closest to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry and also within a market cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s.

17 

Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    48 of 103

 

D-48


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene best practice compensation considerations, including:

 

Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

Options backdating.

Non-Performance based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated on a case-by-case basis considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. While not exhaustive, the following list represents certain adverse practices that are contrary to a performance-based pay philosophy and executive pay best practices, and may lead to negative vote recommendations:

 

Egregious employment contracts:

 

Contracts containing multi-year guarantees for salary increases, non-performance based bonuses, and equity compensation.

New CEO with overly generous new-hire package:

 

Excessive “make whole” provisions without sufficient rationale;

 

Any of the problematic pay practices listed under this policy.

Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure:

 

Includes performance metrics that are changed, canceled, or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance.

Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts:

 

Inclusion of additional years of service not worked that result in significant benefits provided in new arrangements;

 

Inclusion of performance-based equity or other long-term awards in the pension calculation.

Excessive Perquisites:

 

Perquisites for former and/or retired executives, such as lifetime benefits, car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft, or other inappropriate arrangements;

 

Extraordinary relocation benefits (including home buyouts);

 

Excessive amounts of perquisites compensation.

Excessive severance and/or change in control provisions:

 

Change in control cash payments exceeding 3 times base salary plus target/average/last paid bonus;

 

New or extended arrangements that provide for change-in-control payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of job duties (single-triggered or modified single-triggered, where an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package);

 

New or extended employment or severance agreements that provide for excise tax gross-ups. Modified gross-ups would be treated in the same manner as full gross-ups;

 

Excessive payments upon an executive’s termination in connection with performance failure;

 

Liberal change-in-control definition in individual contracts or equity plans which could result in payments to executives without an actual change in control occurring.

Tax Reimbursements/Gross-ups: Excessive reimbursement of income taxes on executive perquisites or other payments (e.g., related to personal use of corporate aircraft, executive life insurance, bonus, restricted stock vesting, secular trusts, etc.; see also excise tax gross-ups above).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    49 of 103

 

D-49


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units.

Executives using company stock in hedging activities, such as “cashless” collars, forward sales, equity swaps, or other similar arrangements.

Internal pay disparity: Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next highest-paid named executive officer (NEO).

Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts, option exchanges, and certain voluntary surrender of underwater options where shares surrendered may subsequently be re-granted).

Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally- managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Other pay practices that may be deemed problematic in a given circumstance but are not covered in the above categories.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

Assess company policies and disclosure related to compensation that could incentivize excessive risk-taking, for example:

 

Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

Lucrative severance packages;

High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

Disproportionate supplemental pensions;

Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined on a case-by-case basis to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud, as well as those instances in which companies that subsequently took corrective action. Cases where companies have committed fraud are considered most egregious.

 

Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

Duration of options backdating;

Size of restatement due to options backdating;

Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants;

Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    50 of 103

 

D-50


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Board Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

The company’s response, including:

 

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support (including the timing and frequency of engagements and whether independent directors participated);

 

Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition;

 

Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders’ concerns;

 

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

The company’s ownership structure; and

 

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation – Management Say-on-Pay Proposals

The Dodd-Frank Act mandates advisory votes on executive compensation (Say on Pay or “SOP”) for a proxy or consent or authorization for an annual or other meeting of the shareholders that includes required SEC compensation disclosures. This non-binding shareholder vote on compensation must be included in a proxy or consent or authorization at least once every three years.

In general, the SOP ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices – dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against the SOP proposal rather than voting against or withhold from the compensation committee. However, if there is no SOP on the ballot, then the negative vote will apply to members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior SOP proposal, then Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote against or withhold votes from compensation committee members (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, all directors). If the negative factors involve equity-based compensation, then a vote against an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval may be appropriate. In evaluating SOP proposals, Social Advisory Services will also assess to what degree social and environmental considerations are incorporated into compensation programs and executive pay decision-making – to the extent that proxy statement Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) disclosures permit.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation on a case-by-case basis.

 

Vote against management Say on Pay proposals if:

 

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay-for-performance);

 

The company maintains problematic pay practices;

 

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    51 of 103

 

D-51


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote against or withhold from the members of the compensation committee and potentially the full board if:

 

There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP is warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

The situation is egregious.

 

Vote against an equity plan on the ballot if:

 

A pay for performance misalignment exists, and a significant portion of the CEO’s misaligned pay is attributed to non-performance-based equity awards, taking into consideration:

 

Magnitude of pay misalignment;

 

Contribution of non-performance-based equity grants to overall pay; and

 

The proportion of equity awards granted in the last three fiscal years concentrated at the named executive officer (NEO) level.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – Management Say on Pay

The Dodd-Frank Act, in addition to requiring advisory votes on compensation (SOP), requires that each proxy for the first annual or other meeting of the shareholders (that includes required SEC compensation disclosures) occurring after Jan. 21, 2011, include an advisory voting item to determine whether, going forward, the “say on pay” vote by shareholders to approve compensation should occur every one, two, or three years.

Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote for annual advisory votes on compensation. The SOP is at its essence a communication vehicle, and communication is most useful when it is received in a consistent and timely manner. Social Advisory Services supports an annual SOP vote for many of the same reasons it supports annual director elections rather than a classified board structure: because this provides the highest level of accountability and direct communication by enabling the MSOP vote to correspond to the majority of the information presented in the accompanying proxy statement for the applicable shareholders’ meeting. Having SOP votes every two or three years, covering all actions occurring between the votes, would make it difficult to create the meaningful and coherent communication that the votes are intended to provide. Under triennial elections, for example, a company would not know whether the shareholder vote references the compensation year being discussed or a previous year, making it more difficult to understand the implications of the vote.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Advisory Vote on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

This is a proxy item regarding specific advisory votes on “golden parachute” arrangements for Named Executive Officers (NEOs) that is required under The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Social Advisory Services places particular focus on severance packages that provide inappropriate windfalls and cover certain tax liabilities of executives.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    52 of 103

 

D-52


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an against recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (“management “say on pay”), Social Advisory Services will evaluate the “say on pay” proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based Incentive Plans

As executive pay levels continue to soar, non-salary compensation remains one of the most sensitive and visible corporate governance issues. The financial crisis raised questions about the role of pay incentives in influencing executive behavior, including their appetite for risk-taking. Although shareholders may have little say about how much the CEO is paid in salary and bonus, they do have a major voice in approving stock incentive plans.

Stock-based plans can transfer significant amounts of wealth from shareholders to executives and directors and are among the most economically significant issues that shareholders are entitled to vote on. Rightly, the cost of these plans must be in line with the anticipated benefits to shareholders. Clearly, reasonable limits must be set on dilution as well as administrative authority. In addition, shareholders must consider the necessity of the various pay programs and examine the appropriateness of award types. Consequently, the pros and cons of these proposals necessitate a case-by-case evaluation.

Factors that increase the cost (or have the potential to increase the cost) of plans to shareholders include: excessive dilution, options awarded at below-market discounts, permissive policies on pyramiding, restricted stock giveaways that reward tenure rather than results, sales of shares on concessionary terms, blank-check authority for administering committees, option repricing or option replacements, accelerated vesting of awards in the event of defined changes in corporate control, stand-alone stock appreciation rights, loans or other forms of assistance, or evidence of improvident award policies.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    53 of 103

 

D-53


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Positive plan features that can offset costly features include: plans with modest dilution potential (i.e. appreciably below double-digit levels), bars to pyramiding and related safeguards for investor interests. Also favorable are performance programs with a duration of two or more years, bonus schemes that pay off in non-dilutive, fully deductible cash, 401K and other thrift or profit sharing plans, and tax-favored employee stock purchase plans. In general, we believe that stock plans should afford incentives, not sure-fire, risk-free rewards.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on equity-based compensation plans18 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

Plan Features:

 

Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

 

Discretionary vesting authority;

 

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

 

Grant Practices:

 

The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following apply:

 

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a pay-for-performance disconnect;

The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

18 

Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    54 of 103

 

D-54


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Each of these factors is described below.

Plan Cost

Generally vote against equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For non-employee director plans, vote for the plan if certain factors are met.

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.

Except for proposals subject to Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.19

Repricing Provisions

Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” includes the ability to do any of the following:

 

Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs.

The cancellation of underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or

Cash buyouts of underwater options.

While the above cover most types of repricing, Social Advisory Services may view other provisions as akin to repricing depending on the facts and circumstances.

19 

For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    55 of 103

 

D-55


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Also, vote against or withhold from members of the compensation committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by Social Advisory Services), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote against plans if the company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Pay-for-Performance Misalignment – Application to Equity Plans

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote against the plan.

Social Advisory Services may recommend a vote against the equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for pay-for-performance misalignment. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

 

Severity of the pay-for-performance misalignment;

Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or

Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.

Grant Practices

Three-Year Burn Rate

For meetings held prior to February 1, 2023, burn rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation (s) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark. See the U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ for the benchmarks.

For meetings held prior to February 1, 2023, a company’s adjusted burn rate is calculated as follows:

Burn Rate = (# of appreciation awards granted + # of full value awards granted * Volatility Multiplier) / Weighted average common shares outstanding

The Volatility Multiplier is used to provide more equivalent valuation between stock options and full value shares, based on the company’s historical stock price volatility.

Effective for meetings held on or after February 1, 2023, a “Value-Adjusted Burn Rate” will instead be used for stock plan evaluations. Value-Adjusted Burn Rate benchmarks will be calculated as the greater of: (1) an industry-specific threshold based on three-year burn rates within the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P 500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) a de minimis threshold established separately for each of the S&P 500, the Russell 3000 index less the S&P 500, and the non-Russell 3000 index. Year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a predetermined range above or below the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    56 of 103

 

D-56


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

The Value-Adjusted Burn Rate will be calculated as follows:

Value-Adjusted Burn Rate = ((# of options * option’s dollar value using a Black-Scholes model) + (# of full-value awards * stock price)) / (Weighted average common shares * stock price).

Liberal Definition of Change-in-Control

Generally vote against equity plans if the plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition could include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

Other Compensation Plans

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

Cash bonus plans can be an important part of an executive’s overall pay package, along with stock-based plans tied to long-term total shareholder returns. Over the long term, stock prices are an excellent indicator of management performance. However, other factors, such as economic conditions and investor reaction to the stock market in general and certain industries in particular, can greatly impact the company’s stock price. As a result, a cash bonus plan can effectively reward individual performance and the achievement of business unit objectives that are independent of short-term market share price fluctuations.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

Addresses administrative features only; or

Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent directors, per Social Advisory Services’ Categorization of Directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time after the company’s initial public offering (IPO), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

Vote against such proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent directors, per Social Advisory Services’ Categorization of Directors.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

 

If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments may potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    57 of 103

 

D-57


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company’s IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.

If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments are not deemed to potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown for informational purposes.

In the first two case-by-case evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs)

Employee stock purchase plans enable employees to become shareholders, which gives them a stake in the company’s growth. However, purchase plans are beneficial only when they are well balanced and in the best interests of all shareholders. From a shareholder’s perspective, plans with offering periods of 27 months or less are preferable. Plans with longer offering periods remove too much of the market risk and could give participants excessive discounts on their stock purchases that are not offered to other shareholders.

Qualified Plans

Qualified employee stock purchase plans qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Such plans must be broad-based, permitting all full-time employees to participate. Some companies also permit part-time staff to participate. Qualified ESPPs must be expensed under SFAS 123 unless the plan meets the following conditions; a) purchase discount is 5 percent or below; b) all employees can participate in the program; and 3) no look-back feature in the program. Therefore, some companies offer nonqualified ESPPs.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

Offering period is 27 months or less; and

The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.

Non-Qualified Plans

For nonqualified ESPPs, companies provide a match to employees’ contributions instead of a discount in stock price. Also, limits are placed on employees’ contributions. Some companies provide a maximum dollar value for the year and others specify the limits in terms of a percent of base salary, excluding bonus or commissions. For plans that do not qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, a plan participant will not recognize income by participating in the plan, but will recognize ordinary compensation income for federal income tax purposes at the time of the purchase.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    58 of 103

 

D-58


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

 

Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

An Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) is an employee benefit plan that makes the employees of a company also owners of stock in that company. The plans are designed to defer a portion of current employee income for retirement purposes.

The primary difference between ESOPs and other employee benefit plans is that ESOPs invest primarily in the securities of the employee’s company. In addition, an ESOP must be created for the benefit of non-management level employees and administered by a trust that cannot discriminate in favor of highly paid personnel.

Academic research of the performance of ESOPs in closely held companies found that ESOPs appear to increase overall sales, employment, and sales per employee over what would have been expected absent an ESOP. Studies have also found that companies with an ESOP are also more likely to still be in business several years later, and are more likely to have other retirement oriented benefit plans than comparable non-ESOP companies.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

 

Historic trading patterns – the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

Rationale for the re-pricing – was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

Is this a value-for-value exchange?

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

Option vesting – does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

Term of the option – the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

Exercise price – should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

Participants – executive officers and directors should be excluded.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    59 of 103

 

D-59


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential vote against the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

Vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

Vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, Social Advisory Services will not make any adjustments to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

One-time Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. Vote for if:

 

Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;

Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models;

There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    60 of 103

 

D-60


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

 

Eligibility;

Vesting;

Bid-price;

Term of options;

Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and

Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

The 401(k) plan is one of the most popular employee benefit plans among U.S. companies. A 401(k) plan is any qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that contains a cash or deferred arrangement. In its simplest form, an employee can elect to have a portion of his salary invested in a 401(k) plan before any income taxes are assessed. The money can only be withdrawn before retirement under penalty. However, because the money contributed to the plan is withdrawn before taxes (reducing the employee’s income tax), a properly planned 401(k) plan will enable an employee to make larger contributions to a 401(k) plan than to a savings plan, and still take the same amount home.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:

 

The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs;

Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.

Director Compensation

The board’s legal charge of fulfilling its fiduciary obligations of loyalty and care is put to the ultimate test through the task of the board setting its own compensation. Directors themselves oversee the process for evaluating board performance and establishing pay packages for board members.

Shareholders provide limited oversight of directors by electing individuals who are primarily selected by the board, or a board nominating committee, and by voting on stock-based plans for directors designed by the board

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    61 of 103

 

D-61


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

compensation committee. Additionally, shareholders may submit and vote on their own resolutions seeking to limit or restructure director pay. While the cost of compensating non-employee directors is small in absolute terms, compared to the cost of compensating executives, it is still a critical aspect of a company’s overall corporate governance structure.

Overall, director pay levels are rising in part because of the new forms of pay in use at many companies, as well as because of the increased responsibilities arising from the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act requirements. In addition to an annual retainer fee, many companies also pay fees for attending board and committee meetings, fees for chairing a committee, or a retainer fee for chairing a committee.

Director compensation packages should be designed to provide value to directors for their contribution. Given that many directors are high-level executives whose personal income levels are generally high, cash compensation may hold little appeal. Stock-based incentives on the other hand reinforce the directors’ role of protecting and enhancing shareholder value. The stock-based component of director compensation should be large enough to ensure that when faced with a situation in which the interests of shareholders and management differ, the board will have a financial incentive to think as a shareholder. Additionally, many companies have instituted equity ownership programs for directors. Social Advisory Services recommends that directors receive stock grants equal to three times of their annual retainer, as it is a reasonable starting point for companies of all sizes and industries. A vesting schedule for director grants helps directors to meet the stock ownership guidelines and maintains their long-term interests in the firm.

Director compensation packages should also be designed to attract and retain competent directors who are willing to risk becoming a defendant in a lawsuit and suffer potentially adverse publicity if the company runs into financial difficulties or is mismanaged.

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

 

If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

 

The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

Equity award vesting schedules;

 

The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

Stock-based plans may take on a variety of forms including: grants of stock or options, including: discretionary grants, formula based grants, and one-time awards; stock-based awards in lieu of all or some portion of the cash retainer and/or other fees; and deferred stock plans allowing payment of retainer and/or meeting fees to be taken in stock, the payment of which is postponed to some future time, typically retirement or termination of directorship.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    62 of 103

 

D-62


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

 

The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers; and

The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, director stock plans that set aside a relatively small number of shares will exceed the plan cost or burn rate benchmark when combined with employee or executive stock compensation plans. In such cases, vote for the plan if all of the following qualitative factors in the board’s compensation are met and disclosed in the proxy statement:

 

The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirement;

Equity award vesting schedules;

The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

Meaningful limits on director compensation;

The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites;

The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Outside Director Stock Awards/Options in Lieu of Cash

These proposals seek to pay outside directors a portion of their compensation in stock rather than cash. By doing this, a director’s interest may be more closely aligned with those of shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals that seek to pay outside directors a portion of their compensation in stock rather than cash.

Director Retirement Plans

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Increase Disclosure of Executive Compensation

The SEC requires that companies disclose, in their proxy statements, the salaries of the top five corporate executives (who make at least $100,000 a year). Companies also disclose their compensation practices and details of their stock-based compensation plans. While this level of disclosure is helpful, it does not always provide a comprehensive picture of the company’s compensation practices. For shareholders to make informed decisions on compensation levels, they need to have clear, concise information at their disposal. Increased disclosure will help ensure that management: (1) has legitimate reasons for setting specific pay levels; and (2) is held accountable for its actions.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    63 of 103

 

D-63


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking increased disclosure on executive compensation issues including the preparation of a formal report on executive compensation practices and policies.

Limit Executive Compensation

Proposals that seek to limit executive or director compensation usually focus on the absolute dollar figure of the compensation or focus on the ratio of compensation between the executives and the average worker of a specific company. Proponents argue that the exponential growth of executive salaries is not in the best interests of shareholders, especially when that pay is exorbitant when compared to the compensation of other workers.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals to prepare reports seeking to compare the wages of a company’s lowest paid worker to the highest paid workers.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that seek to establish a fixed ratio between the company’s lowest paid workers and the highest paid workers.

Stock Ownership Requirements

Corporate directors should own some amount of stock of the companies on which they serve as board members. Stock ownership is a simple method to align the interests of directors with company shareholders. Nevertheless, many highly qualified individuals such as academics and clergy who can offer valuable perspectives in boardrooms may be unable to purchase individual shares of stock. In such a circumstance, the preferred solution is to look at the board nominees individually and take stock ownership into consideration when voting on the merits of each candidate.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Prohibit/Require Shareholder Approval for Option Repricing

Repricing involves the reduction of the original exercise price of a stock option after the fall in share price. Social Advisory Services does not support repricing since it undermines the incentive purpose of the plan. The use of options as an incentive means that employees must bear the same risks as shareholders in holding these options. Shareholder resolutions calling on companies to abandon the practice of repricing or to submit repricings to a shareholder vote will be supported.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to limit repricing.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking the company to have option repricings submitted for shareholder ratification.

Severance Agreements/Golden Parachutes

Golden parachutes are designed to protect the employees of a corporation in the event of a change in control. With Golden Parachutes senior level management employees receive a payout during a change in control at usually two to three times base salary.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    64 of 103

 

D-64


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Cash Balance Plans

A cash balance plan is a defined benefit plan that treats an earned retirement benefit as if it was a credit from a defined contribution plan, but which provides a stated benefit at the end of its term. Because employer contributions to these plans are credited evenly over the life of a plan, and not based on a seniority formula they may reduce payouts to long-term employees who are currently vested in plans.

Cash-balance pension conversions have undergone congressional and federal agency scrutiny following high-profile EEOC complaints on age discrimination and employee anger at companies like IBM. While significant change is unlikely in the short-tm, business interests were concerned enough that the National Association of Manufacturers and other business lobbies formed a Capitol Hill coalition to preserve the essential features of the plans and to overturn an IRS ruling. Driving the push behind conversions from traditional pension plans to cash-balance plans are the substantial savings that companies generate in the process. Critics point out that these savings are gained at the expense of the most senior employees. Resolutions call on corporate boards to establish a committee of outside directors to prepare a report to shareholders on the potential impact of pension-related proposals now being considered by national policymakers in reaction to the controversy spawned by the plans.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for non-discrimination in retirement benefits.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking a company to give employees the option of electing to participate in either a cash balance plan or in a defined benefit plan.

Performance-Based Equity Awards

Social Advisory Services supports compensating executives at a reasonable rate and believes that executive compensation should be strongly correlated to performance. Social Advisory Services supports equity awards that provide challenging performance objectives and serve to motivate executives to superior performance and as performance-contingent stock options as a significant component of compensation.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposal requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

 

First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based awards.

Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison,

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    65 of 103

 

D-65


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

  generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

Pay for Superior Performance

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals based on a case-by-case analysis that requests the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. The proposal has the following principles:

 

Sets compensation targets for the Plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;

Delivers a majority of the Plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

Provides the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

Establishes performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;

Limits payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

 

What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?

If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?

What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Link Compensation to Non-Financial Factors

Proponents of these proposals feel that social and environmental criteria should be factored into the formulas used in determining executive compensation packages. The shareholder sponsors of the resolutions look to companies to review current compensation practices and to include social or environmental performance criteria such as accounting for “poor corporate citizenship” and meeting environmental or workplace safety objectives and metrics when evaluating executive compensation. Some of the non-financial criteria that proponents of these resolutions seek to be incorporated in compensation program design include workplace safety, environmental stewardship, or diversity and customer/employee satisfaction – as part of a written policy used to align compensation with performance on non-financial factors alongside financial criteria.

Proponents believe that factors such as poor environmental performance, workplace lawsuits, etc. could have a significant adverse impact on a company’s financial performance if not proactively and adequately addressed, and that these factors should be considered along with traditional financial considerations when determining

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    66 of 103

 

D-66


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

executive pay. The significant stock price declines and massive losses in shareholder value stemming from the BP Deepwater Horizon oil rig disaster and the tragic explosion at Massey Energy’s Upper Big Branch mine that killed 29 employees is a sobering reminder of the need to have the right management incentives in place to ensure that social and environmental risks are actively managed and mitigated against. Given the proliferation of derivative lawsuits targeted at firms such as Halliburton, Transocean and Cameron International that were suppliers to or partners with BP in a capacity that ignored safety considerations or that contributed to the economic and ecological disaster, investors are increasingly mindful of the far-reaching implications that exposure to social or environmental risks could have on shareholder value at portfolio companies.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for linkage of executive pay to non-financial factors including performance against social and environmental goals, customer/employee satisfaction, corporate downsizing, community involvement, human rights, or predatory lending.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on linking executive pay to non-financial factors.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Shareholder Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally, vote for shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment and Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

Vote on a case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment, and eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity. The following factors will be taken into regarding this policy:

 

The company’s current treatment of equity in change-of-control situations (i.e. is it double triggered, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares;

Current employment agreements, including potential problematic pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

Tax Gross-up Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    67 of 103

 

D-67


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Compensation Consultants – Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the company, board, or compensation committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Recoup Bonuses

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote on a case-by-case on proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned later turn out to have been in error. This is line with the clawback provision in the Troubled Asset Relief Program. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. The following will be taken into consideration:

 

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment bonus policy;

If the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;

If the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent.

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Bonus Banking

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

 

The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    68 of 103

 

D-68


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;

The time period required to retain the shares;

Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;

Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.

Non-Deductible Compensation

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure of the extent to which the company paid non-deductible compensation to senior executives due to Internal Revenue Code Section

162(m), while considering the company’s existing disclosure practices.

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the addition of certain safeguards in prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. Safeguards may include:

 

Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed in a Form 8-K;

Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

Request that a certain number of days that must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;

Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;

An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan;

Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

7. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

A merger occurs when one corporation is absorbed into another and ceases to exist. The surviving company gains all the rights, privileges, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the merged corporation. The shareholders of the absorbed company receive stock or securities of the surviving company or other consideration as provided by the plan of merger. Mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, and sale of assets are friendly in nature, which is to say that both sides have agreed to the combination or acquisition of assets.

Shareholder approval for an acquiring company is generally not required under state law or stock exchange regulations unless the acquisition is in the form of a stock transaction which would result in the issue of 20 percent or more of the acquirer’s outstanding shares or voting power, or unless the two entities involved require

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    69 of 103

 

D-69


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

that shareholders approve the deal. Under most state laws, however, a target company must submit merger agreements to a shareholder vote. Shareholder approval is required in the formation of a consolidated corporation.

Mergers and Acquisitions

M&A analyses are inherently a balance of competing factors. Bright line rules are difficult if not impossible to apply to a world where every deal is different. Ultimately, the question for shareholders (both of the acquirer and the target) is the following: Is the valuation fair? Shareholders of the acquirer may be concerned that the deal values the target too highly. Shareholders of the target may be concerned that the deal undervalues their interests.

Vote recommendation will be based on primarily an analysis of shareholder value, which itself can be affected by ancillary factors such as the negotiation process. The importance of other factors, including corporate governance and social and environmental considerations however, should not fail to be recognized.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a case-by-case basis. A review and evaluation of the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction is conducted, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

Valuation: Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale;

Market reaction: How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal;

Strategic rationale: Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;

Negotiations and process: Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable?

Conflicts of interest: Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders?

Governance: Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction?

Stakeholder impact: Impact on community stakeholders and workforce including impact on stakeholders, such as job loss, community lending, equal opportunity, impact on environment etc.

Corporate Reorganization/Restructuring Plans (Bankruptcy)

The recent financial crisis has placed Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganizations as a potential alternative for distressed companies. While the number of bankruptcies has risen over the past year as evidenced by many firms, including General Motors and Lehman Brothers, the prevalence of these reorganizations can vary year over year due to, among other things, market conditions and a company’s ability to sustain its operations. Additionally, the amount of time that lapses between a particular company’s entrance into Chapter 11 and its submission of a plan of reorganization varies significantly depending on the complexity, timing, and jurisdiction of the particular case. These plans are often put to a vote of shareholders (in addition to other interested parties), as required by the Bankruptcy Code.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    70 of 103

 

D-70


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

 

Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an official equity committee);

The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization;

Governance of the reorganized company.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

Valuation: Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.

Market reaction: How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Deal timing: A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.

Negotiations and process: What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.

Conflicts of interest: How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 percent of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe.

Voting agreements: Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

Governance: What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?

Stakeholder Impact: Impact on community stakeholders and workforce including impact on stakeholders, such as job loss, community lending, equal opportunity, impact on environment etc.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    71 of 103

 

D-71


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC extension proposals taking into account the length of the requested extension, the status of any pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process, any added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders, and any prior extension requests.

 

Length of request: Typically, extension requests range from two to six months, depending on the progression of the SPAC’s acquistion process.

Pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process: Sometimes an intial business combination was already put to a shareholder vote, but, for varying reasons, the transaction could not be consummated by the termination date and the SPAC is requesting an extension. Other times, the SPAC has entered into a definitive transaction agreement, but needs additional time to consummate or hold the shareholder meeting.

Added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders: Sometimes the SPAC sponsor (or other insiders) will contribute, typically as a loan to the company, additional funds that will be added to the redemption value of each public share as long as such shares are not redeemed in connection with the extension request. The purpose of the “equity kicker” is to incentivize shareholders to hold their shares through the end of the requested extension or until the time the transaction is put to a shareholder vote, rather than electing redeemption at the extension proposal meeting.

Prior extension requests: Some SPACs request additional time beyond the extension period sought in prior extension requests.

Spin-offs

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, valuation of spinoff, fairness opinion, benefits to the parent company, conflicts of interest, managerial incentives, corporate governance changes, changes in the capital structure.

Asset Purchases

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on asset purchase proposals should be made on a case-by-case after considering the purchase price, fairness opinion, financial and strategic benefits, how the deal was negotiated, conflicts of interest, other alternatives for the business, non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on asset sales should be made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, potential elimination of diseconomies, anticipated financial and operating benefits, anticipated use of funds, fairness opinion, how the deal was negotiated, and conflicts of interest.

Liquidations

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on liquidations should be made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation. Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    72 of 103

 

D-72


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Joint Ventures

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account percentage of assets/business contributed, percentage ownership, financial and strategic benefits, governance structure, conflicts of interest, other alternatives and non-completion risk.

Appraisal Rights

Rights of appraisal provide shareholders who do not approve of the terms of certain corporate transactions the right to demand a judicial review in order to determine the fair value for their shares. The right of appraisal generally applies to mergers, sales of essentially all assets of the corporation, and charter amendments that may have a materially adverse effect on the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

Going Private/Dark Transactions (Leveraged buyouts and Minority Squeeze-outs)

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following: offer price/premium, fairness opinion, how the deal was negotiated, conflicts of interest, other alternatives/offers considered, and non-completion risk.

Vote case-by-case on “going dark” transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

 

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

 

Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

 

Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

 

Does the company have strong corporate governance?

 

Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?

 

Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements taking into consideration:

 

Dilution to existing shareholders’ position.

 

The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion.

Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; conversion features; termination penalties; exit strategy.

 

The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial issues.

 

When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, Social Advisory Services will consider whether it is affected by liquidity, due diligence, control and monitoring issues, capital scarcity, information asymmetry and anticipation of future performance.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    73 of 103

 

D-73


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Financial issues include but are not limited to examining the following: a) company’s financial situation; b) degree of need for capital; c) use of proceeds; d) effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital; e) current and proposed cash burn rate; and f) going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives. A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger or sale of part or all of the company.

 

Control issues including: a) Change in management; b) change in control; c) guaranteed board and committee seats; d) standstill provisions; e) voting agreements; f) veto power over certain corporate actions.

 

Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium

Conflicts of interest

 

Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.

 

Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

Market reaction

 

The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote for the private placement if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration: a) the reasons for the change; b) any financial or tax benefits; c) regulatory benefits; d) increases in capital structure; and e) changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

Vote against the formation of a holding company, absent compelling financial reasons to support the transaction, if the transaction would include either: a) increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum; or b) adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

 

Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

Signs of entrenched board and management;

Strategic plan in place for improving value;

Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution;

Whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    74 of 103

 

D-74


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

8. Social and Environmental Proposals

Socially responsible shareholder resolutions are receiving a great deal more attention from institutional shareholders today than they have in the past. In addition to the moral and ethical considerations intrinsic to many of these proposals, there is a growing recognition of their potential impact on the economic performance of the company. Among the reasons for this change are:

 

The number and variety of shareholder resolutions on social and environmental issues has increased;

Many of the sponsors and supporters of these resolutions are large institutional shareholders with significant holdings, and therefore, greater direct influence on the outcomes;

The proposals are more sophisticated – better written, more focused, and more sensitive to the feasibility of implementation;

Investors now understand that a company’s response to social and environmental issues can have serious economic consequences for the company and its shareholders.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for social and environmental shareholder proposals that promote good corporate citizens while enhancing long-term shareholder and stakeholder value. Vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information particularly when it appears companies have not adequately addressed shareholders’ social, workforce, and environmental concerns. In determining vote recommendations on shareholder social, workforce, and environmental proposals, Social Advisory Services will analyze the following factors:

 

Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;

Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;

Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;

Whether the issues presented in the proposal are best dealt with through legislation, government regulation, or company-specific action;

The company’s approach compared with its peers or any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

Whether the company has already responded in an appropriate or sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices;

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether sufficient information is publicly available to shareholders and whether it would be unduly burdensome for the company to compile and avail the requested information to shareholders in a more comprehensive or amalgamated fashion;

Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal.

In general, Social Advisory Services supports proposals that request the company to furnish information helpful to shareholders in evaluating the company’s operations. In order to be able to intelligently monitor their investments shareholders often need information best provided by the company in which they have invested. Requests to report such information will merit support. Requests to establish special committees of the board to address broad corporate policy and provide forums for ongoing dialogue on issues including, but not limited to shareholder relations, the environment, human rights, occupational health and safety, and executive

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    75 of 103

 

D-75


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

compensation, will generally be supported, particularly when they appear to offer a potentially effective method for enhancing shareholder value. We will closely evaluate proposals that ask the company to cease certain actions that the proponent believes are harmful to society or some segment of society with special attention to the company’s legal and ethical obligations, its ability to remain profitable, and potential negative publicity if the company fails to honor the request. Social Advisory Services supports shareholder proposals that improve the company’s public image, and reduce exposure to liabilities.

Diversity and Equality

Significant progress has been made in recent years in the advancement of women and racial minorities in the workplace and the establishment of greater protections against discriminatory practices in the workplace. In the U.S, there are many civil rights laws that are enforced by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibits discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex and nationality. However, discrimination on the basis of race, gender, religion, nationality, and sexual preference continues. The SEC’s revised disclosure rules now require information on how boards factor diversity into the director nomination process, as well as disclosure on how the board assesses the effectiveness of its diversity policy. Shareholder proposals on diversity may target a company’s board nomination procedures or seek greater disclosure on a company’s programs and procedures on increasing the diversity of its workforce, and make reference to one or more of the following points:

 

Violations of workplace anti-discrimination laws lead to expensive litigation and damaged corporate reputations that are not in the best interests of shareholders;

Employers already prepare employee diversity reports for the EEOC, so preparing a similar report to shareholders can be done at minimal cost;

The presence of women, ethnic minorities and union members in workforce and customer pools gives companies with diversified boards a practical advantage over their competitors as a result of their unique perspectives;

Efforts to include women, minorities and union representatives on corporate boards can be made at reasonable costs;

Reports can be prepared “at reasonable expense” describing efforts to encourage diversified representation on their boards;

Board diversification increases the pool of the company’s potential investors because more and more investors are favoring companies with diverse boards;

A commitment to diversity in the workforce can lead to superior financial returns.

Add Women and Minorities to the Board

Board diversification proposals ask companies to put systems in place to increase the representation of women, racial minorities, union members or other underrepresented minority groups on boards of directors. In prior years, board diversification proposals requested that companies nominate board members from certain constituencies, appoint special committees to recommend underrepresented classes of board members, establish board positions reserved for representatives of certain groups, or simply “make greater efforts” to nominate women and ethnic minorities to their boards.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    76 of 103

 

D-76


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to take steps to nominate more women and racial minorities to the board.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking for reports on board diversity.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt nomination charters or amend existing charters to include reasonable language addressing diversity.

Racial Equity and/or Civil Rights Audits

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company conduct an independent racial equity and/or civil rights audit, considering company disclosures, policies, actions, and engagements.

Report on the Distribution of Stock Options by Gender and Race

Companies have received requests from shareholders to prepare reports documenting the distribution of the stock options and restricted stock awards by race and gender of the recipient. Proponents of these proposals argue that, in the future, there will be a shift toward basing racial and gender discrimination suits on the distribution of corporate wealth through stock options. The appearance of these proposals is also in response to the nationwide wage gap and under representation of minorities and women at the highest levels of compensation.

 

LOGO

 

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on the distribution of stock options by race and gender of the recipient.

Prepare Report/Promote EEOC-Related Activities

Filers of proposals on this issue generally ask a company to make available, at reasonable cost and omitting proprietary information, data the company includes in its annual report to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) outlining the make-up of its workforce by race, gender and position. Shareholders also ask companies to report on any efforts they are making to advance the representation of women and ethnic minorities in jobs in which they have been historically underrepresented, such as sales and management. The costs of violating federal laws that prohibit discrimination by corporations are high and can affect corporate earnings. The Equal Opportunities Employment Commission does not release the companies’ filings to the public, unless it is involved in litigation, and this information is difficult to obtain from other sources. Companies need to be sensitive to minority employment issues as the new evolving work force becomes increasingly diverse. This information can be provided with little cost to the company and does not create an unreasonable burden on management.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to report on its diversity and/or affirmative action programs.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for legal and regulatory compliance and public reporting related to non-discrimination, affirmative action, workplace health and safety, and labor policies and practices that effect long-term corporate performance.

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting nondiscrimination in salary, wages and all benefits.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for action on equal employment opportunity and antidiscrimination.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    77 of 103

 

D-77


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Report on Progress Towards Glass Ceiling Commission Recommendations

In November 1995, the Glass Ceiling Commission (Commission), a bipartisan panel of leaders from business and government, issued a report describing “an unseen yet unbreachable barrier that keeps women and minorities from rising to the upper rungs of the corporate ladder.” The Commission recommended that companies take practical steps to rectify this disparity, such as including diversity goals in business plans, committing to affirmative action for qualified employees and initiating family-friendly labor policies. Shareholders have submitted proposals asking companies to report on progress made toward the Commission’s recommendations.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to report on its progress against the Glass Ceiling Commission’s recommendations.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to eliminate the “glass ceiling” for women and minority employees.

Prohibit Discrimination on the Basis of Sexual Orientation or Gender Identity

Federal law does not ban workplace discrimination against gay and lesbian employees, and only some states have enacted workplace protections for these employees. Although an increasing number of US companies have explicitly banned discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity in their equal employment opportunity (EEO) statements, many still do not. Shareholder proponents and other activist groups concerned with gay and lesbian rights, such as the Human Rights Campaign (HRC) and the Pride Foundation, have targeted U.S. companies that do not specifically restrict discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation in their EEO statements. Shareholder proposals on this topic ask companies to change the language of their EEO statements in order to put in place anti-discrimination protection for their gay and lesbian employees. In addition, proposals may seek disclosure on a company’s general initiatives to create a workplace free of discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation, including reference to such items as support of gay and lesbian employee groups, diversity training that addresses sexual orientation, and non-medical benefits to domestic partners of gay and lesbian employees.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to include language in EEO statements specifically barring discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on a company’s initiatives to create a workplace free of discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity.

Vote against shareholder proposals that seek to eliminate protection already afforded to gay and lesbian employees.

Report on/Eliminate Use of Racial Stereotypes in Advertising

Many companies continue to use racial stereotypes or images perceived as racially insensitive in their advertising campaigns. Filers of shareholder proposals on this topic often request companies to give more careful consideration to the symbols and images that are used to promote the company.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking more careful consideration of using racial stereotypes in advertising campaigns, including preparation of a report on this issue.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    78 of 103

 

D-78


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Gender, Race, or Ethnicity Pay Gap

Over the past several years, shareholders have filed resolutions requesting that companies report whether a gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap exists, and if so, what measures are being taken to eliminate the gap. While primarily filed at technology firms, in 2017, the resolutions were also filed at firms in the financial services, insurance, healthcare, and telecommunication sectors. Proponents are expected to continue this campaign by engaging companies and filing shareholder proposals on this issue.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests for reports on a company’s pay data by gender, race, or ethnicity, or a report on a company’s policies and goals to reduce any gender, race, or ethinicity pay gap.

Labor and Human Rights

Investors, international human rights groups, and labor advocacy groups have long been making attempts to safeguard worker rights in the international marketplace. In instances where companies themselves operate factories in developing countries for example, these advocates have asked that the companies adopt global corporate standards that guarantee sustainable wages and safe working conditions for their workers abroad. Companies that contract out portions of their manufacturing operations to foreign companies have been asked to ensure that the products they receive from those contractors have not been made using forced labor, child labor, or sweatshop labor. These companies are asked to adopt formal vendor standards that, among other things, include some sort of monitoring mechanism. Globalization, relocation of production overseas, and widespread use of subcontractors and vendors, often make it difficult to obtain a complete picture of a company’s labor practices in global markets. Recent deadly accidents at factories, notably in Bangladesh and in Pakistan, have continued to intensify these concerns. Many investors believe that companies would benefit from adopting a human rights policy based on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organization’s Core Labor Standards. Efforts that seek greater disclosure on a company’s global labor practices, including its supply chain, and that seek to establish minimum standards for a company’s operations will be supported. In addition, requests for independent monitoring of overseas operations will be supported.

Social Advisory Services generally supports proposals that call for the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights; such as the use of slave, child, or prison labor; a government that is illegitimate; or there is a call by human rights advocates, pro-democracy organizations, or legitimately-elected representatives for economic sanctions. The use of child, sweatshop, or forced labor is unethical and can damage corporate reputations. Poor labor practices can lead to litigation against the company, which can be costly and time consuming.

Codes of Conduct and Vendor Standards

In recent years, an increasing number of shareholder proposals have been submitted that pertain to the adoption of codes of conduct or provision, greater disclosure on a company’s international workplace standards, or that request human rights risk assessment. Companies have been asked to adopt a number of different types of codes, including a workplace code of conduct, standards for international business operations, human rights standards, International Labour Organization (ILO) standards and the SA 8000 principles. The ILO is an independent agency of the United Nations which consists of 187 member nations represented by workers, employers, and governments. The ILO’s general mandate is to promote a decent workplace for all individuals. The ILO sets international labor standards in the form of its conventions and then monitors compliance with the standards. The seven conventions of the ILO fall under four broad categories: Right to organize and bargain collectively,

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    79 of 103

 

D-79


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Nondiscrimination in employment, Abolition of forced labor, and End of child labor. Each of the 187 member-nations of the ILO is bound to respect and promote these rights to the best of their abilities. SA 8000 is a set of labor standards, based on the principles of the ILO conventions and other human rights conventions, and covers eight workplace conditions, including: child labor, forced labor, health and safety, freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining, discrimination, disciplinary practices, working hours and compensation. The Global Sullivan Principles are a set of guidelines that support economic, social and political justice by companies where they do business; to support human rights and to encourage equal opportunity at all levels of employment.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to implement human rights standards and workplace codes of conduct.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the implementation and reporting on ILO codes of conduct, SA 8000 Standards, or the Global Sullivan Principles.

Vote for shareholder proposals that call for the adoption of principles or codes of conduct relating to company investments in countries with patterns of human rights abuses (e.g. Northern Ireland, Burma, former Soviet Union, and China).

Vote for shareholder proposals that call for independent monitoring programs in conjunction with local and respected religious and human rights groups to monitor supplier and licensee compliance with codes.

Vote for shareholder proposals that seek publication of a “Code of Conduct” by the company’s foreign suppliers and licensees, requiring that they satisfy all applicable standards and laws protecting employees’ wages, benefits, working conditions, freedom of association, and other rights.

Vote for proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on, or the adoption of, vendor standards including: reporting on incentives to encourage suppliers to raise standards rather than terminate contracts and providing public disclosure of contract supplier reviews on a regular basis.

Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor standards for foreign and domestic suppliers to ensure that the company will not do business with foreign suppliers that manufacture products for sale in the U.S. using forced labor, child labor, or that fail to comply with applicable laws protecting employee’s wages and working conditions.

Adopt/Report on MacBride Principles

These resolutions have called for the adoption of the MacBride Principles for operations located in Northern Ireland. They request companies operating abroad to support the equal employment opportunity policies that apply in facilities they operate domestically. The principles were established to address the sectarian hiring problems between Protestants and Catholics in Northern Ireland. It is well documented that Northern Ireland’s Catholic community faced much higher unemployment figures than the Protestant community. In response to this problem, the U.K. government instituted the New Fair Employment Act of 1989 (and subsequent amendments) to address the sectarian hiring problems.

Many companies believe that the Act adequately addresses the problems and that further action, including adoption of the MacBride Principles, only duplicates the efforts already underway. In evaluating a proposal to adopt the MacBride Principles, shareholders must decide whether the principles will cause companies to divest, and therefore worsen the unemployment problem, or whether the principles will promote equal hiring practices. Proponents believe that the Fair Employment Act does not sufficiently address the sectarian hiring problems. They argue that the MacBride Principles serve to stabilize the situation and promote further investment.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    80 of 103

 

D-80


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to report on or implement the MacBride Principles.

Community Impact Assessment/Indigenous Peoples’ Rights

In recent years, a number of U.S. public companies have found their operations or expansion plans in conflict with local indigenous groups. In order to improve their standing with indigenous groups and decrease any negative publicity companies may face, some concerned shareholders have sought reports requesting that companies review their obligations, actions and presence on these groups. Some have also requested these companies adopt policies based on the Draft UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples and the Organization of American States’ (OAS) American Declaration on rights of Indigenous Peoples. Some companies such as Starbucks have reached agreements with local governments to ensure better business practices for products produced by indigenous groups. Shareholders, concerned with the negative impact that the company’s operations may have on the indigenous people’s land and community, have sought reports detailing the impact of the company’s actions and presence on these groups.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking to prepare reports on a company’s environmental and health impact on communities.

Report on Risks of Outsourcing

Consumer interest in keeping costs low through comparison shopping, coupled with breakthroughs in productivity have prompted companies to look for methods of increasing profit margins while keeping prices competitive. Through a practice known as off-shoring, the outsourcing or moving of manufacturing and service operations to foreign markets with lower labor costs, companies have found one method where the perceived savings potential is quite substantial. Shareholder opponents of outsourcing argue that there may be long-term consequences to offshore outsourcing that outweigh short-term benefits such as backlash from a public already sensitive to off-shoring, security risks from information technology development overseas, and diminished employee morale. Shareholder proposals addressing outsourcing ask that companies prepare a report to shareholders evaluating the risk to the company’s brand name and reputation in the U.S. from outsourcing and off-shoring of manufacturing and service work to other countries.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholders proposals asking companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing or off-shoring.

Report on the Impact of Health Pandemics on Company Operations

Sub-Saharan Africa is the most affected region in the world with regard to the HIV/AIDS pandemic. With limited access to antiretroviral treatment for HIV/AIDS, the increasing death toll is expected to have profound social, political and economic impact on that region and the companies or industries with operations in Sub-Saharan Africa. In the past, shareholder proposals asked companies to develop policies to provide affordable HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis drugs in third-world countries. However, in recent years, shareholders have changed their tactic, asking instead for reports on the impact of these pandemics on company operations, including both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical companies operating in high-risk areas. This change is consistent with the general shift in shareholder proposals towards risk assessment and mitigation.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    81 of 103

 

D-81


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking for companies to report on the impact of pandemics, such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis, on their business strategies.

Mandatory Arbitration

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for a report on a company’s use of mandatory arbitration on employment-related claims.

Sexual Harassment

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for a report on company actions taken to strengthen policies and oversight to prevent workplace sexual harassment, or a report on risks posed by a company’s failure to prevent workplace sexual harassment.

Operations in High Risk Markets

In recent years, shareholder advocates and human rights organizations have highlighted concerns associated with companies operating in regions that are politically unstable, including state sponsors of terror. The U.S. government has active trade sanction regimes in place against a number of countries, including Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria, among others. These sanctions are enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, which is part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. However, these countries do not comprise an exhaustive list of countries considered to be high-risk markets.

Shareholder proponents have filed resolutions addressing a variety of concerns around how investments and operations in high-risk regions may support, or be perceived to support, potentially oppressive governments. Proponents contend that operations in these countries may lead to potential reputational, regulatory, and/or supply chain risks as a result of operational disruptions. Concerned shareholders have requested investment withdrawals or cessation of operations in high-risk markets as well as reports on operations in high-risk markets. Such reports may seek additional disclosure from companies on criteria employed for investing in, continuing to operate in, and withdrawing from specific countries.

Depending on the country’s human rights record, investors have also asked companies to refrain from commencing new projects in the country of concern until improvements are made. In addition, investors have sought greater disclosure on the nature of a company’s involvement in the country and on the impact of their involvement or operations.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests for a review of and a report outlining the company’s potential financial and reputation risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or otherwise, taking into account:

 

The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;

Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws;

Whether the company has been recently involved in significant controversies or violations in “high-risk” markets.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    82 of 103

 

D-82


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Reports on Operations in Burma/Myanmar

Since the early 1960s, Burma (also known as Myanmar) has been ruled by a military dictatorship that has been condemned for human rights abuses, including slave labor, torture, rape and murder. Many companies have pulled out of Burma over the past decade given the controversy surrounding involvement in the country. Oil companies continue be the largest investors in Burma and therefore are the usual targets of shareholder proposals on this topic. However, proposals have also been filed at other companies, including financial companies, for their involvement in the country.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor standards in connection with involvement in Burma.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on Burmese operations and reports on costs of continued involvement in the country.

Vote shareholder proposals to pull out of Burma on a case-by-case basis.

Reports on Operations in China

Documented human rights abuses in China continue to raise concerns among investors, specifically with respect to alleged use of prison and child labor in manufacturing. Reports have identified U.S. companies with direct or indirect ties to companies controlled by the Chinese military, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA), and hence links to prison labor. The U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of Workers in China may help a company with operations in China avoid being blacklisted by U.S. states and municipalities, many of whom have limited their contracts with companies that fail to adopt similar principles in other countries recognized for committing gross human rights violations.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting more disclosure on a company’s involvement in China

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that ask a company to terminate a project or investment in China.

Product Sales to Repressive Regimes

Certain Internet technology companies have been accused of assisting repressive governments in violating human rights through the knowing misuse of their hardware and software. Human rights groups have accused companies such as Yahoo!, Cisco, Google, and Microsoft of allowing the Chinese government to censor and track down dissenting voices on the internet.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requesting that companies cease product sales to repressive regimes that can be used to violate human rights.

Vote for proposals to report on company efforts to reduce the likelihood of product abuses in this manner.

Internet Privacy/Censorship and Data Security

Information technology sector companies have been at the center of shareholder advocacy campaigns regarding concerns over Internet service companies and technology providers’ alleged cooperation with potentially

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    83 of 103

 

D-83


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

repressive regimes, notably the Chinese government. Shareholder proposals, submitted at Yahoo!, Google, Microsoft, and Cisco, among others, asked companies to take steps to stop abetting repression and censorship of the Internet and/or review their human rights policies taking this issue into consideration. Resolution sponsors generally argue that the Chinese government is using IT company technologies to track, monitor, identify, and, ultimately, suppress political dissent. In the view of proponents, this process of surveillance and associated suppression violates internationally accepted norms outlined in the U.N. Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

While early shareholder resolutions on Internet issues focused on censorship by repressive regimes and net neutrality, proponents have recently raised concerns regarding privacy and data security in the wake of increased breaches that result in the misuse of personal information. On Oct. 13, 2011, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued a guidance document about the disclosure obligations relating to cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents. In the document, the SEC references the negative consequences that are associated with cyber-attacks, such as: remediation costs, including those required to repair relationships with customers and clients; increased cyber-security protection costs; lost revenues from unauthorized use of the information or missed opportunities to attract clients; litigation; and reputational damage. The document says that while the federal securities laws do not explicitly require disclosure of cybersecurity risks and incidents, some disclosure requirements may impose an obligation on the company to disclose such information and provides scenarios where disclosure may be required. A 2013 study by the Ponemon Institute found that the median annualized cost of cyber-attacks for the 60 organizations studied was $11.6 million. The study also found that the number of successful cyber-attacks among the 60 companies increased by 18 percent between 2012 and 2013, from 102 successful attacks on average per week to 122.

More recently, data security has been the focus of media outlets and a public concern. During the 2013 holiday shopping season, Target, Neiman Marcus, and other retailers were the targets of hackers looking to steal credit card numbers. It is estimated that as many as 40 million customer credit and debit card accounts were stolen at Target alone. These incidents preceded what many people consider the largest data security breach in the United States. In June 2013, major media outlets began releasing information about leaked classified documents disclosed by Edward Snowden, an NSA contractor. The documents revealed a government-run Internet and telephone surveillance program aimed at collecting metadata. As part of this operation, the government is said to have obtained from major U.S. telecommunications companies the call records of their customers.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for resolutions requesting the disclosure and implementation of Internet privacy and censorship policies and procedures considering:

 

The level of disclosure of policies and procedures relating to privacy, freedom of speech, Internet censorship, and government monitoring of the Internet;

Engagement in dialogue with governments and/or relevant groups with respect to the Internet and the free flow of information;

The scope of business involvement and of investment in markets that maintain government censorship or monitoring of the Internet;

The market-specific laws or regulations applicable to Internet censorship or monitoring that may be imposed on the company; and

The level of controversy or litigation related to the company’s international human rights policies and procedures.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    84 of 103

 

D-84


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Disclosure on Plant Closings

Shareholders have asked that companies contemplating plant closures consider the impact of such closings on employees and the community, especially when such plan closures involve a community’s largest employers. Social Advisory Services usually recommends voting for greater disclosure of plant closing criteria. In cases where it can be shown that companies have been proactive and responsible in adopting these criteria, Social Advisory Services recommends against the proposal.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater disclosure on plant closing criteria if the company has not provided such information.

Climate Change

Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals that request shareholders to approve the company’s climate transition action plan20, taking into account the completeness and rigor of the plan. Information that will be considered where available includes the following:

 

The extent to which the company’s climate related disclosures are in line with TCFD recommendations and meet other market standards;

Disclosure of its operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3);

The completeness and rigor of company’s short-, medium-, and long-term targets for reducing operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3 if relevant);

Whether the company has sought and approved third-party approval that its targets are science-based;

Whether the company has made a commitment to be “net zero” for operational and supply chain emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) by 2050;

Whether the company discloses a commitment to report on the implementation of its plan in subsequent years;

Whether the company’s climate data has received third-party assurance;

Disclosure of how the company’s lobbying activities and its capital expenditures align with company strategy;

Whether there are specific industry decarbonization challenges; and

The company’s related commitment, disclosure, and performance compared to its industry peers.

Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the company to disclose a report providing its GHG emissions levels and reduction targets and/or its upcoming/approved climate transition action plan and provide shareholders the opportunity to express approval or disapproval of its GHG emissions reduction plan, taking into account information such as the following:

 

The completeness and rigor of the company’s climate-related disclosure;

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to its GHG emissions; and

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive.

20 

Variations of this request also include climate transition related ambitions, or commitment to reporting on the implementation of a climate plan.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    85 of 103

 

D-85


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas Emissions

Climate change has emerged as the most significant environmental threat to the planet to date. Scientists generally agree that gases released by chemical reactions including the burning of fossil fuels contribute to a “greenhouse effect” that traps the planet’s heat. Environmentalists claim that the Greenhouse Gases(GHG) produced by the industrial age have caused recent weather crises such as heat waves, rainstorms, melting glaciers, rising sea levels and receding coastlines. Climate change skeptics have described the rise and fall of global temperatures as naturally occurring phenomena and depicted human impact on climate change as minimal. Shareholder proposals requesting companies to issue a report to shareholders, “at reasonable cost and omitting proprietary information,” on greenhouse gas emissions ask that the report include descriptions of corporate efforts to reduce emissions, companies’ financial exposure and potential liability from operations that contribute to global warming, their direct or indirect efforts to promote the view that global warming is not a threat, and their goals in reducing these emissions from their operations. Shareholder proponents argue that there is scientific proof that the burning of fossil fuels causes global warming, that future legislation may make companies financially liable for their contributions to global warming, and that a report on the company’s role in global warming can be assembled at reasonable cost.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change- on its operations and investments, or on how the company identifies, measures, and manage such risks.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reduction of GHG or adoption of GHG goals in products and operations.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on responses to regulatory and public pressures surrounding climate change, and for disclosure of research that aided in setting company policies around climate change.

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting reports on greenhouse gas emissions from companies’ operations and/or products.

Invest in Clean/Renewable Energy

Filers of proposals on renewable energy ask companies to increase their investment in renewable energy sources and to work to develop products that rely more on renewable energy sources. Increased use of renewable energy will reduce the negative environmental impact of energy companies. In addition, as supplies of oil and coal exist in the earth in limited quantities, renewable energy sources represent a competitive, and some would argue essential, long-term business strategy.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of a report on a company’s activities related to the development of renewable energy sources.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking increased investment in renewable energy sources unless the terms of the resolution are overly restrictive.

Energy Efficiency

Reducing the negative impact to the environment can be done through the use of more energy efficient practices and products. Shareholders propose that corporations should have energy efficient manufacturing processes and

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    86 of 103

 

D-86


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

should market more energy efficient products. This can be done by utilizing renewable energy sources that are cost-competitive and by implementing energy efficient operations.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a report on company energy efficiency policies and/or goals.

Environment

Proposals addressing environmental and energy concerns are plentiful, and generally seek greater disclosure on a particular issue or seek to improve a company’s environmental practices in order to protect the world’s natural resources. In addition, some proponents cite the negative financial implications for companies with poor environmental practices, including liabilities associated with site clean-ups and lawsuits, as well as arguments that energy efficient products and clean environmental practices are sustainable business practices that will contribute to long-term shareholder value. Shareholders proponents point out that the majority of independent atmospheric scientists agree that global warming poses a serious problem to the health and welfare of our planet, citing the findings of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Shareholder activists argue that companies can report on their greenhouse gas emissions within a few months at reasonable cost. The general trend indicates a movement towards encouraging companies to have proactive environmental policies, focusing on maximizing the efficient use of non-renewable resources and minimizing threats of harm to human health or the environment.

Environmental/Sustainability Reports

Shareholders may request general environmental disclosures or reports on a specific location/operation, often requesting that the company detail the environmental risks and potential liabilities of a specific project. Increasingly, companies have begun reporting on environmental and sustainability issues using the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards. The GRI was established in 1997 with the mission of developing globally applicable guidelines for reporting on economic, environmental, and social performance. The GRI was developed by Ceres (formerly known as the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies, CERES) in partnership with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).

Ceres was formed in the wake of the March 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill, when a consortium of investors, environmental groups, and religious organizations drafted what were originally named the Valdez Principles. Later to be renamed the CERES Principles, and now branded as the Ceres Roadmap 2030, corporate signatories to the Ceres Roadmap 2030 pledge to publicly report on environmental issues, including protection of the biosphere, sustainable use of natural resources, reduction and disposal of wastes, energy conservation, and employee and community risk reduction in a standardized form.

The Equator Principles are the financial industry’s benchmark for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing. The Principles were first launched in June 2003 and were ultimately adopted by over forty financial institutions during a three year implementation period. The principles were subsequently revised in July 2006 to take into account the new performance standards approved by the World Bank Group’s International Finance Corporation (IFC). The third iteration of the Principles was launched in June 2013 and it amplified the banks’ commitments to social responsibility, including human rights, climate change, and transparency. Financial institutions adopt these principles to ensure that the projects they venture in are developed in a socially responsible manner and reflect sound environmental management practices.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    87 of 103

 

D-87


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater disclosure on the company’s environmental and social practices, and/or associated risks and liabilities.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of sustainability reports.

Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement the CERES Roadmap 2030.

Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement the Equator Principles.

Operations in Environmentally Sensitive Areas

Canadian Oil Sands

Proposals asking for a report on oil sands operations in the Athabasca region of Alberta, Canada have appeared at a number of oil and gas companies. Alberta’s oil sands contain a reserve largely thought to be one of the world’s largest potential energy sources. Rising oil sands production in Alberta has been paralleled with concerns from a variety of stakeholders—including environmental groups, local residents, and shareholders—regarding the environmental impacts of the complicated extraction and upgrading processes required to convert oil sands into a synthetic crude oil. The high viscosity of bitumen makes its extraction a challenging and resource-intensive process; the most common extraction technique involves pumping steam into the oil sands to lower the viscosity of bitumen in order to pump it to the surface.

One of the most prominent issues concerning oil sands is the large volume of greenhouse gases (GHG) associated with production. Oil sands are by far one of the most energy-intensive forms of oil production, releasing three times more GHG emissions from production than conventional oil.

Shareholders have kept up pressure on the issue of potential long-term risks to companies posed by the environmental, social, and economic challenges associated with Canadian oil sands operations. Resolutions on the topic have focused on requesting greater transparency on the ramifications of oil sands development projects.

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

The Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR) is a federally protected wilderness along Alaska’s North Slope. In the past, legislation proposed in both the House and Senate that, if passed, would allow a portion of this area to be leased to private companies for development and production of oil, has been witnessed. Oil companies have expressed an interest in bidding for these leases given the opportunity. In response, shareholder activists have filed resolutions asking these companies to cancel any plans to drill in the ANWR and cease their lobbying efforts to open the area for drilling. Proponents of shareholder proposals on this issue argue that the Coastal Plain section of the ANWR is the most environmentally sensitive area of the refuge, that the majority of Alaska’s North Slope that is not federally designated wilderness already provides the oil industry with sufficient resources for oil production, and that advocates of drilling in ANWR overstate the benefit to be derived from opening the wilderness to oil production. Those in favor of opening the area up to drilling note that only a small portion of ANWR would be considered for exploration, and if drilling were to take place, it would be on less than one percent of the entire area, that modern technology reduces the environmental impact of oil drilling on both the land and surrounding wildlife, and that oil production in ANWR would have considerable benefit to company shareholders, Alaskans, and the United States as a whole.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    88 of 103

 

D-88


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to prepare reports or adopt policies on operations that include mining, drilling or logging in environmentally sensitive areas.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to curb or reduce the sale of products manufactured from materials extracted from environmentally sensitive areas such as old growth forests.

Hydraulic Fracturing

Shareholder proponents have elevated concerns on the use of hydraulic fracturing, an increasingly controversial process in which water, sand, and a mix of chemicals are blasted horizontally into tight layers of shale rock to extract natural gas. As this practice has gained more widespread use, environmentalists have raised concerns that the chemicals mixed with sand and water to aid the fracturing process can contaminate ground water supplies. Proponents of resolutions at companies that employ hydraulic fracturing are also concerned that wastewater produced by the process could overload the waste treatment plants to which it is shipped. Shareholders have asked companies that utilize hydraulic fracturing to report on the environmental impact of the practice and to disclose policies aimed at reducing hazards from the process.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests seeking greater transparency on the practice of hydraulic fracturing and its associated risks.

Phase Out Chlorine-Based Chemicals

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) identified chlorine bleaching of pulp and paper as a major source of dioxin, a known human carcinogen linked to have negative effects to humans and animals. A number of shareholder proposals have been filed in recent years asking companies to report on the possible phase-out of chlorine bleaching in the production of paper because of the practice’s negative environmental impact.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to prepare a report on the phase-out of chlorine bleaching in paper production.

Vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals asking companies to cease or phase-out the use of chlorine bleaching.

Land Procurement and Development

Certain real estate developers including big-box large retailers have received criticism over their processes for acquiring and developing land. Given a 2005 Supreme Court decision allowing for the usage of eminent domain laws in the U.S. to take land from property-owners for tax generating purposes, as well as certain controversies outside of the U.S. with land procurement, some shareholders would like assurances that companies are acting ethically and with local stakeholders in mind.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that companies report on or adopt policies for land procurement and utilize the policies in their decision-making.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    89 of 103

 

D-89


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Report on the Sustainability of Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFO)

The potential environmental impact on water, aquatic ecosystems, and local areas from odor and chemical discharges from CAFOs has led to lawsuits and EPA regulations. Certain shareholders have asked companies to provide additional details on their CAFOs in addition to those with which the companies contract to raise their livestock.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests that companies report on the sustainability and the environmental impacts of both company-owned and contract livestock operations.

Adopt a Comprehensive Recycling Policy

A number of companies have received proposals to step-up their recycling efforts, with the goal of reducing the company’s negative impact on the environment and reducing costs over the long-term.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting the preparation of a report on the company’s recycling efforts.

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask companies to increase their recycling efforts or to adopt a formal recycling policy.

Nuclear Energy

Nuclear power continues to be a controversial method of producing electricity. Opponents of nuclear energy are primarily concerned with serious accidents and the related negative human health consequences, and with the difficulties involved in nuclear waste storage.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of a report on a company’s nuclear energy procedures.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that ask the company to cease the production of nuclear power.

Water Use

Shareholders may ask for a company to prepare a report evaluating the business risks linked to water use and impacts on the company’s supply chain, including subsidiaries and bottling partners. Such proposals also ask companies to disclose current policies and procedures for mitigating the impact of operations on local communities in areas of water scarcity.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation of a report on a company’s risks linked to water use.

Vote for resolutions requesting companies to promote the “human right to water” as articulated by the United Nations.

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that companies report on or adopt policies for water use that incorporate social and environmental factors.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    90 of 103

 

D-90


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Kyoto Protocol Compliance

With the Kyoto Protocol operational as of February 2005, ratifying countries have agreed to reduce their emissions of carbon dioxide and five other greenhouse gases. While some signatories have yet to release specific details of corporate regulations, the impact on multinationals operating in Kyoto-compliant countries is anticipated to be significant.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and report on how companies will meet GHG reduction targets of the Kyoto-compliant countries in which they operate.

Health and Safety

Toxic Materials

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on policies and activities to ensure product safety.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to disclose annual expenditures relating to the promotion and/or environmental cleanup of toxins.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on the feasibility of removing, or substituting with safer alternatives, all “harmful” ingredients used in company products.

Product Safety

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Generally vote for proposals requesting the company to report on or adopt consumer product safety policies and initiatives.

Generally vote for proposals requesting the study, adoption and/or implementation of consumer product safety programs in the company’s supply chain.

Workplace/Facility Safety

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts.

Vote shareholder proposals requesting companies report on or implement procedures associated with their operations and/or facilities on a case-by-case basis.

Report on Handgun Safety Initiatives

Shareholders may ask for a company to report on policies and procedures that are aimed at curtailing the incidence of gun violence. Such a report may include: implementation of the company’s contract instruction to distributors not to sell the company’s weapons at gun shows or through pawn shops; recalls or retro-fits of products with safety-related defects causing death or serious injury to consumers, as well as development

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    91 of 103

 

D-91


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

systems to identify and remedy these defects; names and descriptions of products that are developed or are being developed for a combination of higher caliber/maximum capacity and greater conceal-ability; and the company’s involvement in promotion campaigns that could be construed as aimed at children. The Sandy Hook Principles were established to commemorate the victims of gun violence and to encourage positive corporate behavior in response to the proliferation of gun violence in America.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking the company to report on its efforts to promote handgun safety.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking the company to stop the sale of handguns and accessories.

Phase-out or Label Products Containing Genetically Engineered Ingredients

Shareholders have asked companies engaged in the development of genetically modified agricultural products to adopt a policy of not marketing or distributing such products until “long term safety testing” demonstrates that they are not harmful to humans, animals or the environment. Until further long term testing demonstrates that these products are not harmful, companies in the restaurant and prepared foods industries have been asked to remove genetically altered ingredients from products they manufacture or sell, and label such products in the interim. Shareholders have also asked supermarket companies to do the same for their own private label brands.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to label products that contain genetically engineered products or products from cloned animals.

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to phase out the use of genetically engineered ingredients in their products.

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask the company to report on the use of genetically engineered organisms in their products.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking for reports on the financial, legal, and operational risks posed by the use of genetically engineered organisms.

Tobacco-related Proposals

Under the pressure of ongoing litigation and negative media attention, tobacco companies and even non-tobacco companies with ties to the industry have received an assortment of shareholder proposals seeking increased responsibility and social consciousness from tobacco companies and as well as firms affiliated with the tobacco industry.

While the specific resolutions for shareholder proponents vary from year to year, activist shareholders consistently make the tobacco industry a prominent target. Examples of shareholder proposals focused on tobacco include: warnings on the risks of tobacco smoke and smoking-related diseases, attempting to link executive compensation with reductions in teen smoking rates, the placement of company tobacco products in retail outlets, a review of advertising campaigns and their impact on children and minority groups, prohibiting non-tobacco companies from entering into contracts with tobacco companies, and requesting restaurant operators maintain smoke-free restaurants.

In June 2009, the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act was signed into law, giving the FDA authority to regulate the tobacco industry for the first time, including the power to block or approve new products

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    92 of 103

 

D-92


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

as well as the nicotine and other content in existing tobacco products. This legislation empowers the imposition of a ban on tobacco advertising within 1,000 feet of schools and playgrounds, require FDA-approved graphic warning labels that occupy 50 percent of the space on each package of cigarettes.

In September 2009, the FDA issued a ban on the sale of flavored cigarettes, exercising its regulatory power in a major way over tobacco for the first time under the new law. The ban affected tobacco products with chocolate, vanilla, clove, and other similar flavors.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking to limit the sale of tobacco products to children.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking producers of tobacco product components (such as filters, adhesives, flavorings, and paper products) to halt sales to tobacco companies.

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask restaurants to adopt smoke-free policies and that ask tobacco companies to support smoke-free legislation.

Vote for shareholder proposals seeking a report on a tobacco company’s advertising approach.

Vote for shareholder proposals at insurance companies to cease investment in tobacco companies.

Vote for proposals at producers of cigarette components calling for a report outlining the risks and potential liabilities of the production of these components.

Vote for proposals calling for tobacco companies to cease the production of tobacco products.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to stop all advertising, marketing and sale of cigarettes using the terms “light,” “ultra-light,” “mild,” and other similar words and/or colors.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to increase health warnings on cigarette smoking. (i.e.: information for pregnant women, “Canadian Style” warnings, filter safety).

Adopt Policy/Report on Drug Pricing

Pharmaceutical drug pricing, both within the United States and internationally, has raised many questions of the companies that are responsible for creating and marketing these treatments. Shareholder proponents, activists and even some legislators have called upon drug companies to restrain pricing of prescription drugs.

The high cost of prescription drugs is a vital issue for senior citizens across the country. Seniors have the greatest need for prescription drugs, accounting for a significant portion of all prescription drug sales, but they often live on fixed incomes and are underinsured.

Proponents note that efforts to reign-in pharmaceutical costs will not negatively impact research and development (R&D) costs and that retail drug prices are consistently higher in the U.S. than in other industrialized nations. Pharmaceutical companies often respond that adopting a formal drug pricing policy could put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Against the backdrop of the AIDS crisis in Africa, many shareholders have called on companies to address the issue of affordable drugs for the treatment of AIDS, as well as tuberculosis and malaria throughout the developing world. When analyzing such resolutions, consideration should be made of the strategic implications of pricing policies in the market.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to prepare a report on drug pricing.

Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt a formal policy on drug pricing.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    93 of 103

 

D-93


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote for shareholder proposals that call on companies to develop a policy to provide affordable HIV, AIDS, tuberculosis, and malaria drugs in third-world nations.

Vote for proposals asking for reports on the economic effects and legal risks of limiting pharmaceutical products to Canada or certain wholesalers.

Vote case-by-case proposals requesting that companies adopt policies not to constrain prescription drug reimportation by limiting supplies to foreign markets.

Government and Military

Weapons-related proposals may target handguns, landmines, defense contracting, or sale of weapons to foreign governments.

Prepare Report to Renounce Future Landmine Production

Although very few companies currently produce landmines, some companies continue to have links to landmine production or produce components that are used to make landmines. Shareholders have asked companies to renounce the future development of landmines or their components, or to prepare a report on the feasibility of such a renouncement.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking a report on the renouncement of future landmine production.

Prepare Report on Foreign Military Sales

Shareholders have filed proxy resolutions asking companies to account for their policies surrounding the sale of military equipment to foreign governments. The proposals can take various forms. One resolution simply calls on companies to report on their foreign military sales, provide information on military product exports, disclose the company’s basis for determining whether those sales should be made, and any procedures used to market or negotiate those sales. Another resolution calls for companies to report on “offsets” e.g. guarantee of new jobs in the purchasing country and technology transfers. Offsets involve a commitment by military contractors and the U.S. government to direct benefits back to a foreign government as a condition of a military sale.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals to report on foreign military sales or offset agreements.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that call for outright restrictions on foreign military sales.

Depleted Uranium/Nuclear Weapons

Depleted uranium is the less radioactive uranium that is left behind after enriched uranium is produced for nuclear reactor fuel and fissile material for nuclear weapons. The main difference is that depleted uranium contains at least three times less U-235 than natural uranium. However, it is still weakly radioactive. Shareholders want reports on companies’ policies, procedures and involvement in the said substance and nuclear weapons.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a report on involvement, policies, and procedures related to depleted uranium and nuclear weapons.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    94 of 103

 

D-94


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Adopt Ethical Criteria for Weapons Contracts

Shareholders have requested that companies review their code of conduct and statements of ethical criteria for military production-related contract bids, awards, and execution to incorporate environmental factors and sustainability issues related to the contract bidding process. Sustainability is a business model that requires companies to balance the needs and interests of various stakeholders while concurrently sustaining their businesses, communities, and the environment for future generations.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and amend, if necessary, the company’s code of conduct and statements of ethical criteria for military production-related contract bids, awards and execution.

Animal Welfare

Animal Rights/Testing

Shareholders and animal rights groups, including People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA), may file resolutions calling for the end to painful and unnecessary animal testing on laboratory animals by companies developing products for the cosmetics and medical supply industry. Since advanced testing methods now produce many reliable results without the use of live animals, Social Advisory Services generally supports proposals on this issue. In cases where it can be determined that alternative testing methods are unreliable or are required by law, Social Advisory Services recommends voting against such proposals. Other resolutions call for the adoption of animal welfare standards that would ensure humane treatment of animals on vendors’ farms and slaughter houses. Social Advisory Services will generally vote in favor of such resolutions.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals that seek to limit unnecessary animal testing where alternative testing methods are feasible or not barred by law.

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask companies to adopt or/and report on company animal welfare standards or animal-related risks.

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report on the operational costs and liabilities associated with selling animals.

Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate cruel product testing methods.

Vote for shareholder proposals that seek to monitor, limit, report, or eliminate the outsourcing of animal testing to overseas laboratories.

Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt or adhere to a public animal welfare policy at both company and contracted laboratory levels.

Vote for shareholder proposals to evaluate, adopt, or require suppliers to adopt Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) slaughter methods.

Political and Charitable Giving

Lobbying Efforts

Shareholders have asked companies to report on their lobbying efforts on proposed legislation or to refute established scientific research regarding climate change, the health effects of smoking, fuel efficiency standards

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    95 of 103

 

D-95


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

etc. Proponents have pointed to potential legislation on climate change, the lethargic pace of improvements in fuel efficiency standards in the U.S. automotive industry, and the highly litigious nature surrounding the tobacco industry as rationales for greater transparency on corporate lobbying practices that would shed light on whether companies are acting in the best long-term interests of their shareholders. Proponents of lobbying resolutions typically request enhanced disclosure of lobbying policies and expenditures, including a report on the policies and procedures related to lobbying, amounts used for various types of lobbying, and any membership or payments to a tax-exempt organization that writes and endorses model legislation

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and report on their lobbying activities, including efforts to challenge scientific research and influence governmental legislation.

Vote for proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures.

Political Contributions/Non-Partisanship

As evidenced by the U.S. Supreme Court’s January 2010 decision in Citizens United vs. Federal Election Commission that lifted restrictions on corporate spending in federal elections, changes in legislation that governs corporate political giving have, rather than limiting such contributions, increased the potential for corporate contributions to the political process and the complexity of tracking such contributions.

Proponents of political spending resolutions generally call for enhanced disclosure of political contributions, including a report on the policies and procedures for corporate political campaign contributions and trade association expenditures, the respective amounts of such donations using company funds, or an assessment of the impacts of such contributions on the firm’s image, sales and profitability. Shareholder advocates of these proposals are concerned with the lack of transparency on political giving and the increasing involvement and influence of corporations in the political process.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for proposals calling for a company to disclose political and trade association contributions, unless the terms of the proposal are unduly restrictive.

Vote for proposals calling for a company to maintain a policy of political non-partisanship.

Vote against proposals asking a company to refrain from making any political contributions.

Charitable Contributions

Shareholder proponents of charitable-contributions related resolutions may seek greater disclosure on a company’s charitable donations including dollar amounts, sponsorships, and policies on corporate philanthropy.

Social Advisory Services is generally supportive of increased transparency around corporate charitable giving. However, some resolutions extend beyond mere disclosure requests and attempt to influence or restrict companies’ contributions to specific types of beneficiaries in a manner that furthers particular objectives supported by the proposal sponsors. Social Advisory Services believes that management is better positioned to decide what criteria are appropriate for making corporate charitable contributions. Also, some of the proposals may require companies to poll their shareholders as part of the grant-making process. Since majority of companies generally have thousands of shareholders, contacting, confirming, and processing each individual opinion and/or consent would be a burdensome and expensive exercise.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    96 of 103

 

D-96


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Generally vote for shareholder resolutions seeking enhanced transparency on corporate philanthropy.

Vote against shareholder proposals imposing charitable giving criteria or requiring shareholder ratification of grants.

Vote against shareholder proposals requesting that companies prohibit charitable contributions.

Disclosure on Prior Government Service

Shareholders have asked companies to disclose the identity of any senior executive and/or other high-level employee, consultant, lobbyist, attorney, or investment banker who has served in government. Although the movement of individuals between government and the private sector may benefit both, the potential also exists for conflicts of interest, especially in industries that have extensive dealings with government agencies.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the disclosure of prior government service of the company’s key executives.

Consumer Lending and Economic Development

Adopt Policy/Report on Predatory Lending Practices

Predatory lending involves charging excessive fees to subprime borrowers without adequate disclosure. More specifically, predatory lending includes misleading subprime borrowers about the terms of a loan, charging excessive fees that are folded into the body of a refinancing loan, including life insurance policies or other unnecessary additions to a mortgage, or lending to homeowners with insufficient income to cover loan payments.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the development of a policy or preparation of a report to guard against predatory lending practices.

Disclosure on Credit in Developing Countries (LDCs) or Forgive LDC Debt

Shareholders have asked banks and other financial services firms to develop and disclose lending policies for less developed countries. Proponents are concerned that, without such policies, lending to developing countries may contribute to the outflow of capital, the inefficient use of capital, and corruption, all of which increase the risk of loan loss. In the interest of promoting improved LDC lending practices and responsible loan disclosure, Social Advisory Services generally supports voting for such proposals. In cases where it can be determined that companies have been proactive and responsible in developing policies, Social Advisory Services may recommend a vote against the proposal’s adoption. Social Advisory Services usually opposes proposals that call for outright loan forgiveness; such action represents an unacceptable loss to lending institutions and their shareholders. Social Advisory Services may support such proposals at banks that have failed to make reasonable provisions for non-performing loans as a means to encourage a change in policy.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking for disclosure on lending practices in developing countries, unless the company has demonstrated a clear proactive record on the issue.

Vote against shareholder proposals asking banks to forgive loans outright.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    97 of 103

 

D-97


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for loan forgiveness at banks that have failed to make reasonable provisions for non-performing loans.

Vote for proposals to restructure and extend the terms of non-performing loans.

Community Investing

Shareholders may ask for a company to prepare a report addressing the company’s community investing efforts.

Such proposals also ask companies to review their policies regarding their investments in different communities.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals that seek a policy review or report addressing the company’s community investing efforts.

Miscellaneous

Adult Entertainment

Traditionally, there have not been many proposals filed in the area of adult entertainment. However, with the consolidation of the communications industry, a number of large companies have ended up with ownership of cable companies. These cable companies may offer their customers access to pay-per-view programming or channels intended for adult audiences. Proponents of shareholder proposals on this issue ask cable companies and companies with interests in cable companies to assess the costs and benefits of continuing to distribute sexually-explicit content, including the potential negative impact on the company’s image.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals that seek a review of the company’s involvement with pornography.

Abortion/Right to Life Issues

Shareholder proposals pertaining to abortion and right to life issues are rare. However, in the past shareholders have asked companies to stop manufacturing abortifacient drugs; to separate abortifacient drug operations from other operations; or to discontinue acute-care or physician management practices that involve support for abortion services. As long as abortion is legal, Social Advisory Services’ position is that issues related to abortion should be a personal decision, not a corporate one. Therefore Social Advisory Services recommends abstaining on anti-abortion and right-to-life proposals.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Abstain on shareholder proposals that address right to life issues.

Anti-Social Proposals

A number of ‘anti-social’ shareholder proposals have been filed at companies requesting increased disclosure. While these proposals’ requests are very similar to those submitted by shareholder advocates within traditional socially responsible investor circles, the underlying motives for filing the proposals appear to be very different. In addition to charitable contribution proposals, anti-social proposals addressing climate change, sustainability, and conflicts of interest may be seen at shareholder meetings. Despite implicitly different motivations in some of these proposals, the underlying requests for increased disclosure, in some cases, may be worth shareholder support.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    98 of 103

 

D-98


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote against shareholder proposals that do not seek to ultimately advance the goals of the social investment community.

Vote case-by-case on anti-social shareholder proposals seeking a review or report on the company’s charitable contributions.

Violence and Adult Themes in Video Games

Perceptions of increased sex and violence in video games have led certain shareholders to question the availability of adult-themed content to children and teens. The Entertainment Software Ratings Board, which provides ratings for video games, has classified approximately 34 percent of the total games it reviews as either Teen, Mature, or Adults Only.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking for reports on company policies related to the sale of mature-rated video games to children and teens.

9. Mutual Fund Proxies

Election of Trustees and Directors

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

Closed End Funds- Unilateral Opt-In to Control Share Acquisition Statutes

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For closed-end management investment companies (CEFs), vote against or withhold from nominating/governance committee members (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) at CEFs that have not provided a compelling rationale for opting-in to a Control Share Acquisition statute, nor submitted a by-law amendment to a shareholder vote.

Investment Advisory Agreement

An investment advisory agreement is an agreement between a mutual fund and its financial advisor under which the financial advisor provides investment advice to the fund in return for a fee based on the fund’s net asset size.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Votes on investment advisory agreements should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:

 

Proposed and current fee schedules;

Fund category/investment objective;

Performance benchmarks;

Share price performance as compared with peers;

Resulting fees relative to peers;

Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    99 of 103

 

D-99


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction

Fundamental investment restrictions are limitations within a fund’s articles of incorporation that limit the investment practices of the particular fund.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

The fund’s target investments;

The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Distribution Agreements

Distribution agreements are agreements between a fund and its distributor which provide that the distributor is paid a fee to promote the sale of the fund’s shares.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

 

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry; and

The terms of the agreement.

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Convert Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

Although approval of these proposals would eliminate the discount at which the fund’s shares trade. The costs associated with converting the fund, in addition to the potential risks to long-term shareholder value, outweigh the potential benefits of the conversion.

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

 

Past performance as a closed-end fund;

Market in which the fund invests;

Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    100 of 103

 

D-100


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Proxy Contests

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

Past performance relative to its peers;

Market in which fund invests;

Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

Independence of directors;

Experience and skills of director candidates;

Governance profile of the company;

Evidence of management entrenchment.

Preferred Stock Proposals

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

Stated specific financing purpose;

Possible dilution for common shares;

Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Mergers

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

 

Resulting fee structure;

Performance of both funds;

Continuity of management personnel; and

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Business Development Companies – Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

 

The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date that is less than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

A majority of the independent directors who have no financial interest in the sale have made a determination as to whether such sale would be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders prior to selling shares below NAV; and

The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

 

Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

 

Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    101 of 103

 

D-101


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes in a fund’s sub-classification, considering the following factors: a) potential competitiveness; b) current and potential returns; c) risk of concentration; d) consolidation in target industry.

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on re-incorporations, considering the following factors: a) regulations of both states; b) required fundamental policies of both states; c) the increased flexibility available.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors: a) strategies employed to salvage the company; b) the fund’s past performance; c) the terms of the liquidation.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.

Name Change Proposals

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on name change proposals, considering the following factors: a) political/economic changes in the target market; b) consolidation in the target market; and c) current asset composition.

1940 Act Policies

 

LOGO

 Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

Vote case-by-case on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors: a) potential competitiveness; b) regulatory developments; c) current and potential returns; and d) current and potential risk.

Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    102 of 103

 

D-102


UNITED STATES

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

We empower investors and companies to build

for long-term and sustainable growth by providing

high-quality data, analytics, and insight.

GET STARTED WITH ISS SOLUTIONS

Email [email protected] or visit issgovernance.com for more information.

Founded in 1985, the Institutional Shareholder Services group of companies (“ISS”) is the world’s leading provider of corporate governance and responsible investment solutions alongside fund intelligence and services, events, and editorial content for institutional investors, globally. ISS’ solutions include objective governance research and recommendations; responsible investment data, analytics, and research; end-to-end proxy voting and distribution solutions; turnkey securities class-action claims management (provided by Securities Class Action Services, LLC); reliable global governance data and modeling tools; asset management intelligence, portfolio execution and monitoring, fund services, and media. Clients rely on ISS’ expertise to help them make informed investment decisions.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

© 2022 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    103 of 103

 

D-103


LOGO

 

D-104


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

     D-108  

1. Operational Items

     D-109  

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

     D-109  

Approval of Non-Financial Information Statement/Report

     D-109  

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

     D-109  

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

     D-110  

Allocation of Income

     D-110  

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

     D-110  

Amendments to Articles of Association (Bylaws)

     D-110  

Virtual Meetings (UK/Ireland and Europe)

     D-110  

Amendments to Constitution Regarding Virtual-Only Meetings (Australia)

     D-110  

Allow Company to Conduct Virtual Only Shareholder Meetings (Japan)

     D-111  

Change in Company Fiscal Term

     D-111  

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

     D-111  

Amend Quorum Requirements

     D-111  

Transact Other Business

     D-111  

2. Board of Directors

     D-111  

Director Elections

     D-111  

Diversity

     D-112  

Material ESG Failures

     D-112  

Climate Accountability

     D-113  

Canadian Guidelines

     D-113  

Board Structure and Independence (TSX)

     D-113  

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX)

     D-113  

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX-V)

     D-114  

Overboarded Directors (TSX)

     D-114  

Overboarded Directors (Venture)

     D-114  

Externally-Managed Issuers (EMIs) –TSX and TSXV

     D-115  

Unilateral Adoption of an Advance Notice Provision

     D-115  

European Guidelines

     D-115  

Director Terms

     D-115  

Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors

     D-116  

Board Independence

     D-116  

Disclosure of Nominee Names

     D-117  

Combined Chair/CEO

     D-117  

Election of Former CEO as Chair of the Board

     D-117  

Overboarded Directors

     D-118  

One Board Seat per Director

     D-118  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    2 of 39

 

D-105


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Composition of Committees

     D-119  

Voto di Lista (Italy)

     D-119  

Composition of the Nominating Committee

     D-120  

Election of Censors (France)

     D-120  

International Markets

     D-121  

Overboarding – Brazil and Americas Regional

     D-121  

Cumulative Voting – Middle East and Africa (MEA)

     D-121  

Classification of Directors – International Policy

     D-122  

Contested Director Elections

     D-123  

Discharge of Board and Management

     D-124  

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

     D-124  

Board Structure

     D-124  

3. Capital Structure

     D-125  

Share Issuance Requests

     D-125  

Increases in Authorized Capital

     D-126  

Reduction of Capital

     D-126  

Capital Structures

     D-127  

Preferred Stock

     D-127  

Debt Issuance Requests

     D-127  

Pledging of Assets for Debt

     D-127  

Increase in Borrowing Powers

     D-127  

Share Repurchase Plans

     D-128  

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased

     D-128  

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

     D-128  

Private Placement

     D-129  

4. Compensation

     D-129  

European Guidelines

     D-129  

Executive Compensation-Related Proposals

     D-132  

Non-Executive Director Compensation

     D-132  

Equity-Based Compensation Guidelines

     D-132  

Employee Share Purchase Plans

     D-132  

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

     D-133  

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

     D-133  

Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)

     D-133  

Canadian Guidelines

     D-134  

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals

     D-135  

Equity Compensation Plans

     D-135  

Director Compensation – TSX

     D-136  

Other Compensation Plans

     D-136  

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs, ESOPs)

     D-136  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    3 of 39

 

D-106


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Deferred Share Unit Plans

     D-137  

International Guidelines

     D-137  

5. Environmental and Social Issues

     D-137  

Social and Environmental Proposals

     D-137  

Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals

     D-138  

Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals

     D-138  

6. Other Items

     D-139  

Reorganizations/Restructurings

     D-139  

Mergers and Acquisitions

     D-139  

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

     D-139  

Reincorporation Proposals

     D-139  

Expansion of Business Activities

     D-140  

Exclusive Forum Proposals (TSX-Listed Companies and Venture Companies)

     D-140  

Related-Party Transactions

     D-140  

Antitakeover Mechanisms

     D-140  

7. Foreign Private Issuers

     D-141  

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    4 of 39

 

D-107


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

INTRODUCTION

ISS’ Social Advisory Services division recognizes that socially responsible investors have dual objectives: financial and social. Socially responsible investors invest for economic gain, as do all investors, but they also require that the companies in which they invest conduct their business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner.

These dual objectives carry through to socially responsible investors’ proxy voting activity once the security selection process is completed. In voting their shares, socially responsible institutional shareholders are concerned not only with sustainable economic returns to shareholders and good corporate governance but also with the ethical behavior of corporations and the social and environmental impact of their actions.

Social Advisory Services has, therefore, developed proxy voting guidelines that are consistent with the dual objectives of socially responsible shareholders. On matters of social and environmental import, the guidelines seek to reflect a broad consensus of the socially responsible investing community. Generally, we take as our frame of reference policies that have been developed by groups such as the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility, the General Board of Pension and Health Benefits of the United Methodist Church, Domini Social Investments, and other leading church shareholders and socially responsible mutual fund companies. Additionally, we incorporate the active ownership and investment philosophies of leading globally recognized initiatives such as the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI), the United Nations Global Compact, and environmental and social European Union Directives.

On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation, and corporate structure, Social Advisory Services guidelines are based on a commitment to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance consistent with responsibilities to society as a whole.

The guidelines provide an overview of how Social Advisory Services recommends that its clients vote. We note that there may be cases in which the final vote recommendation on a particular company varies from the vote guideline due to the fact that we closely examine the merits of each proposal and consider relevant information and company-specific circumstances in arriving at our decisions. Where Social Advisory Services acts as voting agent for its clients, it follows each client’s voting policy, which may differ in some cases from the policies outlined in this document. Social Advisory Services updates its guidelines on an annual basis to take into account emerging issues and trends on environmental, social, and corporate governance topics, in addition to evolving market standards, regulatory changes, and client feedback.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    5 of 39

 

D-108


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

1. Operational Items

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

 

There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Approval of Non-Financial Information Statement/Report

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for the approval of mandatory non-financial information statement/report, unless the independent assurance services provider has raised material concerns about the information presented.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

 

The name of the proposed auditors has not been published;

 

There are serious concerns about the effectiveness of the auditors;

 

The lead audit partner(s) has been linked with a significant auditing controversy;

 

There is a reason to believe that the auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

The lead audit partner(s) has previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company;

 

The auditors are being changed without explanation;

 

Fees for non-audit services exceed either 100 percent of standard audit-related fees or any stricter limit set in local best practice recommendations or law; or

 

Audit fees are undisclosed.

 

In circumstances where fees for non-audit services include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events, such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spinoffs, and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees which are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit fees.

 

For concerns relating to the audit procedures, independence of auditors, and/or name of auditors, Social Advisory Services will focus on the auditor election and/or the audit committee members. For concerns relating to fees paid to the auditors, Social Advisory Services will focus on remuneration of auditors if this is a separate voting item, otherwise Social Advisory Services would focus on the auditor election.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    6 of 39

 

D-109


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

 

There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

 

The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on stock (scrip) dividend proposals, considering factors such as:

 

 

Whether the proposal allows for a cash option; and

 

If the proposal is in line with market standards.

Amendments to Articles of Association (Bylaws)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote amendments to the articles of association on a case-by-case basis.

Virtual Meetings (UK/Ireland and Europe)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals allowing for the convening of hybrid1 shareholder meetings if it is clear that it is not the intention to hold virtual-only AGMs.

 

Generally vote against proposals allowing for the convening of virtual-only1 shareholder meetings.

Amendments to Constitution Regarding Virtual-Only Meetings (Australia)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally, vote for proposals which allow the company to convene hybrid1 shareholder meetings.

 

Generally, vote against proposals that will permit the company to convene virtual-only1 shareholder meetings, except under exceptional circumstances.

 

1 

The phrase “virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively through the use of online technology without a corresponding in-person meeting. The term “hybrid shareholder meeting” refers to an in-person, or physical, meeting in which shareholders are permitted to participate online.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    7 of 39

 

D-110


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Generally, vote against proposals where the proposed wording in a company’s amended constitution is ambiguous, and nevertheless creates an ability for the company to convene virtual-only meetings outside exceptional circumstances.

Allow Company to Conduct Virtual Only Shareholder Meetings (Japan)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals allowing companies to conduct virtual only shareholder meetings. However, if the company specifies in the articles that it intends to hold virtual only meetings only in unusual situations such as the spread of an infectious disease or the occurrence of a natural disaster, vote for the article amendments.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a case-by-case basis.

Transact Other Business

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. Board of Directors

Director Elections

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

 

Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests;

 

The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards, including board independence standards;

 

There are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities; or

 

Absences at board and key committee meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    8 of 39

 

D-111


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Vote for employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote against employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Diversity

 

Social Advisory Services will evaluate gender diversity on boards in international markets when reviewing director elections, to the extent that disclosures and market practices permit.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against or withhold from incumbent members of the nominating committee if the board lacks at least one director of an underrepresented gender identity2.

 

 

For Japan, if the company has an audit-committee-board structure or a traditional two-tier board structure as opposed to three committees, vote against incumbent representative directors if the board lacks at least one director of an underrepresented gender identity.

 

For Canada, UK, and Australia, vote against or withhold from incumbent members of the nominating committee if:

   

the board is not comprised of at least 40 percent underrepresented gender identities; or

   

the board is not comprised of at least 20 percent racially or ethnically diverse directors.

 

Beginning in 2023, for Continental European markets, generally vote against or withhold from incumbent members of the nominating committee if the board is not comprised of at least 40 percent underrepresented gender identities.

 

Vote against or withhold from other directors on a case-by-case-basis.

Material ESG Failures

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against or withhold from directors individually, on a committee, or potentially the entire board due to:

 

 

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight3, including demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks;

 

A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate ESG risks;

 

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on the boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

2 

Underrepresented gender identities include directors who identify as women or as non-binary.

3 

Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant environmental incidents including spills and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; or hedging of company stock.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    9 of 39

 

D-112


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Climate Accountability

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For companies that are significant greenhouse gas (GHG) emitters, through their operations or value chain4, generally vote against the board chair or the responsible incumbent director(s), or any other appropriate item(s), in cases where Social Advisory Services determines that the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to understand, assess, and mitigate risks related to climate change to the company and the larger economy.

For 2022, minimum steps to understand and mitigate those risks are considered to be the following. Both minimum criteria will be required to be in compliance:

 

 

Detailed disclosure of climate-related risks, such as according to the framework established by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), including:

   

Board governance measures;

   

Corporate strategy;

   

Risk management analyses; and

   

Metrics and targets.

 

Appropriate GHG emissions reduction targets.

For 2022, “appropriate GHG emissions reductions targets” will be any well-defined GHG reduction targets. Expectations about what constitutes “minimum steps to mitigate risks related to climate change” will increase over time.

For director elections, Social Advisory Services will also take into consideration market-specific provisions which are listed below:

Canadian Guidelines

Board Structure and Independence (TSX)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote withhold for any Executive Director or Non-Independent, Non-Executive Director where:

 

 

The board is less than majority independent; or

 

The board lacks a separate compensation or nominating committee.

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote withhold for members of the audit, compensation, or nominating committee who:

 

 

Are Executive Directors;

 

Are Controlling Shareholders; or

 

Is a Non-employee officer of the company or its affiliates if he/she is among the five most highly compensated.

4 

For 2022, companies defined as “significant GHG emitters” will be those on the current Climate Action 100+ Focus Group list.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    10 of 39

 

D-113


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Non-Independent Directors on Key Committees (TSX-V)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote withhold for Executive Directors, Controlling Shareholders or a Non-employee officer of the company or its affiliates if he/she is among the five most highly compensated who:

 

 

Are members of the audit committee;

 

Are members of the compensation committee or the nominating committee and the committee is not majority independent; or

 

Are board members and the entire board fulfills the role of a compensation committee or a nominating committee and the board is not majority independent.

Overboarded Directors (TSX)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote withhold for individual director nominees who:

 

 

Are non-CEO directors and serve on more than five public company boards; or

 

Are CEOs of public companies who serve on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own – withhold only at their outside boards5.

Transitioning directors: It is preferable for a director to step down from a board at the annual meeting to ensure orderly transitions, which may result in a director being temporarily overboarded (e.g. joining a new board in March but stepping off another board in June). Social Advisory Services will generally not count a board for policy application purposes when it is publicly-disclosed that the director will be stepping off that board at its next annual meeting. This disclosure must be included within the company’s proxy circular to be taken into consideration. Conversely, Social Advisory Services will include the new boards that the director is joining even if the shareholder meeting with his or her election has not yet taken place.

Overboarded Directors (Venture)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For meetings on or after February 1, 2023, generally vote withhold for individual director nominees who:

 

 

Are non-CEO directors and serve on more than five public company boards; or

 

Are CEOs of public companies who serve on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own – withhold only at their outside boards5.

Transitioning directors: It is preferable for a director to step down from a board at the annual meeting to ensure orderly transitions, which may result in a director being temporarily overboarded (e.g. joining a new board in March but stepping off another board in June). Social Advisory Services will generally not count a board for policy application purposes when it is publicly-disclosed that the director will be stepping off that board at its next annual meeting. This disclosure must be included within the company’s proxy circular to be taken into consideration. Conversely, Social Advisory Services will include the new boards that the director is joining even if the shareholder meeting with his or her election has not yet taken place.

5 

Although a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Social Advisory Services will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationship.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    11 of 39

 

D-114


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Externally-Managed Issuers (EMIs) –TSX and TSXV

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say-on-pay resolutions where provided, or on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board as appropriate, when an issuer is externally-managed and has provided minimal or no disclosure about their management services agreements and how senior management is compensated. Factors taken into consideration may include but are not limited to:

 

 

The size and scope of the management services agreement;

 

Executive compensation in comparison to issuer peers and/or similarly structured issuers;

 

Overall performance;

 

Related party transactions;

 

Board and committee independence;

 

Conflicts of interest and process for managing conflicts effectively;

 

Disclosure and independence of the decision-making process involved in the selection of the management services provider;

 

Risk mitigating factors included within the management services agreement such as fee recoupment mechanisms;

 

Historical compensation concerns;

 

Executives’ responsibilities; and

 

Other factors that may reasonably be deemed appropriate to assess an externally-managed issuer’s governance framework.

Unilateral Adoption of an Advance Notice Provision

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally withhold from individual directors, committee members, or the entire board as appropriate in situations where an advance notice policy has been adopted by the board but has not been included on the voting agenda at the next shareholders’ meeting.

Continued lack of shareholder approval of the advanced notice policy in subsequent years may result in further withhold recommendations.

European Guidelines

In European markets, Social Advisory Services looks at different factors to make determinations regarding director elections. The following factors are taken into account:

Director Terms

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or re-election of any director when his/her term is not disclosed or when it exceeds four years and adequate explanation for non-compliance has not been provided.

Under best practice recommendations, companies should shorten the terms for directors when the terms exceed the limits suggested by best practices. The policy will be applied to all companies, for bundled as well as unbundled items.

Beyond that, as directors should be accountable to shareholders on a more regular basis, Social Advisory Services may consider moving to maximum board terms of less than four years in the future.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    12 of 39

 

D-115


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against article amendment proposals to extend board terms.

In cases where a company’s articles provide for a shorter limit and where the company wishes to extend director terms from three or fewer years to four years, for example, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote against, based on the general principle that director accountability is maximized by elections with a short period of renewal.

Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors

Bundling together proposals that could be presented as separate voting items is not considered good market practice, because bundled resolutions leave shareholders with an all-or-nothing choice, skewing power disproportionately towards the board and away from shareholders. As director elections are one of the most important voting decisions that shareholders make, directors should be elected individually.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For the markets of Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, France, Germany, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia vote against the election or reelection of any directors if the company proposes a single slate of directors.

Bundled director elections in Poland may be supported for companies that go beyond market practice by disclosing the names of nominees on a timely basis

Board Independence

Widely-held companies

A. Non-controlled companies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if:

 

 

Fewer than 50 percent of the board members elected by shareholders, excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives, would be independent, or

 

Fewer than one-third of all board members would be independent.

Portugal is excluded from Provision (1.) in the above-mentioned voting policy.

B. Controlled companies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if less than one-third of the board members are independent.

Board Leadership

Given the importance of board leadership, Social Advisory Services may consider that the chair of the board should be an independent non-executive director according to the Social Advisory Services’ Classification of Directors.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    13 of 39

 

D-116


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Non-widely held companies

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if less than one-third of the board members are independent.

Definition of terms

‘Widely-held companies’ are determined based on their membership in a major index and/or the number of Social Advisory Services clients holding the securities. For Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Finland, this is based on membership on a local blue-chip market index and/or MSCI EAFE companies. For Portugal, it is based on membership in the PSI-20 and/or MSCI EAFE index.

A company is considered to be controlled for the purposes of the above-mentioned voting policies if a shareholder, or multiple shareholders acting in concert, control a majority of the company’s equity capital (i.e. 50 percent + one share). If a company is majority-controlled by virtue of a shareholder structure in which shareholders’ voting rights do not accrue in accordance with their equity capital commitment (e.g. unequal or multi-class share structures), the company will not be classified as controlled unless the majority shareholder/majority shareholding group also holds a majority of the company’s equity capital.

Disclosure of Nominee Names

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the proxy analysis is being written.

This policy will be applied to all companies in these markets, for bundled and unbundled items.

Combined Chair/CEO

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally, vote against the (re)election of combined chair/CEOs at widely held European companies.

When the company provides assurance that the chair/CEO would only serve in the combined role on an interim basis (no more than two years), the vote recommendation would be made on a case-by-case basis.

In the above-mentioned situation, Social Advisory Services will consider the rationale provided by the company and whether it has set up adequate control mechanisms on the board (such as a lead independent director, a high overall level of board independence, and a high level of independence on the board’s key committees).

Election of Former CEO as Chair of the Board

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote against the (re)election of a former CEO to the supervisory board or board of directors in Austria, Germany, and the Netherlands if the former CEO is to be chair of the relevant board. To this end, companies are expected to confirm prior to the general meeting that the former CEO will not be (re)appointed as chair of the relevant board.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    14 of 39

 

D-117


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Given the importance of board leadership, Social Advisory Services may consider that the chair of the board should be an independent non-executive director according to the Social Advisory Services’ Classification of Directors.

Overboarded Directors

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: In Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland, Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against a candidate when they hold an excessive number of board appointments, as defined by the following guidelines:

 

 

Any person who holds more than five mandates at listed companies will be classified as overboarded. For the purposes of calculating this limit, a non-executive directorship counts as one mandate, a non-executive chair position counts as two mandates, and a position as executive director (or a comparable role) is counted as three mandates.

 

Also, any person who holds the position of executive director (or a comparable role) at one company and serves as a non-executive chair at a different company will be classified as overboarded.

An adverse vote recommendation will not be applied to a director within a company where they serve as CEO; instead, any adverse vote recommendations will be applied to their additional seats on other company boards. For chairs, negative recommendations would first be applied towards non-executive, non-chair positions held, but the chair position itself would be targeted where they are being elected as chair for the first time or, when in aggregate their chair positions are three or more in number, or if the chair holds an outside executive position.

One Board Seat per Director

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: In cases where a director holds more than one board seat on a single board and the corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat(s) as a representative of a legal entity, vote against the election/reelection of such legal entities and in favor of the physical person.

However, an exception is made if the representative of the legal entity holds the position of CEO. In such circumstances, Social Advisory Services will typically recommend a vote in favor of the legal entity and against the election/reelection of the physical person.

While such occurrences are rare, there have been cases where a board member may have multiple board seats and corresponding votes. Holding several board seats concurrently within one board increases this person’s direct influence on board decisions and creates an inequality among board members.

This situation has manifested in Belgium, Luxembourg, and France. This is not a good corporate governance practice, as it places disproportionate influence and control in one person.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    15 of 39

 

D-118


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Composition of Committees

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

For widely-held companies, generally vote against the (re)election of any non-independent members of the audit committee if:

 

 

Fewer than 50 percent of the audit committee members, who are elected by shareholders in such capacity or another – excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives – would be independent; or

 

Fewer than one-third of all audit committee members would be independent.

For companies whose boards are legally required to have 50 percent of directors not elected by shareholders, the second criterion is not applicable.

Generally vote against the election or reelection of the non-independent member of the audit committee designated as chair of that committee.

For widely-held companies, generally vote against the (re)election of any non-independent members of the remuneration committee if:

 

 

Fewer than 50 percent of the remuneration committee members, who are elected by shareholders in such capacity or another – excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives – would be independent; or

 

Fewer than one-third of all remuneration committee members would be independent.

For companies whose boards are legally required to have 50 percent of directors not elected by shareholders, the second criterion is not applicable.

For all companies:

Generally vote against the (re)election of executives who serve on the company’s audit or remuneration committee.

 

 

Social Advisory Services may recommend against if the disclosure is too poor to determine whether an executive serves or will serve on a committee.

 

If a company does not have an audit or a remuneration committee, Social Advisory Services may consider that the entire board fulfills the role of a committee. In such case, Social Advisory Services may recommend against the executives, including the CEO, up for election to the board.

Voto di Lista (Italy)

In Italy, director elections generally take place through the voto di lista mechanism (similar to slate elections). Since the Italian implementation of the European Shareholder Rights Directive (effective since Nov. 1, 2010), Italian issuers whose shares are listed on the Italian regulated market Mercato Telematico Azionario must publish the various lists 21 days in advance of the meeting.

Since shareholders only have the option to support one such list, where lists are published in sufficient time, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis, determining which list of nominees it considers is best suited to add value for shareholders.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    16 of 39

 

D-119


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Those companies that are excluded from the provisions of the European Shareholder Rights Directive generally publish lists of nominees seven days before the meeting. In the case where nominees are not published in sufficient time, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote against the director elections before the lists of director nominees are disclosed. Once the various lists of nominees are disclosed, Social Advisory Services will issue an alert to its clients and, if appropriate, change its vote recommendation to support one particular list.

Composition of the Nominating Committee

Vote for proposals in Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden to elect or appoint a nominating committee consisting mainly of non-board members.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for disclosure of the names of the proposed candidates at the meeting, as well as the inclusion of a representative of minority shareholders in the committee.

Vote against proposals where the names of the candidates (in the case of an election) or the principles for the establishment of the committee have not been disclosed in a timely manner.

Vote against proposals in Sweden to elect or appoint such a committee if the company is on the MSCI-EAFE or local main index and the following conditions exist:

 

   

A member of the executive management would be a member of the committee;

   

More than one board member who is dependent on a major shareholder would be on the committee; or

   

The chair of the board would also be the chair of the committee.

In cases where the principles for the establishment of the nominating committee, rather than the election of the committee itself, are being voted on, vote against the adoption of the principles if any of the above conditions are met for the current committee, and there is no publicly available information indicating that this would no longer be the case for the new nominating committee.

Election of Censors (France)

Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against proposals seeking shareholder approval to elect a censor, to amend bylaws to authorize the appointment of censors, or to extend the maximum number of censors to the board.

However, Social Advisory Services will recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis when the company provides assurance that the censor would serve on a short-term basis (maximum one year) with the intent to retain the nominee before his/her election as director. In this case, consideration shall also be given to the nominee’s situation (notably overboarding or other factors of concern).

In consideration of the principle that censors should be appointed on a short-term basis, vote against any proposal to renew the term of a censor or to extend the statutory term of censors.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    17 of 39

 

D-120


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

International Markets

Overboarding – Brazil and Americas Regional

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally, vote against management nominees who:

 

 

Sit on more than five public company boards; or

 

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— recommend against only at their outside boards6.

Generally, vote against the bundled election of directors if one or more nominees, if elected, would be overboarded.

Cumulative Voting – Middle East and Africa (MEA)

Under a cumulative voting system, each share represents a number of votes equal to the size of the board that will be elected. These votes may be apportioned equally among the candidates or, if a shareholder wishes to exclude some nominees, among the desired candidates.

For MEA markets, when directors are elected through a cumulative voting system, or when the number of nominees exceeds the number of board vacancies, vote case-by-case on directors, taking into consideration additional factors to identify the nominees best suited to add value for shareholders.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote to abstain from all candidates if the disclosure provided by the company is not sufficient to allow the assessment of independence and the support of all proposed candidates on equal terms.

If the disclosure is sufficient to allow an assessment of the independence of proposed candidates, generally vote in favor of the following types of candidates:

 

 

Candidates who can be identified as representatives of minority shareholders of the company, or independent candidates:

 

Candidates whose professional background may have the following benefits:

   

Increasing the diversity of incumbent directors ‘ professional profiles and skills (thanks to their financial expertise, international experience, executive positions/directorships at other listed companies, or other relevant factors.

   

Bringing to the current board of directors relevant experience in areas linked to the company’s business, evidenced by current or past board memberships or management functions at other companies.

 

Incumbent board members and candidates explicitly supported by the company’s management.

Please see the International Classification of Directors on the following page.

6 

Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards with publicly-traded common stock will be counted as separate boards, Social Advisory Services will not recommend an against vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    18 of 39

 

D-121


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Classification of Directors – International Policy

 

Executive Director

 

   

Employee or executive of the company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company;

   

Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

   

Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

   

Any director specifically designated as a representative of a shareholder of the company;

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

   

Any director who is also an employee or executive of a subsidiary, associate, joint venture, or company that is affiliated with a significant[1] shareholder of the company;

   

Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder unless there is a clear lack of material[2] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

   

Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10 percent of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10 percent individually, but collectively own more than 10 percent), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

   

Government representative;

   

Currently provides or has provided (or a relative[3] provides) professional services[4] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in the last fiscal year in excess of USD 10,000 per year;

   

Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test[5]);

   

Any director who has a conflicting relationship with the company, including but not limited to cross- directorships with executive directors or the chair of the company;

   

Relative [3] of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

   

A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the general meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

   

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee or executive;

   

Former executive or employee (five-year cooling off period);

   

Years of service[6] is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.

   

Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate governance best practice guidance. [7]

Independent NED

 

   

No material[2] connection, either direct or indirect, to the company (other than a board seat) or to a significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

   

Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” and considered a non-independent NED).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    19 of 39

 

D-122


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Footnotes

[1] At least 10 percent of the company’s stock, unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold.

[2] For purposes of Social Advisory Services’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal, or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

[3] “Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

[4] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.

[5] A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, a business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value, (of all outstanding financing operations), compared to the company’s total assets, is more than 5 percent.

[6] For example, in continental Europe and Latin America, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In Hong Kong, Singapore and Taiwan, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure. For purposes of independence classification of directors incorporated in the Middle East and Africa region, this criterion will be taken into account in accordance with market best practice and disclosure standards and availability.

[7] For MEA markets, directors’ past services as statutory auditor/partner of the statutory audit firm will be taken into account, with cooling-off periods in accordance with local market best practice.

Contested Director Elections

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, Social Advisory Services will make its recommendation on a case-by-case basis, determining which directors are considered best suited to add value for shareholders.

The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

 

 

Company performance relative to its peers;

 

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

Independence of directors/nominees;

 

Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

Governance profile of the company;

 

Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    20 of 39

 

D-123


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

 

Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed; and

 

Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, Social Advisory Services will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value).

Discharge of Board and Management

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties such as:

 

 

A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest;

 

Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions;

 

Other material failures of governance, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks; or

 

A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against proposals to remove approval of discharge of board and management from the agenda.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

 

Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a case-by-case basis.

 

Vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

Board Structure

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

 

Vote for proposals to fix board size.

 

Vote against the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

 

Vote against proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    21 of 39

 

D-124


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

3. Capital Structure

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

 

LOGO

 

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate share issuance requests on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration market-specific guidelines as applicable.

For European markets, vote for issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

Vote for issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the

Netherlands).

These thresholds are mutually exclusive.

When calculating the defined limits, all authorized and conditional capital authorizations are considered, including existing authorizations that will remain valid beyond the concerned shareholders’ meeting.

For UK and Irish companies, generally vote for a resolution to authorize the issuance of equity, unless:

 

 

The general issuance authority exceeds one-third (33 percent) of the issued share capital. Assuming it is no more than one-third, a further one-third of the issued share capital may also be applied to a fully pre-emptive rights issue taking the acceptable aggregate authority to two-thirds (66 percent);

 

The routine authority to disapply preemption rights exceeds 10 percent of the issued share capital, provided that any amount above 5 percent is to be used for the purposes of an acquisition or a specified capital investment.

For French companies:

 

 

Vote for general issuance requests with preemptive rights, or without preemptive rights but with a binding “priority right,” for a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital.

 

Generally vote for general authorities to issue shares without preemptive rights up to a maximum of 10 percent of share capital. When companies are listed on a regulated market, the maximum discount on share issuance price proposed in the resolution must, in addition, comply with the legal discount for a vote for to be warranted.

For Hong Kong companies, generally vote for the general issuance mandate for companies that:

 

 

Limit the issuance request to 10 percent or less of the relevant class of issued share capital;

 

Limit the discount to 10 percent of the market price of shares; and

 

Have no history of renewing the General Issuance Mandate several times within a period of one year which may result in the share issuance limit exceeding 10 percent of the relevant class of issued share capital within the 12-month period.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    22 of 39

 

D-125


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Generally vote for a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 10 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights for all Singapore companies, with the exception of Catalist-listed companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts.

For Singapore companies listed on the Catalist market of the SGX, generally vote for a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the share issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of the company’s issued share capital and 100 percent with preemptive rights. For Real Estate Investment Trusts, generally vote for a general issuance of equity or equity-linked securities without preemptive rights when the unit issuance limit is not more than 20 percent of its issued unit capital and 50 percent with preemptive rights.

 

 

For companies listed on the Main Market and ACE Market of the Bursa Malaysia Securities Bhd (Exchange), vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent of currently issued capital. For real estate investment trusts (REITs), vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

For Latin American companies, generally vote for issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital. Vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital. Specific Issuances requested will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

For shelf registration programs at Latin American companies (Argentina, Colombia, Chile, Mexico and Peru), vote on a case-by-case basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights. Approval of a multi-year authority for the issuance of securities under Shelf Registration Programs will be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

Whether the company has provided adequate and timely disclosure including detailed information regarding the rationale for the proposed program;

 

Whether the proposed amount to be approved under such authority, the use of the resources, the length of the authorization, the nature of the securities to be issued under such authority, including any potential risk of dilution to shareholders is disclosed; and

 

Whether there are concerns regarding questionable finances, the use of the proceeds, or other governance concerns

Increases in Authorized Capital

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase authorized capital on a case-by-case basis if such proposals do not include the authorization to issue shares from the (pre-)approved limit.

In case the proposals to increase authorized capital include the authorization to issue shares according to the (pre-)approved limit without obtaining separate shareholder approval, the general issuance policy applies.

Reduction of Capital

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

 

Vote for proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

 

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a case-by-case basis.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    23 of 39

 

D-126


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Capital Structures

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

 

Vote for resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

 

Vote against requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.

Preferred Stock

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

 

Vote for the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

 

Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets Social Advisory Services’ guidelines on equity issuance requests.

 

Vote against the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

 

Vote against the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

 

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a case-by-case basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

 

 

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a case-by-case basis, with or without pre-emptive rights.

 

Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets Social Advisory Services’ guidelines on equity issuance requests.

 

Vote for proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a case-by-case basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a case-by-case basis.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    24 of 39

 

D-127


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Share Repurchase Plans

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for market repurchase authorities (share repurchase programs) if the terms comply with the following criteria:

 

 

A repurchase limit of up to 10 percent of issued share capital;

 

A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

Duration of no more than 5 years, or such lower threshold as may be set by applicable law, regulation, or code of governance best practice.

Authorities to repurchase shares in excess of the 10 percent repurchase limit will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Social Advisory Services may support such share repurchase authorities under special circumstances, which are required to be publicly disclosed by the company, provided that, on balance, the proposal is in shareholders’ interests. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

 

A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

Duration of no more than 18 months.

In markets where it is normal practice not to provide a repurchase limit, Social Advisory Services will evaluate the proposal based on the company’s historical practice. However, Social Advisory Services expects companies to disclose such limits and, in the future, may recommend a vote against companies that fail to do so. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

 

A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

Duration of no more than 18 months.

In addition, Social Advisory Services will recommend against any proposal where:

 

 

The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Market-Specific Exceptions

For Singapore, generally vote for resolutions authorizing the company to repurchase its own shares, unless the premium over the average trading price of the shares as implied by the maximum price paid exceeds 5 percent for on-market repurchases and 20 percent for off-market repurchases.

Reissuance of Shares Repurchased

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    25 of 39

 

D-128


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Private Placement

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: For Canadian companies, vote case-by-case on private placement issuances taking into account:

 

 

Whether other resolutions are bundled with the issuance;

 

Whether the rationale for the private placement issuance is disclosed;

 

Dilution to existing shareholders’ position:

 

issuance that represents no more than 30 percent of the company’s outstanding shares on a non-diluted basis is considered generally acceptable;

 

Discount/premium in issuance price to the unaffected share price before the announcement of the private placement;

 

Market reaction: The market’s response to the proposed private placement since announcement; and

 

Other applicable factors, including conflict of interest, change in control/management, evaluation of other alternatives.

Generally vote for the private placement issuance if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved or the company’s auditor/management has indicated that the company has going concern issues.

4. Compensation

Preamble

The assessment of compensation follows the Social Advisory Services Global Principles on Executive and Director Compensation which are detailed below. These principles take into account global corporate governance best practice.

The Global Principles on Compensation underlie market-specific policies in all markets:

 

 

Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

European Guidelines

In line with European Commission Recommendation 2004/913/EC, Social Advisory Services believes that seeking annual shareholder approval for a company’s compensation policy is a positive corporate governance provision.

In applying the Five Global Principles, Social Advisory Services has formulated European Compensation Guidelines which take into account local codes of governance, market best practice, and the Recommendations published by the European Commission. Social Advisory Services analyzes compensation-related proposals based on the role of the beneficiaries and has therefore divided its executive and director compensation policy into two domains:

 

 

Executive compensation-related proposals; and

 

Non-executive director compensation-related proposals.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    26 of 39

 

D-129


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Executive Compensation-Related Proposals

Social Advisory Services will evaluate management proposals seeking ratification of a company’s executive compensation-related items on a case-by-case basis, and, where relevant, will take into account the European Pay for Performance (EP4P) model7 outcomes within a qualitative review of a company’s remuneration practices.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against a company’s compensation-related proposal if such proposal fails to comply with one or a combination of several of the global principles and their corresponding rules:

 

 

Provide shareholders with clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures:

   

Information on compensation-related proposals shall be made available to shareholders in a timely manner;

   

The level of disclosure of the proposed compensation policy and remuneration report shall be sufficient for shareholders to make an informed decision and shall be in line with what local market best practice standards dictate;

7 

Definition of Pay-for-Performance Evaluation:

Social Advisory Services annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to measure the alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the European Main Indices, this analysis considers the following:

 

   

Peer Group Alignment:

 

The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

   

Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

   

Remuneration report disclosure is expected to include amongst others: amounts paid to executives, alignment between company performance and payout to executives, disclosure of variable incentive targets and according levels of achievement and performance awards made, after the relevant performance period (ex-post), and disclosure and explanation of use of any discretionary authority or derogation clause by the board or remuneration committee to adjust pay outcomes.

   

Companies are expected to provide meaningful information regarding the average remuneration of employees of the company, in a manner which permits comparison with directors’ remuneration.

   

Companies shall adequately disclose all elements of the compensation, including:

   

Any short- or long-term compensation component must include a maximum award limit.

   

Long-term incentive plans must provide sufficient disclosure of (i) the exercise price/strike price (options); (ii) discount on grant; (iii) grant date/period; (iv) exercise/vesting period; and, if applicable, (v) performance criteria.

   

Discretionary payments, if applicable.

   

The derogation policy, if applicable, which shall clearly define and limit any elements (e.g., base salary, STI, LTI, etc.) and extent (e.g., caps, weightings, etc.) to which derogations may apply.

   

Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value:

   

The structure of the company’s short-term incentive plan shall be appropriate.

   

The compensation policy must notably avoid guaranteed or discretionary compensation.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    27 of 39

 

D-130


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

   

The structure of the company’s long-term incentives shall be appropriate, including, but not limited to, dilution, vesting period, and, if applicable, performance conditions.

   

Equity-based plans or awards that are linked to long-term company performance will be evaluated using Social Advisory Services’ general policy for equity-based plans; and

   

For awards granted to executives, Social Advisory Services will generally require a clear link between shareholder value and awards, and stringent performance-based elements.

   

The balance between short- and long-term variable compensation shall be appropriate

   

The company’s executive compensation policy must notably avoid disproportionate focus on short-term variable element(s)

   

Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”:

   

The board shall demonstrate good stewardship of investor’s interests regarding executive compensation practices (principle being supported by Pay for Performance Evaluation).

   

There shall be a clear link between the company’s performance and variable incentives. Financial and non-financial conditions, including ESG criteria, are relevant as long as they reward an effective performance in line with the purpose, strategy, and objectives adopted by the company.

   

There shall not be significant discrepancies between the company’s performance, financial and non- financial, and real executive payouts.

   

The level of pay for the CEO and members of executive management should not be excessive relative to peers, company performance, and market practices.

   

Significant pay increases shall be explained by a detailed and compelling disclosure.

   

Termination payments8 must not be in excess of (i) 24 months’ pay or of (ii) any more restrictive provision pursuant to local legal requirements and/or market best practices.

   

Arrangements with a company executive regarding pensions and post-mandate exercise of equity-based awards must not result in an adverse impact on shareholders’ interests or be misaligned with good market practices.

   

Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee:

   

No executives may serve on the compensation committee.

   

In certain markets the compensation committee shall be composed of a majority of independent members, as per Social Advisory Services policies on director election and board or committee composition.

   

Compensation committees should use the discretion afforded them by shareholders to ensure that rewards properly reflect business performance9.

In addition to the above, Social Advisory Services will generally recommend a vote against a compensation-related proposal if such proposal is in breach of any other supplemental market-specific voting policies.

8 

Termination payments’ means any payment linked to early termination of contracts for executive or managing directors, including payments related to the duration of a notice period or a non-competition clause included in the contract.

9 

In cases where a remuneration committee uses its discretion to determine payments, it should provide a clear explanation of its reasons, which are expected to be clearly justified by the financial results and the underlying performance of the company. The remuneration committee should disclose how it has taken into account any relevant environmental, social, and governance (ESG) matters when determining remuneration outcomes. Such factors may include (but are not limited to): workplace fatalities and injuries, significant environmental incidents, large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies and/or significant adverse legal judgments or settlements. It is relatively rare that a remuneration committee chooses to amend the targets used for either the annual bonus or the LTIP following the start of the performance period, but where this has occurred, it is good practice for the company to demonstrate how the revised targets are in practice no less challenging than the targets which were originally set.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    28 of 39

 

D-131


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Non-Executive Director Compensation

 

 

Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors.

Vote against where:

 

 

Documents (including general meeting documents, annual report) provided prior to the general meeting do not mention fees paid to non-executive directors.

 

Proposed amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

 

The company intends to increase the fees excessively in comparison with market/sector practices, without stating compelling reasons that justify the increase.

 

Proposals provide for the granting of stock options, performance-based equity compensation (including stock appreciation rights and performance-vesting restricted stock), and performance-based cash to non-executive directors.

 

Proposals introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

Vote on a case-by-case basis where:

 

 

Proposals include both cash and share-based components to non-executive directors.

 

Proposals bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution.

Equity-Based Compensation Guidelines

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for equity based compensation proposals or the like if the plan(s) is(are) in line with long-term shareholder interests and align the award with shareholder value. This assessment includes, but is not limited to, the following factors:

 

 

The volume of awards (to be) transferred to participants under all outstanding plans must not be excessive: awards must not exceed 5 percent of a company’s issued share capital. This number may be up to 10 percent for high-growth companies or particularly well-designed plans (e.g., with challenging performance criteria, extended vesting/performance period, etc.);

 

The plan(s) must be sufficiently long-term in nature/structure: the vesting of awards (i) must occur no less than three years from the grant date, and (ii) if applicable, should be conditioned on meeting performance targets that are measured over a period of at least three consecutive years;

 

If applicable, performance conditions must be fully disclosed, measurable, quantifiable, and long -term oriented;

 

The awards must be granted at market price. Discounts, if any, must be mitigated by performance criteria or other features that justify such discount.

Employee Share Purchase Plans

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for employee stock purchase plans if the number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the company’s issued share capital.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    29 of 39

 

D-132


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

Should a company be deemed:

 

 

To have egregious remuneration practices;

 

To have failed to follow market practice by not submitting expected resolutions on executive compensation; or

 

To have failed to respond to significant shareholder dissent on remuneration -related proposals;

An adverse vote recommendation could be applied to any of the following on a case-by case basis:

 

 

The reelection of the chair of the remuneration committee or, where relevant, any other members of the remuneration committee;

 

The reelection of the board chair;

 

The discharge of directors; or

 

The annual report and accounts.

This recommendation could be made in addition to other adverse recommendations under existing remuneration proposals (if any).

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against stock option plans in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden if evidence is found that they contain provisions that may result in a disconnect between shareholder value and employee/executive reward.

This includes one or a combination of the following:

 

 

Adjusting the strike price for future ordinary dividends AND including expected dividend yield above 0 percent when determining the number of options awarded under the plan;

 

Having significantly higher expected dividends than actual historical dividends;

 

Favorably adjusting the terms of existing options plans without valid reason; and/or

 

Any other provisions or performance measures that result in undue award.

This policy applies to both new plans and amendments to introduce the provisions into already existing stock option plans. Social Advisory Services will make an exception if a company proposes to reduce the strike price by the amount of future special (extraordinary) dividends only.

Generally vote against if the potential increase of share capital amounts to more than 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies or if options may be exercised below the market price of the share at the date of grant, or that employee options do not lapse if employment is terminated.

Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation:

Social Advisory Services considers the following factors when evaluating share matching plans:

 

 

For every share matching plan, Social Advisory Services requires a holding period.

 

For plans without performance criteria, the shares must be purchased at market price.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    30 of 39

 

D-133


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

 

“For broad-based share matching plans directed at all employees, Social Advisory Services accepts an arrangement up to a 1:1 ratio, i.e. no more than one free share is awarded for every share purchased at market value.

In addition, for plans directed at executives, we require that sufficiently challenging performance criteria be attached to the plan. Higher discounts demand proportionally higher performance criteria.

The dilution of the plan when combined with the dilution from any other proposed or outstanding employee stock purchase/stock matching plans, must comply with Social Advisory Services’ guidelines.

Canadian Guidelines

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation on a case-by-case basis.

Vote against management say on pay (MSOP) proposals, withhold from compensation committee members (or in rare cases where the full board is deemed responsible, all directors including the CEO), and/or against an equity-based incentive plan proposal if:

 

 

There is a misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance)

 

The company maintains problematic pay practices; or

 

The board exhibits poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Pay for Performance

 

 

Rationale for determining compensation (e.g., why certain elements and pay targets are used, how they are used in relation to the company’s business strategy, and specific incentive plan goals, especially retrospective goals) and linkage of compensation to long-term performance;

 

Evaluation of peer group benchmarking used to set target pay or award opportunities;

 

Analysis of company performance and executive pay trends over time, taking into account our Pay-for- Performance policy;

 

Mix of fixed versus variable and performance versus non-performance-based pay.

Pay Practices

 

 

Assessment of compensation components included in the Problematic Pay Practices policy such as: perks, severance packages, employee loans, supplemental executive pension plans, internal pay disparity and equity plan practices (including option backdating, repricing, option exchanges, or cancellations/surrenders and re-grants, etc.);

 

Existence of measures that discourage excessive risk taking which include but are not limited to: clawbacks, holdbacks, stock ownership requirements, deferred compensation practices etc.

Board Communications and Responsiveness

 

 

Clarity of disclosure (e.g. whether the company’s Form 51-102F6 disclosure provides timely, accurate, clear information about compensation practices in both tabular format and narrative discussion);

 

Assessment of board’s responsiveness to investor concerns on compensation issues (e.g., whether the company engaged with shareholders and / or responded to majority-supported shareholder proposals relating to executive pay).

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    31 of 39

 

D-134


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals for an advisory shareholder vote on executive compensation. Vote against these resolutions in cases where boards have failed to demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests regarding executive compensation practices.

 

In general, the management say on pay (MSOP) ballot item is the primary focus of voting on executive pay practices—dissatisfaction with compensation practices can be expressed by voting against MSOP rather than withholding or voting against the compensation committee. However, if there is no MSOP on the ballot, then the negative vote will apply to members of the compensation committee. In addition, in egregious cases, or if the board fails to respond to concerns raised by a prior MSOP proposal, then vote against or withhold from compensation committee members (or, if the full board is deemed accountable, all directors). If the negative factors involve equity-based compensation, then vote against an equity-based plan proposal presented for shareholder approval.

Equity Compensation Plans

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on equity-based compensation plans using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach. Under this approach, certain features and practices related to the plan10 are assessed in combination, with positively-assessed factors potentially counterbalancing negatively-assessed factors and vice-versa. Factors are grouped into three pillars:

 

 

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

   

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

   

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

 

Plan Features:

   

Absence of problematic change-in-control (CIC) provisions, including:

   

Single-trigger acceleration of award vesting in connection with a CIC; and

   

Settlement of performance-based equity at target or above in the event of a CIC-related acceleration of vesting regardless of performance.

   

No financial assistance to plan participants for the exercise or settlement of awards;

   

Public disclosure of the full text of the plan document; and

   

Reasonable share dilution from equity plans relative to market best practices.

 

 

Grant Practices:

   

Reasonable three-year average burn rate relative to market best practices;

   

Meaningful time vesting requirements for the CEO’s most recent equity grants (three-year lookback);

   

The issuance of performance-based equity to the CEO;

   

A clawback provision applicable to equity awards; and

   

Post-exercise or post-settlement share-holding requirements (S&P/TSX Composite Index only).

 

10 

In cases where certain historic grant data are unavailable (e.g. following an IPO or emergence from bankruptcy), Special Cases models will be applied which omit factors requiring these data.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    32 of 39

 

D-135


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors, as determined by an overall score, indicates that the plan is not in shareholders’ interests. In addition, vote against the plan if any of the following unacceptable factors have been identified:

 

 

Discretionary or insufficiently limited non-employee director participation;

 

An amendment provision which fails to adequately restrict the company’s ability to amend the plan without shareholder approval;

 

A history of repricing stock options without shareholder approval (three-year look-back);

 

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

Any other plan features that are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Director Compensation – TSX

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: On a case-by-case basis, generally withhold from members of the committee responsible for director compensation (or, where no such committee has been identified, the board chair or full board) where director compensation practices which pose a risk of compromising a non-employee director’s independence or which otherwise appear problematic from the perspective of shareholders have been identified, including:

 

 

Excessive (relative to standard market practice) inducement grants issued upon the appointment or election of a new director to the board (consideration will be given to the form in which the compensation has been issued and the board’s rationale for the inducement grant);

 

Performance-based equity grants to non-employee directors which could pose a risk of aligning directors’ interests away from those of shareholders and toward those of management; and

 

Other significant problematic practices relating to director compensation.

Other Compensation Plans

Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPPs, ESOPs)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for broadly based (preferably all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more beneficial ownership of the company) employee stock purchase plans where the following apply:

 

   

Reasonable limit on employee contribution (may be expressed as a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage of base salary excluding bonus, commissions and special compensation);

   

Employer contribution of up to 25 percent of employee contribution and no purchase price discount or employer contribution of more than 25 percent of employee contribution and SVT cost of the company’s equity plans is within the allowable cap for the company;

   

Purchase price is at least 80 percent of fair market value with no employer contribution;

   

Potential dilution together with all other equity-based plans is 10 percent of outstanding common shares or less; and

   

The Plan Amendment Provision requires shareholder approval for amendments to:

   

The number of shares reserved for the plan;

   

The allowable purchase price discount;

   

The employer matching contribution amount.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    33 of 39

 

D-136


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Treasury funded ESPPs, as well as market purchase funded ESPPs requesting shareholder approval, will be considered to be incentive based compensation if the employer match is greater than 25 percent of the employee contribution. In this case, the plan will be run through the Social Advisory Services compensation model to assess the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) cost of the plan together with the company’s other equity-based compensation plans.

Eligibility and administration are also key factors in determining the acceptability of an ESPP/ESOP plan.

Social Advisory Services will also take into account other compensation and benefit programs, in particular pensions.

Deferred Share Unit Plans

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote for Deferred Compensation Plans if:

 

 

Potential dilution, together with all other equity-based compensation, is ten percent of the outstanding common shares or less.

Other elements of director compensation to evaluate in conjunction with deferred share units include:

 

 

Director stock ownership guidelines of a minimum of three times annual cash retainer;

 

Vesting schedule or mandatory deferral period which requires that shares in payment of deferred units may not be paid out until the end of three years;

 

The mix of remuneration between cash and equity; and

 

Other forms of equity-based compensation, i.e. stock options, restricted stock.

International Guidelines

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Evaluate executive and director compensation proposals on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the Global Principles as applicable.

5. Environmental and Social Issues

Social and Environmental Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Generally vote in favor of social and environmental proposals that seek to promote good corporate citizenship while enhancing long-term shareholder and stakeholder value. In determining votes on shareholder social and environmental proposals, the following factors are considered:

 

 

Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

 

Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short—term or long-term share value;

 

Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

 

The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;

 

Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;

 

Whether the issues presented in the proposal are best dealt with through legislation, government regulation, or company-specific action;

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    34 of 39

 

D-137


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

 

The company’s approach compared with its peers or any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

Whether the company has already responded in an appropriate or sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices;

 

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not sufficient information is publicly available to shareholders and whether it would be unduly burdensome for the company to compile and avail the requested information to shareholders in a more comprehensive or amalgamated fashion; and

 

Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal.

Generally vote for social and environmental shareholder proposals that seek greater disclosure on topics such as human/labor rights, workplace safety, environmental practices and climate change risk, sustainable business practices etc.

Vote all other social and environmental proposals on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the considerations outlined above.

Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals that request shareholders to approve the company’s climate transition action plan, taking into account the completeness and rigor of the plan. Information that will be considered where available includes the following:

 

 

The extent to which the company’s climate related disclosures are in line with TCFD recommendations and meet other market standards;

 

Disclosure of its operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3);

 

The completeness and rigor of company’s short-, medium-, and long-term targets for reducing operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3 if relevant);

 

Whether the company has sought and approved third-party approval that its targets are science-based;

 

Whether the company has made a commitment to be “net zero” for operational and supply chain emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) by 2050;

 

Whether the company discloses a commitment to report on the implementation of its plan in subsequent years;

 

Whether the company’s climate data has received third-party assurance;

 

Disclosure of how the company’s lobbying activities and its capital expenditures align with company strategy;

 

Whether there are specific industry decarbonization challenges; and

 

The company’s related commitment, disclosure, and performance compared to its industry peers.

Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the company to disclose a report providing its GHG emissions levels and reduction targets and/or its upcoming/approved climate transition action plan and provide shareholders the opportunity to express approval or disapproval of its GHG emissions reduction plan, taking into account information such as the following:

 

 

The completeness and rigor of the company’s climate-related disclosure;

 

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    35 of 39

 

D-138


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

 

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to its GHG emissions; and

 

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive.

6. Other Items

Reorganizations/Restructurings

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, Social Advisory Services reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

 

Valuation: Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, Social Advisory Services places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale;

 

Market reaction: How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause Social Advisory Services to scrutinize a deal more closely;

 

Strategic rationale: Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;

 

Conflicts of interest: Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? Social Advisory Services will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger;

 

Governance: Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

 

Stakeholder impact: Impact on community stakeholders including impact on workforce, environment, etc.

Vote against if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a case-by-case basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    36 of 39

 

D-139


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

Expansion of Business Activities

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Exclusive Forum Proposals (TSX-Listed Companies and Venture Companies)

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt an exclusive forum by-law or to amend by-laws to add an exclusive forum provision, taking the following into consideration:

 

 

Jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

Board rationale for adopting exclusive forum;

 

Legal actions subject to the exclusive forum provision;

 

Evidence of past harm as a result of shareholder legal action against the company originating outside of the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

Company corporate governance provisions and shareholder rights;

 

Any other problematic provisions that raise concerns regarding shareholder rights.

Related-Party Transactions

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote related-party transactions on a case-by-case basis considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

The parties on either side of the transaction;

 

The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

The views of independent directors (where provided);

 

The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that is deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, Social Advisory Services may recommend against the election of the director(s) involved in the related-party transaction or against the full board.

In the case of Nigerian companies, vote for proposals relating to renewal of the general mandate for the company to enter into recurrent transactions with related parties necessary for its day-to-day operations in the absence of any concerns with the related party transactions concluded pursuant to this general mandate.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

 

LOGO

Social Advisory Services Recommendation: Vote against all antitakeover proposals unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

Following the Florange act of 2016, for French companies listed on a regulated market, generally vote against any general authorities impacting the share capital (i.e. authorities for share repurchase plans and any general share issuances with or without preemptive rights) if they can be used for antitakeover purposes without shareholders’ prior explicit approval.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    37 of 39

 

D-140


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

7. Foreign Private Issuers

Foreign private issuers (“FPIs”) are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S. Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as FPIs, will be subject to the following policy:

Vote against or withhold from non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors. Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. All other voting items will be evaluated using the relevant regional or market proxy voting guidelines.

While a firm’s country of incorporation will remain the primary basis for evaluating companies, Social Advisory

Services will generally apply its U.S. policies to the extent possible with respect to issuers that file DEF 14As, 10-K annual reports, and 10-Q quarterly reports, and are thus considered domestic issuers by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). U.S. policies will also apply to companies listed on U.S. exchanges as Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs) and that may be exempt from the disclosure and corporate governance requirements that apply to most companies traded on U.S. exchanges, including a number of SEC rules and stock market listing requirements. Corporations that have reincorporated outside the U.S. have found themselves subject to a combination of governance regulations and best practice standards that may not be entirely compatible with an evaluation framework based solely on the country of incorporation.

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    38 of 39

 

D-141


INTERNATIONAL

2022 SRI PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

   LOGO

 

We empower investors and companies to build

for long-term and sustainable growth by providing

high-quality data, analytics, and insight.

GET STARTED WITH ISS SOLUTIONS

Email [email protected] or visit issgovernance.com for more information.

Founded in 1985, the Institutional Shareholder Services group of companies (“ISS”) is the world’s leading provider of corporate governance and responsible investment solutions alongside fund intelligence and services, events, and editorial content for institutional investors, globally. ISS’ solutions include objective governance research and recommendations; responsible investment data, analytics, and research; end-to-end proxy voting and distribution solutions; turnkey securities class-action claims management (provided by Securities Class Action Services, LLC); reliable global governance data and modeling tools; asset management intelligence, portfolio execution and monitoring, fund services, and media. Clients rely on ISS’ expertise to help them make informed investment decisions.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some case s third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

© 2022 | Institutional Shareholder Services and/or its affiliates

 

ISS GOVERNANCE.COM    39 of 39

 

D-142